Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Volution Group

Volution Group

fan · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fan
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Volution Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
V

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

Excellence 
in ventilation

Volution Group plc Annual Report 2019

 
 
 
 
 
Our purpose

Volution Group plc is a leading supplier of ventilation products to 
the residential and commercial construction markets in the UK, 
the Nordics, Central Europe and Australasia.

We aim for our products to enhance our customers’ experience of 
ventilation by reducing energy consumption, improving indoor air 
quality and design and making them easier to use.

Monsoon Silence range:
The Monsoon Silence range is our latest innovative 
domestic ventilation solution, providing high extraction 
rates, low energy use and exceptionally quiet running 
levels. This bathroom fan has a long-life ball bearing 
motor and a silent back draft shutter.

Complete home ventilation:
The political and social drive to become more energy 
efficient has made our homes more air tight meaning 
the problem of poor indoor air quality has become 
harder to ignore. This increases the importance 
of the vital role ventilation products have to play 
in maintaining a healthy indoor environment. 

See residential indoor air quality on page 20

Annual Report 2019

Our Recent History  

2006  > AAC Capital and Management Team acquires 

Volution Holdings

2007  > Cable Management division sold

 > Manrose Manufacturing acquired

2008  > Ronnie George joins Volution Holdings as 

Managing Director

2012  > TowerBrook acquires Volution Holdings

 > Fresh AB acquired

2013  > PAX AB acquired

2014  > inVENTer GmbH acquired

 > Volution Group plc is formed and listed on the London 

Stock Exchange

 > Torin-Sifan opens new Manufacturing and Technology 

Centre in Swindon, UK

2015  > Brüggemann Energiekonzepte GmbH acquired

 > Ventilair Group International BVBA acquired

 > Weland AB acquired

 > Energy Technique plc (trading as Diffusion) acquired

2016  > NVA Services Limited acquired

 > Breathing Buildings Limited acquired

2017  > VoltAir System AB acquired

2018  > Simx Limited acquired

 > Oy Pamon Ab acquired

 > Air Connection ApS acquired

Strategic Report

Highlights
At a Glance
Our Investment Case
Our Growth Story
Chairman’s Statement

2 
4 
6 
7 
8 
10  Chief Executive Officer’s Review
14  Our Refreshed Strategy
16  Our Recent Acquisitions
18  Our Business Model
20  Excellence in Ventilation
22  Key Performance Indicators
26  Risk Management and Principal Risks
34  Sustainability
38  Operational Review
43  Financial Review 

Governance Report

Introduction to Governance

48 
50  Board of Directors
52  Corporate Governance
62  Nomination Committee Report
65  Audit Committee Report
72  Directors’ Remuneration Report
91  Directors’ Report
94  Directors’ Responsibility Statement 

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

95 
102  Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

103  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
104  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
105  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
106  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
151  Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
152  Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
153  Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 
154  Notes to the Parent Company 

Financial Statements  

Additional Information

160  Glossary of Technical Terms
IBC  Shareholder Information

 > AirFan B.V. (rebranded Vent-Axia Netherlands) acquired

 > New facility in Reading, UK, opened

Find out more online  
www.volutiongroupplc.com

2019  > Ventair Pty Limited acquired

1

Highlights

Volution Group plc

Strong results: revenue growth 
of 14.6% and adjusted EPS 
up 10.3%

Financial
 > Revenue growth of 14.6% (15.7% 

at constant currency):

 > organic revenue growth of 2.6% 
(3.5% at constant currency); and 

 > inorganic revenue growth of 12.0% 

(12.2% at constant currency).

 > Adjusted operating profit increased by 

13.3% to £42.1 million (14.9% at constant 
currency), assisted by acquisitions. 

 > Adjusted operating profit margin of 17.8% 
(2018: 18.0%), an improving trend through 
the year: 

 > H1 17.6%, impacted by Reading and 
Torin-Sifan operational issues; and

 > H2 18.1%, finalised commissioning of 
Reading facility; strong performance 
in Central Europe.

 > Reported profit before tax increased by 

£6.4 million to £23.1 million (2018: £16.7 million); 
exceptional costs significantly reduced 
to £1.8 million (2018: £6.4 million). 

 > Adjusted operating cash inflow of 
£36.9 million (2018: £34.4 million).

 > Net debt of £74.6 million was £2.6 million lower 
than at 31 July 2018 after £10.4 million spent 
on the acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited and 
contingent consideration paid relating to Oy 
Pamon Ab of £0.6 million.

 > Full year dividend of 4.90 pence per share, 

up 10.4% (2018: 4.44 pence).

2

Strategic and operational

Ventilation 
Organic growth
 > Highlights in the UK include a return to growth for the UK Public 

RMI sector and another period of good growth for UK New Build 
Residential Systems.

 > As previously reported, operational difficulties at our Reading 
facility adversely impacted profitability in the first half of the 
financial year; however, there was a significant improvement in 
production levels and efficiency in the second half of the financial 
year. The Reading facility is now fully commissioned.

 > Good sales of our new Xenion range of decentralised heat recovery 

ventilation in Germany with an associated increase in gross 
margin in the region.

 > The launch of the first application software controlled ventilation 
extract fan in New Zealand, Genius, under the Manrose brand sold 
by our company Simx, further demonstrating our capability 
to launch Volution products into newly accessed markets.

Acquisitions
 > On 1 March 2019, we acquired Ventair Pty Limited, a market 

leading residential ventilation product supplier, in Australia, for 
an initial cash consideration of AUD19.2 million (approximately 
£10.4 million). A further amount of deferred cash consideration 
of up to AUD7.7 million (approximately £4.3 million) may be 
payable, contingent on Ventair achieving an EBITDA target 
in the financial year ending 31 July 2020. 

 > The acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited has further increased our 
geographic diversity, product offer and market access. The 
acquisition is integrating and performing well under the 
management of our Australasian team. 

 > Including the pro-forma effect of the Ventair acquisition, our 

revenue from customers outside the UK now represents 53.0% 
of total Group revenue.

OEM (Torin-Sifan)
 > OEM (Torin-Sifan) has continued to see a good take-up of its 

new, high-efficiency, Revolution 360 range of EC fans (EC3), with 
further capacity investment underway to support the growth in sales.

 > Operations in OEM (Torin-Sifan) were adversely impacted during 
the year by procurement issues which manifested in higher input 
costs. However, we are confident these issues have now 
been resolved.

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Progress against strategy
This strong set of results for the year maintains our consistent track 
record of revenue and earnings growth in the five years since listing 
in 2014 and continues to validate our strategy:

 >  Organic revenue growth of 3.5% (at constant currency) in the 

year, an average of 3.2% over the five years since listing in 2014;

 > Acquisition strategy delivering inorganic revenue growth of 

12.2% (at constant currency) in the year, providing access to new 
markets, resulting in non-UK revenues increasing from 36.5% in 
2014 to 53.0% on a pro-forma basis; 

 >  Strong earnings growth; EPS increased by 82% in the five years 

since listing in 2014 (13% CAGR);

 > Cumulative operating cash flow generation in the five years 

since listing in 2014 of £165.9 million; and.

 > Excellent track record of innovative product introductions; strong 

development pipeline.

UK leaving the EU
In the context of the considerable uncertainty surrounding the 
outcome of the Brexit process, we have analysed the potential risks 
and operational challenges to our business in the event of a no-deal 
exit from the European Union. We have reviewed potential tariffs 
which we do not consider to represent a significant impact, and on 
the supply side we have increased inventory levels of faster moving 
items in certain locations. We see the principal risk and potential 
impact to be that of a broader downturn in confidence and activity 
levels in the UK, albeit noting that the UK does now represent just 
under half of Volution’s revenues.

Revenue £m

£235.7m

235.7

205.7

185.1

154.5

120.7

130.2

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted 
operating profit margin 
£m (% of revenue)

£42.1m (17.8%)

42.1

(17.8%)

35.6

37.1

(19.3%)

(18.0%)

32.5

(21.0%)

29.4

(22.6%)

26.5

(22.0%)

Reported profit before tax £m

£23.1m

15.5

18.4

17.9

16.7

23.1

(15.5)

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Adjusted operating cash flow £m

Net debt £m

£36.9m

£74.6m

Adjusted EPS p

16.0p

35.9

34.4

36.9

31.1

27.6

22.8

16.0

14.5

13.6

12.6

11.0

8.8

77.2

74.6

42.9

21.2

36.1

37.0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Reported EPS (basic and diluted) p

Dividend per share p

9.2p

4.90p

7.8

7.0

6.7

5.9

9.2

(14.0)

4.90

4.44

4.15

3.80

3.30

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Nil

The Group uses some alternative performance measures 
to track and assess the underlying performance of the 
business. These measures include adjusted operating 
profit, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EPS and 
adjusted operating cash flow. For a definition of all 
the adjusted and non-GAAP measures, please see 
the glossary of terms in note 34. A reconciliation 
to reported measures is set out in note 2.

Key Performance Indicators on page 22

3

Strategic ReportAt a Glance

Volution Group plc

Leading in residential and 
commercial markets across 
two business segments

We aim for our products to enhance our customers’ experience of ventilation by reducing energy 
consumption, improving indoor air quality and design and making them easier to use.

OEM (Torin-Sifan): manufactures 
and supplies motors, motorised impellers, 
fans and blowers to OEMs of heating, 
ventilation and air conditioning products 
for both residential and commercial 
construction markets worldwide.

The majority of Torin-Sifan’s products are sold into the residential 
and commercial heating and ventilation products markets.

Ventilation Group: primarily supplies 
ventilation products for residential and 
commercial construction applications 
in the UK, the Nordics, Central Europe 
and Australasia.

The Ventilation Group consists of 15 key brands, focused 
primarily on ventilation markets in the UK, Sweden, Norway, 
Finland, Denmark, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, 
Australia and New Zealand. 

During the year, we completed the acquisition of Ventair in Australia, 
enhancing and widening the Group’s reach and capability.

Ventair is a market leading residential ventilation products supplier 
throughout Australia for both new and refurbishment applications 
with channel access enabling us to place more of our existing Group 
products in this market.

% of Volution Group revenue by segment

(2018: 89.0%) 90+10+Q

90.0%

Ventilation Group

4

OEM (Torin-Sifan)

10.0%

(2018: 11.0%)

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

UK

34.9%

Nordics

Central Europe

Australasia

  New acquisition this year

Volution Group revenue by sector £000

1
5
1
,
7
6

0
7
7
3
6

,

7
9
7
,
1
6

5
9
9
6
4

,

2
9
6
6
3

,

9
2
8
0
3

,

0
6
4
7
2

,

6
6
4
8
2

,

0
9
9
0
3

,

2
9
7
2
3

,

4
7
4
3
3

,

6
5
8
4
3

,

6
0
2
0
1

,

0
1
5
2
1

,

4
2
9
9

,

3
7
2
2
2

,

6
7
9
,
1
2

2
8
5
2
2

,

6
0
6
3
2

,

2
8
1
,
8

l
i

N

2017 2018 2019
UK Residential 

2017 2018 2019
UK Commercial

2017 2018 2019
UK Export

2017 2018 2019
Nordics

2017 2018 2019
Central Europe

2017 2018 2019
Australasia

2017 2018 2019
Torin-Sifan

% of Volution Group revenue by region

% of Volution Group revenue by region on a pro-forma basis

United Kingdom

48.4%

(2018: 52.6%)

Rest of the world

51.6%

M 
(2018: 47.4%) 48+

United Kingdom

47.0%

Rest of the world

M 
53.0% 47+

5

Strategic Report52
+
53
+
 
Volution Group plc

Our Investment Case

Why invest  
in Volution

Operational

Structural

Growing focus 
on indoor air 
quality

There is increasing global focus 
on indoor air quality. There will be 
increasing demand for ventilation 
systems which help to provide 
healthy indoor environments 
across our markets. 

Legislative 
tailwinds

European directives and 
local building regulations 
continue to provide new 
minimums for energy efficiency 
and performance of ventilation 
which has a positive impact on 
the value of ventilation. Volution 
Group is strongly positioned 
to develop customer solutions 
ahead of the legislation and has 
a history of being first to market 
with new ideas. 

Market leadership

In many of our markets we have leading brands, 
products and sales channel access. Our business 
model helps develop substantial customer loyalty 
and barriers to entry. 

Growth

Organic revenue growth from a focused sales strategy. 
Strong track record of acquiring and integrating 
value-adding businesses into the Group, leveraging 
our sales channels and our expertise in product 
development, manufacturing and supply chains.

Read more about our growth strategy on page 14

Read more about our recent acquisitions on pages 16 and 17 

15 

market leading 
brands in  
10 countries

14%

5-year revenue 
CAGR

Diversification

We service both residential and commercial sectors, 
in both public and private new build and refurbishment 
applications in the UK, the Nordics, Central Europe 
and Australasia. 

51.6%

of our revenue is 
from non-UK 
customers

Read more about our geographic spread on page 5

Read more about the revenue in our product sectors 

on page 38 

Strong, consistent 
development in  
financial performance

Consistent organic revenue growth and successful 
integration of acquisitions have driven growth 
in profitability and operating cash flows. 

Innovation

We are constantly investing in our product range to 
ensure our customers have the best, highly specified and 
cost effective solutions to meet their indoor air quality 
requirements and carbon efficiency goals.

10%

adjusted operating 
profit, 5-year CAGR 

10%

operating cash 
flow, 5-year CAGR

2.2%

of revenue 
invested in product 
development and 
enhancement

6

Strategic Report 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Our Growth Story

In the 5 years since 
listing, Volution Group 
has grown considerably

Revenue £m
+95% (CAGR 14%)

Adjusted EPS p
+82% (CAGR 13%)

Organic revenue 
growth supported 
by regulatory drivers

Commissioning of our 
Reading, UK, facility 
creating capacity for 
future growth

Completed 12 
acquisitions providing 
more geographic and 
product diversity

7

Strategic ReportVolution Group plc

Chairman’s Statement
Peter Hill, CBE

Strong performance 
continues to validate 
our strategy

The financial year delivered some challenges for the business but 
I am pleased to report that the Group responded well. We delivered 
a number of important strategic initiatives which included the 
acquisition of Ventair (a market leading residential ventilation 
products supplier in Australia), adding further geographic diversity 
to the business, and delivery of substantial operational improvements 
at our new facility based in Reading in the UK. Volution Group has 
continued to develop as a geographically diverse business with 
51.6% of its revenue during the year coming from outside the UK, 
and 53.0% on a pro-forma basis if the revenues of our Ventair 
acquisition are annualised.

Economic and political uncertainty continued over the last year in 
the UK, our largest individual market, presenting further challenges 
in some of our market sectors and the Group continued to feel 
the effects of the devaluation of Sterling against the US Dollar on 
its input costs. Despite this backdrop, I am pleased to report that 
Volution Group made further progress on its growth strategy.

We expect further political uncertainty ahead, as a consequence 
of the UK’s scheduled departure from the European Union. However, 
we are an international business with 51.6% of our revenue being 
generated outside the UK and we remain confident in the long-term 
prospects for the Group because of our geographic diversification, 
value-adding business model and clear growth strategy. More detailed 
analysis of how Brexit may affect Volution Group can be found in the 
Risk Management and Principal Risks section on page 27.

Performance and results
This strong set of results reflects the growth achieved, both 
organically and through acquisitions, with the Group’s revenue 
increasing in the year by 14.6% to £235.7 million (2018: £205.7 million). 
Adjusted operating profit was £42.1 million (2018: £37.1 million), 
representing 17.8% of revenue and a £5.0 million improvement 
compared to the prior year. Reported profit before tax increased 
by 38.3% to £23.1 million (2018: £16.7 million), improving in part due 
to the lower exceptional operating costs this year of £1.8 million 
(2018: £6.4 million) mainly as a result of the new production facility 
in Reading, UK, having been fully commissioned, offset by an 
increase of £0.7 million in amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
to £15.4 million (2018: £14.7 million) as a result of recent acquisitions 
and higher finance costs in the period of £2.1 million (2018: £1.6 million).

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the year was 9.2 pence 
(2018: 6.7 pence). Our adjusted earnings per share was 16.0 pence, 
representing a 10.3% increase over the adjusted earnings per share 
for the prior year of 14.5 pence. The compound annual growth rate 
of adjusted earnings per share since 2014 was 13%.

Summary
 > A set of strong results in line with our expectations 

 > Acquisition of Ventair, enhancing our geographic 
diversity, product offering and market access

 > Andy O’Brien appointed as new CFO

 > Adjusted EPS increased by 10.3%

 > Full year dividend increased by 10.4%

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present our Annual Report and Accounts for the 
year ended 31 July 2019. The aim of the report is to describe the 
Group and its performance over the last financial year, and to give 
an outline of its future development, providing a balanced overview 
of the business as a whole.

Successful businesses typically have a well-defined purpose; 
Volution Group’s is to innovate and produce products to enhance 
our customers’ experience of ventilation by reducing energy 
consumption, improving indoor air quality and design and making 
them easier to use.

8

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Cash generation was good with adjusted operating cash flow 
of £36.9 million (2018: £34.4 million). Net debt at the year end was 
£74.6 million (2018: £77.2 million), £2.6 million lower than last year, 
after having completed the acquisition of Ventair, incurring a net 
cash outflow of £10.4 million and paying £0.6 million in contingent 
consideration for the acquisition of Oy Pamon Ab acquired in July 2018.

Dividends
We aim to deliver shareholder value through organic and inorganic 
revenue growth and a sustainable dividend policy. We paid an 
interim dividend of 1.60 pence per share in May 2019. On the basis 
of our results and financial position, the Board has recommended a 
final dividend of 3.30 pence per share, giving a total dividend for the 
financial year of 4.90 pence per share (2018: 4.44 pence per share), 
an increase of 10.4% on the previous year. As a consequence of this 
recommendation, the resulting adjusted earnings dividend cover for 
the year was 3.2x (2018: 3.3x). Subject to approval by shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2019, the final dividend 
will be paid on 18 December 2019 to shareholders on the register at 
22 November 2019.

Board
On 21 January 2019, we announced that Ian Dew, our CFO, had 
informed the Board of his wish to retire from Volution Group during 
2019. Ian stepped down from his role as CFO and Andy O’Brien was 
appointed on 1 August 2019. Ian has continued with the Group for 
a transitional period to ensure there has been an orderly handover. 
Ian joined Volution Group in 2012 and was appointed as CFO in 
January 2014. He played an integral role in Volution Group’s successful 
listing on the London Stock Exchange and subsequently played a 
key role in the completion of all acquisitions. On behalf of the Board, 
I would like to thank Ian for his contribution to Volution Group 
and wish him a long and happy retirement.

The Board was delighted to welcome Andy O’Brien to the Group. 
Andy joined Volution Group following nine years at Aggreko plc, 
a FTSE 250 global provider of temporary power, heating and cooling 
solutions, where he held numerous senior finance roles including 
most recently finance director, power solutions. He has a broad 
background working internationally in a global business environment 
and has lived and worked in the Nordics as well as the UK, Dubai 
and Singapore. Throughout his career, Andy has operated in 
environments where cost control has been critical and in his role 
at Aggreko, Andy also oversaw revenues totalling $1.2 billion 
and worked on a number of international acquisitions. Andy joins 
Volution Group at an exciting time in its development and we look 
forward to working with him as we continue our journey.

During the year the Nomination Committee discussed succession 
planning for Non-Executive Directors and progressive refreshing 
of the Board. As a result, a Non-Executive Director succession plan 
is now in place. I am also pleased to confirm that Claire Tiney was 
re-appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 3 August 2019 for a 
second three-year term following the end of her first three-year 
term on the Board. 

Further information on the above can be found in the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 62 to 64. 

Governance
The Group continues to be committed to high levels of corporate 
governance, in line with its status as a company with a premium 
listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange. We are 
fully compliant with the 2016 edition of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the 2016 Code) and compliance is set out in the Governance 
Report on pages 52 to 61. We also acknowledge the development 
of governance standards set out in the new version of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code published in July 2018 (the 2018 Code) which 
applies to Volution Group for the financial year ending 31 July 2020. 
We have reviewed the Group’s compliance against the 2018 Code 
and have implemented some changes to ensure that we will be able 
to report positively on compliance in the next Annual Report 
and Accounts.

During the year, a formal performance evaluation of the Board and 
Committees took place to assist in their development. The results 
of the evaluations confirmed that the Board and Committees continue 
to function effectively and that there are no significant concerns 
among the Directors about their effectiveness. Further information 
is set out in the Governance Report on pages 57 to 58.

People and culture 
The Board is conscious of the increasing importance which corporate 
culture plays in delivering long-term business and economic success 
and its role in shaping, monitoring and overseeing culture. The Group’s 
approach to the integration of acquired businesses and induction 
of new employees ensures that every individual receives the Volution 
Group Code of Conduct and understands the Group culture. The Board 
encourages an open and transparent culture across the business 
and processes have been developed to enable greater oversight 
of culture and the focus will remain on further developing this area. 

I would like to welcome all our new employees who joined us during 
the year on the acquisition of Ventair in Australia. It is very evident 
to me that our employees are a major strength of Volution Group 
and on behalf of the Board I would like to thank all our employees 
for their commitment, hard work and contribution towards another 
successful year for the Group. 

Peter Hill, CBE
Chairman
9 October 2019

9

Strategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s Review
Ronnie George

Volution Group plc

Good organic growth and 
increasing our focus on 
Operational Excellence

Summary
 > Revenue of £235.7 million achieved by both 

organic and inorganic growth totalling 15.7% at 
constant currency

 > Improving organic growth of 3.5% at constant currency, 
3.2% in the first half of the year increasing to 3.8% in the 
second half

 > Adjusted operating profit of £42.1 million, an increase 
of 13.3% over the prior year driven by good organic 
growth and recent acquisitions

 > Successfully integrated the prior year’s acquisitions, 
substantially increasing our position in the Nordics, 
and the more recent acquisition of Ventair in Australia, 
establishing a leading residential position in Australasia

 > Ongoing investment in new product development and 
the establishment of a modular product platform for 
fan assembly which will future-proof ongoing product 
innovation for the residential refurbishment markets

 > The final commissioning of our Reading, UK, facility 

provides substantial capacity headroom for injection 
moulding, extrusion and assembly to underpin our 
ambitious plans for growth

 > Completed our third Management Development 

Programme, developing our managers and leaders 
of tomorrow with a number of participants already 
moved to more senior positions within the Group

10

Overview
In our fifth full financial year since listing in June 2014 we continued 
to make good progress with our strategy, bringing the Group’s revenue 
to almost double that of when we listed. We completed the acquisition 
of Ventair in Australia in March 2019, as well as successfully integrating 
the acquisitions we made in the prior year. We are now well established 
as the market leader for residential ventilation in the UK, with leading 
positions in the ventilation markets in the Nordics, Central Europe 
and Australasia. 

As we have stated previously, the European and international 
ventilation market remains fragmented and we continue in our 
ambition to become one of the major suppliers in this market. 
We have established a portfolio of leading brands and more recently 
have been able to utilise some of these brands to launch into new 
markets. In the last two years we have successfully launched the 
Vent-Axia brand, primarily a leading UK brand, into the market in 
the Netherlands and we are now making plans to launch this brand 
in Australia through our newly acquired company, Ventair. 
We remain focused on adding other leading brands and market 
positions to our portfolio. As the Group has grown significantly in 
size and with it a much wider product range, the opportunity when 
acquiring access to a new market becomes more attractive.

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

The Group delivered revenue of over £235 million in 2019. Whilst 
there is an inevitable margin dilution as we acquire companies with 
a lower margin, we are also conscious that there has been a reduction 
in our underlying margin over the last two years. Our adjusted operating 
margin in the year was 17.8%, comprised of 17.6% in the first half of the 
year and improving to 18.1% in the second half. We have taken action 
to ensure that operating margin improvement is the key focus for 
management and employees of the business over the coming years 
and we have also updated our strategy to now include a sharp focus 
on Operational Excellence. We believe that the Group has 
the potential to increase adjusted operating margins back to a level 
of 20% over the medium term.

Organic revenue growth improved in 2019 to 3.5% at constant 
currency, with the first half at 3.2% and the second half increasing to 
3.8%. All of our geographies delivered organic revenue growth for 
the year with the exception of our Nordic region where we had an 
organic revenue decline of 2.3% at constant currency. We are delighted 
with the performance of Oy Pamon in Finland (Pamon) though, 
acquired in July 2018, which delivered growth versus the year prior to 
our ownership of 14.5% (not defined as organic revenue growth by 
Volution until after twelve months of ownership).

Our project to consolidate and increase manufacturing capacity 
in Reading, UK, was completed in the year. Our new ventilation 
manufacturing facility in Reading is one of the largest of its kind 
in Europe and whilst the project took longer than anticipated to 
complete, it has been operating at normal service levels during 
the second half of 2019. At the same time as completing this 
project there has been considerable innovation in new residential 
refurbishment products with the establishment of a new, more 
modular, product structure which will provide the foundation for 
future development of our product ranges in the years ahead. 
This more modular approach provides greater flexibility and scale 
to both injection moulding and fan assembly, an essential ingredient 
as we continue to grow organically in all of our markets.

We expect further political uncertainty ahead, as a consequence of 
the UK’s scheduled departure from the European Union. However, 
the Group is now a truly international business with over 50% of our 
revenue being generated outside the UK which, coupled with our 
value-adding business model and clear growth strategy, gives us 
confidence in the long-term prospects for the Group. An analysis of 
the risks Volution may face as a result of the UK leaving the EU can 
be found on pages 27 and 28. 

Ventilation Group segment
The Ventilation Group’s revenue grew by 15.8% (17.0% at constant 
currency). Organic revenue growth was 2.3% (3.4% at 
constant currency).

United Kingdom
Sales in our UK New Build Residential Systems sector were 
£27.8 million (2018: £25.6 million), showing good organic revenue 
growth of 8.6%, continuing an unbroken growth trend going back 
to 2010. We continue to benefit from regulatory drivers aimed at 
reducing the carbon emissions from all new residential dwellings. 
These regulations, not just in the UK but across all of our markets, 
are expected to become more supportive of our energy-efficient 
ventilation solutions.

The UK Residential Public RMI market performed very well in the year 
with total revenue of £15.6 million, up 5.3% compared to the prior year. 
Our growth accelerated in the year with the first half improving by 0.9% 
and the second half increasing by 9.6%. 

The considerable investment in our new product range along with a 
more sophisticated and improved approach to selling has helped us 
regain market share. Whilst the underlying spending in this sector is 
still constrained, we are optimistic that the actions we have taken, in 
particular further new product ranges recently launched or planned 
for launch, will help underpin further organic revenue growth in the 
years ahead.

The UK Residential Private RMI market revenue of £23.8 million 
represented an increase of 1.7% compared to the previous year. 
The first half of the year was broadly flat with growth increasing 
to 3.8% in the second half of the year, assisted by both the return 
to normal customer service at our Reading facility and the successful 
introduction of more “higher value” and “silent” ventilation ranges 
towards the end of the financial year. As the significant market 
leader for the UK Private RMI market, we remain committed to 
improving the customer experience, extolling the virtues of quieter, 
more energy efficient and more aesthetically styled products. 
Our three UK proprietary brands are well placed to deliver a range 
of good, better and best products and, through strong relationships 
with our distributors, we believe we are well placed to continue 
growing this category in the future.

UK Commercial market revenue grew by 4.1% in the year to 
£34.9 million (2018: £33.5 million) with growth predominantly in 
the first half of the year. Since the acquisition of both Diffusion and 
Breathing Buildings our commercial revenue is around one-third 
refurbishment focused and two-thirds new build market. Whilst our 
improvements to the natural and hybrid range of products is helping 
us win share in the new build school market, we noticed a marked 
slowdown in activity for the supply of energy-efficient fan coils 
into the new office construction market. Our refurbishment product 
range performed very well and we are now crystallising the benefits 
of having one sales leadership team across our commercial market. 

UK Export market sales were £9.9 million (2018 like for like: 
£11.2 million), a decline of 11.3% (10.8% at constant currency) with all 
of the decline occurring in the first half of the year due mainly to the 
one-off, large spares order from one customer in Japan that occurred 
in the prior year. We continue to lead in the Irish market for the supply 
of New Build Residential Systems and recently extended our exclusive 
distribution partner agreement for the supply of these products.

In the second half of the year we completed the project to establish 
a new, purpose-built and higher capacity facility for the injection 
moulding, extrusion and assembly of unitary fans. This facility in 
Reading is now operating at service levels equivalent to those prior 
to the move and, as part of our reinvigorated focus on Operational 
Excellence, we anticipate efficiency gains in the coming years.

11

Strategic ReportChief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Volution Group plc

Ventilation Group segment continued
United Kingdom continued
We have further strengthened the UK management team: 
John Foley joined in May 2019 having had a long established career 
with the Otis Elevator Division of United Technologies. John is busy 
establishing his senior leadership team and is working with it to 
maximise the enlarged opportunity for growth now that we have 
fully commissioned our facility in Reading.

Nordics
Sales in the Nordics region were £47.0 million (2018: £36.7 million), 
an increase of 28.1% (32.6% at constant currency) compared to the 
previous year with an organic revenue decline of 2.3% at constant 
currency. Whilst the organic revenue decline in the Nordics was a 
disappointment, the overall progress in the region was very pleasing. 
Since our first acquisition of Fresh AB in October 2012 we have now 
established a leading position in the Swedish ventilation market and 
the acquisitions of Pamon in Finland and Air Connection in Denmark 
have helped us establish a wider position outside of Sweden. 
The integration of both of those acquisitions has progressed very well.

During the year we finalised the development of a new product, 
Intellivent SKY, further enhancing our product portfolio and our 
position as the leading supplier of high-end product solutions for 
the residential refurbishment market. We also established the first 
sales in Denmark and Sweden of the heat recovery ventilation 
system products manufactured by our business, Pamon, in Finland 
and have plans to accelerate this cross-selling development in 
2020. Whilst the market in Sweden remains subdued there are a 
number of cross-selling initiatives planned for the new year utilising 
the wider product capabilities from across the Group. 

During the year we further upgraded our ERP system platform 
in the Nordics and by the end of this calendar year all companies 
in the Nordic region will be operating on the same ERP system.

Central Europe
Sales in Central Europe were £31.0 million, growth of 8.9% (9.3% at 
constant currency) compared to the previous year. Our focus on the 
trade distribution channel in Belgium was very successful during the 
year with a substantial increase in the number of outlets stocking 
our products. Coupled with the increasing coverage in the market 
we have successfully introduced a wider range of the Group’s products 
to Belgium under the Vent-Axia brand. In the Netherlands, using the 
same approach as in Belgium has increased the number of trade 
distributors which sell our products, with further new introductions 
planned for the coming year.

In Germany we benefited from the success of the new range of 
Xenion decentralised heat recovery products. Launched in our 
financial year 2018, this improved, quieter and better performing 
range of products helped us to deliver good organic revenue 
growth, improving in the second half of 2019. Since acquiring 
inVENTer in 2014 we have made substantial improvements to the 
full product range and also the relationships with the sales agents 
that we primarily use as our route to market. Later in the financial 
year we had the “soft launch” of our wirelessly connected range 
of decentralised heat recovery systems, with the products being 
made available to the market early in our new financial year 2020.

  Our new facility in 
Reading, UK, was fully 
commissioned during 
the year and is one of 
the largest of its kind 
in Europe.”

Whilst the market for decentralised heat recovery systems in 
Germany is competitive, with a significant number of suppliers 
participating in the space, our ambition, as the founder of the 
technology in the German market, is to continuously innovate 
and stay ahead of the competition.

Australasia
Sales in Australasia were £22.2 million, growing by 171% (175% at 
constant currency) driven by a full year of trading from Simx and 
the recent acquisition of Ventair in Australia. Organic revenue grew 
by 7.5% (8.8% at constant currency) with a particularly strong finish 
to the year. We now have a leading market position for residential 
ventilation in our Australasian market and have the opportunity to 
continue to launch many new products in both markets. With the 
acquisition of Ventair it is our ambition to become one of the leading 
providers of residential ventilation to the market in Australia, 
complementing our position as the market leader in the residential 
refurbishment trade supply market in New Zealand.

OEM (Torin-Sifan) segment
Our OEM (Torin-Sifan) segment’s revenue in the year was £23.6 million 
(2018: £22.6 million), an increase of 4.5% (4.8% at constant currency) 
compared to the previous year. Sales of our EC3 motor are gaining 
market share and have been increasingly included within our own 
products in our Ventilation Group segment. During the year we made 
several operational and logistics improvements to increase capacity 
to further support the growth of our EC3 motor sales. Revenue for 
boiler spares was weaker than anticipated with the winter weather 
in the UK generally milder than in previous years.

The ERP system implementation that started in 2018 was completed 
during the year. This caused some resulting disruption to operations, 
and some logistical delays resulting in spot sourcing of some 
electronic and other components at premium prices, mainly in the 
first half of the year. Those issues were resolved in the second half 
of the year and the ERP system is now delivering benefits across all 
functional areas of the business. During the year we also completed 
further enhancements to the business material planning and sourcing 
functions. These enhancements to the ERP system, our ongoing 
drive to improve the manufacturing operations and the improved 
material planning function should deliver improved operational 
performance in 2020.

12

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Strategy 
We will continue to build on our core strengths and strong industry 
track record to gain further market share in each of our preferred 
markets and continue our historical growth trends in revenue and 
profitability. We intend to achieve our goals through a combination 
of organic revenue growth, selective acquisitions and a focus on 
Operational Excellence. To achieve this, we have identified three 
key strategic pillars. These three strategic pillars have recently 
evolved in line with the development of Volution Group and as a 
consequence of the successful completion of the Torin-Sifan pillar 
of the strategy as it was originally constituted. OEM (Torin-Sifan) 
remains a strategically important part of the Group but following 
completion of the development of the EC3 product range and the 
improvements in the offer to its customers we now consider that 
further development of our OEM business is clearly part of the 
larger organic growth pillar of our strategy. The refreshed strategy 
now emphasises an increased focus on Operational Excellence. 
The following diagram shows the change in focus: 

Three strategic pillars 
Before

 Organic growth in all our markets

 Growth through a disciplined and  
value-adding acquisition strategy

TS 

 Further develop Torin-Sifan’s range and 
build customer preference and loyalty

After

 Organic growth in all our markets 
Now including organic growth in Torin-Sifan 

 Growth through a disciplined and 
value-adding acquisition strategy

Operational Excellence

We made good progress with the strategy in the 2019 financial year. 
Some of the highlights are: 

Organic growth: Organic growth improved in 2019 to 3.5% 
(constant currency), with the first half at 3.2% and the second half 
increasing to 3.8%. Our project in the UK to rationalise two older 
facilities in to one new purpose-built facility in Reading is now 
complete. This facility is one of the largest of its kind in Europe 
with substantial capacity headroom for injection moulding, extrusion 
and assembly to underpin our ambitious plans for growth.

Value-adding acquisitions: The acquisition in March 2019 
of Ventair in Australia complements our existing presence in 
Australasia (Simx in New Zealand) whilst further broadening and 
strengthening the Group’s market reach and geographical diversity. 
The four acquisitions completed in the previous year are now fully 
integrated and progressing in line with our expectations.

The new markets which we are entering, as well as our original core 
markets, continue to benefit from the favourable regulatory backdrop 
that focuses on reducing carbon emissions from buildings (in particular 
new buildings) and there is a notable increase in local market trends 
towards improving indoor air quality and energy efficiency. The scope 
of our large residential ventilation product range, targeting improvement 
in indoor air quality, is illustrated on pages 20 and 21.

The ventilation market remains highly fragmented and we will 
continue to pursue acquisition opportunities leveraging the Group’s 
capabilities in operations, procurement, distribution and finance.

Operational Excellence: We have re-emphasised our dedication 
to Operational Excellence. Now that the commissioning of the 
new Reading facility in the UK has been finalised we can attend, 
more generally, to improving the efficiency of all of our operations 
and processes.

Further information on our strategy can be found on page 14. 

People
It has been another year of growth for the Group with the acquisition 
and integration of Ventair together with the continued integration 
of the four acquisitions completed during the prior financial year. 
Volution Group now employs over 1,600 people in its operations in 
the UK, the Nordics, Central Europe and Australasia and benefits 
significantly from the diverse nature of its workforce and their 
commitment to the Group’s success.

Our third internal Management Development Programme concluded 
in November 2018. We place considerable value on this programme 
which, as well as helping to develop the effectiveness and scope 
of our people, has significantly assisted in the integration of new 
acquisitions as our high-potential managers are made to feel part 
of a wider group network and assist in the formation of the overall 
Group culture.

I would like to welcome those employees who joined Volution Group 
during the year and thank all employees for their collective hard work, 
commitment and contribution towards the Group’s success with 
another year of growth.

I would also like to personally thank Ian Dew, who stepped down as 
CFO on 31 July 2019. Ian and I worked together for many years and 
he played an integral role in Volution Group’s successful listing on 
the London Stock Exchange and subsequently played a key role in 
the completion of all our acquisitions. I would like to wish Ian a very 
happy retirement.

Outlook
Whilst there is major uncertainty in the UK economy caused by the 
current state of Brexit negotiations, we continue to focus on building 
on our strong financial performance and in particular the pursuit of 
operational excellence to further our operating margins.

Ronnie George
Chief Executive Officer
9 October 2019

13

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Refreshed Strategy

Volution Group plc

Operational Excellence introduced 
as one of our three strategic pillars

We have recently reviewed and refreshed our Group strategy. 
It has evolved in line with the growth and expansion of the Volution 
Group since its listing in 2014 and as a consequence of the successful 
completion of the Torin-Sifan pillar of the strategy as it was originally 
constituted. OEM (Torin-Sifan) remains a strategically important 
part of the Group and, following the successful completion of the 
development of its EC3 product range and the improvements in the 
offer to its customers, we now consider that further development of 
our OEM (Torin-Sifan) business is clearly part of the larger, organic 
growth pillar of our strategy.

We will, of course, continue to build on our core strengths and 
strong industry track record to gain further market share in each 
of our preferred markets and continue our historical growth trends 
in revenue and profitability. We intend to achieve our goals through 
a combination of three strategic objectives, two of which remain 
unchanged from our earlier strategy: organic growth and selective 
acquisitions. In addition we have introduced a new pillar to our strategy: 
a focus on Operational Excellence. The following diagram summarises 
the evolution of our Group strategy:

Before

After

 Organic growth in all 
our markets

 Growth through a 
disciplined and value-adding 
acquisition strategy

TS

 Further develop Torin-Sifan’s 
range and build customer 
preference and loyalty

  Organic growth in all our markets

 Organic growth in all our 
markets Now including 
organic growth in Torin-Sifan 

 Growth through a 
disciplined and value-adding 
acquisition strategy

 Operational Excellence

Continue to grow through a focused sales strategy for each of our market sectors. Focus on opportunities arising from favourable regulatory 
environments. Continue to build public awareness of indoor air quality issues and the benefits of higher value ventilation solutions to grow 
our markets and increase margins. Continue to develop new products and deliver benefits from recently acquired businesses and drive 
cross-selling initiatives.

Actions
 > Drive demand growth in all our markets 
benefiting from regulation and educated 
end users

Achievements during the year
 > Organic revenue growth of 2.6% 
(3.5% at constant currency)

 > Continued growth in our value-added 

FY2020 focus
 > Range development, maximising the 

opportunities arising from our expanding 
geographic and market sector range

 > Bespoke sales and marketing strategy 

product lines

 > Expand the range of centralised heat 

to address each market sector

 > Provide innovative products to address 
evolving market demand and generate 
upselling opportunities

 > Promote sales opportunities for 
Group products through newly 
acquired companies

14

 > Continued roll-out of the Calima platform

 > Development of the Vent-Axia brand in 

the Netherlands and Germany

 > Development of the Manrose brand 

in Australasia

 > Fully commissioned the Reading facility 
in the UK providing sufficient capacity 
headroom to continue to grow organically

 > Continued customer support for our 

Torin-Sifan EC3 product range

recovery systems

 > Development of more sophisticated 

wireless control networks for 
ventilation systems

 > Increase emphasis on incorporating 
Torin-Sifan products into Group 
ventilation products

 > Further broaden the EC3 product range 

in Torin-Sifan

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

  Growth through a disciplined and value-adding acquisition strategy

We will continue to acquire and integrate complementary businesses in the residential market and, where appropriate, in the commercial 
ventilation market. Our focus will be principally on opportunities in Europe where there are clear synergistic benefits available and, for key 
strategic opportunities, outside of Europe. 

Actions
 > Make acquisitions to establish leading 
positions in new markets and expand 
our presence in existing markets

Achievements during the year
 > Inorganic revenue growth of 12.0% 

FY2020 focus
 > Continue the integration of Ventair 

(12.2% at constant currency)

into the Group

 > Completed the acquisition of Ventair 

 > Continue to search and pursue new 

 > Deliver revenue and cost synergies 

in Australia

acquisition opportunities

from acquisitions

 > Continued the active integration 

 > Maximise synergies available through 

 > Increase cross-selling and export growth 

of recent acquisitions into the Group

our growing scale

 > Further grow intercompany sales 
to widen product categories 
served internationally

 > Focus new product development to 

expand our offer in acquired channels

 > Four acquisitions made in the prior year 

now fully integrated

 > Continued to substitute externally 

sourced products used by our recently 
acquired companies with internally 
developed and manufactured solutions 
expanding our gross margins 

 > Expanded the Vent-Axia and Manrose 
brands internationally through newly 
acquired businesses

  Operational excellence

We have re-emphasised our dedication to Operational Excellence. Now that the commissioning of the new Reading facility in the UK has 
been finalised we can attend more generally to improving efficiency of all our operations and processes. 

Actions
 > Leverage the opportunities afforded by 

Achievements during the year
 > Finalised the commissioning of the new 

FY2020 focus
 > Place additional emphasis on value 

our new facility in Reading, UK

Reading facility in the UK

 > Share operational best practice around 

 > Redesigned a range of extract fans 

the Group

 > Further develop the potential of our 

ERP systems to enhance our operations 
and processes

 > Leverage our innovation

 > Seek benefits from our supply chain and 

sourcing arrangements 

around a common platform for efficient 
manufacture and inventory reduction

 > Enhanced the planning and materials 

management aspect of our Torin-Sifan 
ERP system

 > Initiated a lean manufacturing culture in 

engineering of products to achieve lower 
costs and improve ease of manufacture

 > Continue to pursue savings and 

working capital reduction through the 
scale benefits of our Group-wide supply 
chain and sourcing benefits

 > Continue to roll out a common ERP 

platform across our UK Ventilation Group

our Torin-Sifan facilities

 > Increase manufacturing efficiency

 > Optimise supply chain and 

sourcing benefits

15

Strategic Report 
 
Our Recent Acquisitions

Volution Group plc

Expanding our market 
opportunity in Australasia

Ventair Pty commenced trading in 2006 and has developed into a 
leading provider of residential air movement products to electrical 
wholesalers and retail lighting showrooms in Australia. With facilities 
in Melbourne, Brisbane and Perth, Ventair supplies over 2,000 
customer distribution outlets. A nationwide sales team sells and 
supports the product range which includes: innovative extract 
fans, ceiling cooling fans and integrated heat-fan-light units, 
ensuring that Ventair remains a trusted partner enjoying strong 
customer loyalty. Its continuing success is founded on excellent 
customer service and a product range that not only looks good 
but performs to the highest standards.

The acquisition of Ventair provides Volution with its second route 
to market in the Australasian region. The product ranges of Simx, 
Ventair and Volution complement each other well. Ventair is already 
distributing the Manrose and Vent-Axia brands in Australia which 
means we have been able to quickly leverage our enlarged product 
range in our enlarged market. This multi-brand, multi-channel 
approach will allow Ventair to widen its sales channels further 
to maximise its sales opportunities.

In addition, Simx in New Zealand has launched and started to 
trade with some of the premium, added value, Ventair products. 
These have been launched in New Zealand under the leading 
Manrose brand and have had a very successful start.

Airbus fans

“We are delighted to have acquired Ventair. 
This acquisition is consistent with our stated strategy 
of making selective value-adding acquisitions and we are 
excited about the opportunity to enlarge our presence 
in the Australasian region by introducing additional 
Volution Group product ranges via established routes 
to market. The range of Ventair products, coupled with 
the existing Volution product range, provides us with an 
attractive and improved portfolio for both the Australian 
and New Zealand markets. So far, the integration is 
proceeding as planned, with the first products launched, 
and selling, within two months of acquisition.” 

Ronnie George
Chief Executive Officer

Spyda ceiling fan

16

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Expanding our market 
opportunity in the Nordics

“We are very pleased with the progress made by 
Pamon and Air Connection since acquisition. We have 
strengthened our presence in the Finnish market whilst 
at the same time expanded our product portfolio in other 
markets in the Nordic region using products developed 
by Pamon. We are now working to ensure that Pamon 
continues its strong period of growth by introducing 
other Group products into the Finnish market. In addition, 
Air Connection has provided an excellent platform to 
introduce new Group products into Denmark and 
continues to grow in line with our expectations.”

Eva Thunholm
Managing Director, Volution Nordics

In July 2018 we completed the acquisition of both Oy Pamon Ab 
(Pamon) in Finland and Air Connection ApS (Air Connection) 
in Denmark. Since acquisition, we have successfully integrated 
both businesses into the Group. 

The management team at Pamon remained in the business 
and, working with the wider Volution team, has been successful in 
growing the revenue by 15% over the first twelve months. To build 
further on this strong growth we are increasing factory capacity to 
underpin our plans to sell the product range across the wider Group. 
The combined product ranges of our Voltair brand and Pamon (Kair) 
brand in the Nordic region has meant that our product proposition 
in heat recovery units has grown significantly, as has the scope 
of our sales channel. Maximising sales of these heat recovery 
products through the wider Group is a further opportunity for 
growth; due to the complementary nature of the Voltair and 
Pamon product ranges, the current focus is the sale of the 
Voltair products through the Pamon sales channels. 

As we reported in our half-year results announcement, 
Air Connection has been expanding its product portfolio with 
the introduction of other Group products and has implemented 
a new ERP system. During the second half of the year we have 
continued that momentum with Air Connection launching products 
from Pamon, Voltair and inVENTer. The expansion of the product 
range secures our position in the project market and continues 
to develop and build strong customer preference.

Pamon in Finland

Air Connection in Denmark

17

Strategic ReportOur Business Model

Volution Group plc

Creating sustainable value

Volution Group plc is a leading supplier of ventilation products with primary markets in the UK, the Nordics, 
Central Europe and Australasia. We aim for our products to enhance our customers’ experience of ventilation 
by reducing energy consumption, improving indoor air quality and design and making them easier to use.

WE LISTEN

We listen to our customers 
and end users to help them 
solve their ventilation 
problems and meet their 
regulatory obligations.

WE INNOVATE

We continue to innovate products 
to meet customer needs and 
regulatory obligations.

WE GROW

We deliver growth by developing 
our strong market positions for 
our brands and cost effective 
solutions for our customers.

WE MANUFACTURE

We manufacture and assemble 
high-quality, technically 
sophisticated ventilation 
solutions at optimised cost.

WE HELP OUR 
CUSTOMERS

We have specialist sales and 
marketing teams supporting 
our customers. 

WE DISTRIBUTE

We provide best in class 
customer service to thousands 
of customers with thousands 
of products across the Group.

Employees
Volution Group is founded upon and underpinned by the excellence 
of its people. The experience, knowledge and specialist skills of 
our employees are key differentiators for us. We are committed to 
supporting, developing and retaining talent across the Group and 
it is important to us that our employees fulfil their potential. 

We are particularly proud of our Management Development 
Programme having now run three over the last few years. We are also 
committed to open and honest communication with our employees 
and have a number of employee communication channels across 
the business, including a biannual Employee Forum. 

18

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

WE LISTEN

WE INNOVATE

WE MANUFACTURE

Tightening energy efficiency regulations 
and increased focus on indoor air quality 
lead to increasingly demanding design 
criteria for our customers. We also strive 
to improve the end user experience by 
minimising noise, improving aesthetics 
and enhancing ventilation controls.

Impact on our results: 
Continued revenue growth and 
margin improvement.

We spend 2.2% of revenue each year to put 
ourselves ahead of regulatory developments, 
differentiate our brands with market leading 
and market defining products and offer cost 
effective quality through constant value 
analysis and value engineering developments.

Impact on our results:  
Market leading innovation supports market 
leading margins.

2.2%

of revenue spent on new product 
innovation

We manufacture where we can add value 
and flexibility, and outsource component 
manufacture to trusted experts where it is 
economically sensible. Our renewed 
dedication to Operational Excellence will 
lead to further cost efficiency and 
improvements in product quality.

Impact on our results:  
Great flexibility with manufacture versus 
buy optimisation reduces cost. 

81.0%

of revenue from products made in house

WE GROW

WE HELP OUR CUSTOMERS

WE DISTRIBUTE

Our vision is to create long-term growth by 
continuously developing new and exciting 
propositions for our customers. Our aim is 
to increase the value to customers in our 
propositions, develop our strong market 
positions and engender loyalty through 
customer service and trust in our brands. 

Impact on our results:  
Continued revenue growth and margin 
improvement.

Our primary communication channel 
with our customers is through our large 
sales and marketing teams. We structure 
specialised teams around local market 
requirements ensuring expertise and focus.

Impact on our results:  
Solution selling and strong specifications 
generate customer preference.

We supply our products and services 
through multiple channels in trade, in retail 
and direct to contractors. Our wide product 
portfolio and service proposition ensure that 
we continue to be the supplier of choice for 
many of our distribution partners. 

Impact on our results:  
Strong distribution channels and wide 
availability creating customer loyalty and 
margin quality.

14%

5-year revenue CAGR

400+

total sales people across the Group

21,000+

locations being shipped to

WE DELIVER

We create sustainable results for our stakeholders

Our long-term focus on value creation creates a sustainable business model which we continue to develop.

Shareholders: We seek to deliver attractive returns for our 
shareholders, with sustained growth in profit and cash flow, 
driving longer-term share price appreciation and year-on-year 
growth in dividends.

Employees: We offer career advancement through a Management 
Development Programme and other training within a framework 
of sustainable employment and international opportunities. We are 
committed to improving health and safety across the Group.

Customers: We listen to our customers and create innovative 
products to enhance their experience of ventilation by reducing 
energy consumption, improving indoor air quality and design and 
making them easier to use.

Suppliers: We develop long-term relationships with suppliers 
which adhere to the Group’s Code of Conduct, Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption Policy and innovation ethos and allow us to grow together.

Communities and the environment: We aim to continually 
innovate with many of our products designed to reduce energy 
consumption and help deliver more energy-efficient buildings. Our 
businesses across the Group aim to support the communities in 
which they operate through employee volunteer programmes and 
minimising any negative impact our operations have on the 
environment. We take part in the annual Clean Air Day and Noise 
Action Week organised by environmental charities in the UK.

19

Strategic Report 
 
Excellence in Ventilation

Volution Group plc

Residential 
indoor air quality 

The political and social drive to become more energy efficient has made our homes 
more air tight meaning the problem of poor indoor air quality has become harder to 
ignore. This strengthens the vital role ventilation products have to play in creating a 
healthy indoor environment. Without good ventilation, air quality can deteriorate 
leading to condensation, mould and a build-up of toxic chemicals.

Volution Group is well placed to capture growth in this market by delivering new and 
innovative solutions to customers, reducing their energy costs whilst preventing the 
build-up of airborne pollutants and delivering healthy, comfortable and fresh living 
spaces. This section shows the many and varied residential ventilation products 
Volution Group has to offer its customers (products offered to the commercial 
ventilation market are not shown here). 

  1. MVHR
MVHR (Mechanical Ventilation with Heat Recovery) 
is a centralised, whole dwelling, ventilation system 
connected by ducting to deliver warmed, fresh and 
filtered air to the habitable rooms whilst reducing 
energy use and costs by recovering the heat from 
the stale extracted air.

2. dMVHR
dMVHR (Decentralised Mechanical Ventilation 
with Heat Recovery) is a decentralised ventilation 
system installed through the walls of a dwelling 
which delivers warmed, fresh and filtered air to 
the habitable rooms whilst reducing energy use 
and costs by recovering the heat from the 
extracted air.

3. MEV
MEV (Centralised Mechanical Extract Ventilation) 
is a whole dwelling ventilation system that extracts 
air continuously, at a low rate. It is a low-energy, 
continuously running, ventilation system designed 
with multiple extract points to simultaneously draw 
moisture-laden air out of all the wet rooms of a 
dwelling (bathrooms and kitchen) providing a 
quieter and more energy-efficient system 
compared to separate intermittent extract fans.

4. PIV
PIV (Positive Input Ventilation) is an energy-efficient 
method of pushing out and replacing stale, unhealthy 
air by gently pressurising the home with fresh, 
filtered air to increase the overall circulation of air 

in the dwelling.

20

5. Single room extract fans
Single room extract fans are installed horizontally 
through the wall or vertically into short duct runs to 
remove stale and humid air from bathrooms, kitchens 
and utility rooms. 

6. Inline fans
Inline fans are installed in a duct run, typically above 
the ceiling, and extract air from any space not directly 
adjacent to an external wall or where higher ventilation 
rates are required which are not achievable with a 
traditional single room extract fan.

7. Passive ventilation
Passive ventilation products provide an opening 
in the building envelope through which air is free to 
pass in either direction based on the relative internal 
and external air pressures. These products are used 
to provide replacement air for extraction units or 
exhaust paths for a PIV unit.

8. Thermal destratification
Thermal destratification is the process of mixing 
the internal air in a building to eliminate hot and 
cold layers in the air column of a room and achieve 
temperature equalisation throughout the building.

9. Ducting
Ducting is a critical component in any centralised 
system as it connects the target rooms to the 
ventilation unit ensuring that stale air is extracted 
from the wet rooms and fresh air is delivered to the 
habitable spaces. Air filters and noise attenuators 
can optionally be fitted in the ducting system to 
improve the indoor environment as required.

4

5

2

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

9

3

7

6

5

1

8

21

Strategic ReportKey Performance Indicators

Volution Group plc

How we performed over 
the past year

We have identified a number of financial and non-financial key performance 
indicators (KPIs) that reflect the internal benchmarks we use to measure the 
success of our business and strategy. These will enable investors and other 
stakeholders to measure our progress.

The three strategic pillars

Organic growth in all our markets

Financial performance

Growth through a disciplined and value-adding 
acquisition strategy

Operational Excellence

Revenue £m

£235.7m

235.7

205.7

185.1

We discuss the KPI performance in the 

Financial Review on pages 43 to 47

154.5

130.2

120.7

Note
1. 

 The Group uses some alternative performance measures to 
track and assess the underlying performance of the business. 
These measures include adjusted operating profit, adjusted 
profit before tax, constant currency, adjusted EPS and adjusted 
operating cash flow. For a definition of all the adjusted and 
non-GAAP measures, please see the glossary of terms in note 34. 
A reconciliation to reported measures is set out in note 2.

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Tracks our performance against our strategic aim to grow the business 

Comments
 > Strong revenue development in the year with growth of 14.6% 

(15.7% at constant currency)

 > The acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited and a full year of acquisitions 
completed in the prior year contributed significantly to our inorganic 
revenue growth of 12.0% (12.2% at constant currency)

 > Organic revenue growth of 2.6% (3.5% at constant currency)

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > Annual Bonus Plan (ABP) awards are linked directly to adjusted operating 
profit and adjusted basic EPS; Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards are 
linked directly to measures of EPS growth and TSR, all of which correlate 
with increasing revenue

22

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted 
EBITDA margin1 £m (% of revenue)

£46.5m (19.7%)

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted 
operating profit margin1 £m (% of revenue)

£42.1m (17.8%)

46.5
(19.7%)

41.1
(20.0%)

39.2
(21.2%)

42.1
(17.8%)

35.6
(19.3%)

37.1
(18.0%)

32.5
(21.0%)

29.4
(22.6%)

26.5
(22.0%)

35.4
(22.9%)

32.1
(24.7%)

28.5
(23.6%)

Adjusted profit before tax and 
adjusted profit before tax margin1 
£m (% of revenue)

£39.9m (16.9%)

39.9
(16.9%)

34.6
(18.7%)

35.8
(17.4%)

31.3
(20.3%)

27.5
(21.1%)

14.0
(11.6%)

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

These adjusted measures track the underlying financial performance of the Group 

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP awards are linked directly to adjusted operating profit 

and adjusted basic EPS; LTIP awards are linked directly to EPS 
growth and TSR, all of which correlate with adjusted EBITDA, 
adjusted operating profit and adjusted profit before tax

Comments
 > Good growth in underlying profitability

 > Low depreciation charges as the business is not capital intensive

 > Margins reduced in the year:

 > Lower margin business acquired in FY2019

 > Temporarily reduced manufacturing efficiency during 

commissioning of the new Reading facility

 > Higher procurement costs and temporary supply chain 

difficulties in our Torin-Sifan business 

 > Currency inflationary pressure on imported materials

23

Strategic ReportKey Performance Indicators continued

Volution Group plc

Financial performance continued

Adjusted operating cash flow1 £m

£36.9m

Adjusted operating cash flow 
conversion1 %

85%

35.9

34.4

36.9

93

95

99

86

90

85

31.1

27.6

22.8

Adjusted earnings per share1 p

16.0p

16.0

14.5

13.6

12.6

11.0

8.8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

To provide a measure 
of shareholder value

Comments
 > Improved EPS resulting from 

improved adjusted operating profit 
and new, profitable acquisitions

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP and LTIP awards are linked 
directly to measures of earnings 
per share

Monitors cash generation at the operational 
level (important for our acquisition strategy 
and servicing debt), after movements in 
working capital and capital expenditure 

Tracks the efficiency of cash generation 
at the operational level (important for our 
acquisition strategy), after movements in 
working capital and after capital expenditure

Comments
 > Reduced cash conversion due to 

increased working capital

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP awards are linked directly to 

working capital management in order 
to maintain good adjusted operating 
cash flow conversion

Comments
 > Adjusted operating cash flow in 

2019 remained good after capital 
investment of £5.8 million (2018: 
£6.3 million) and an increase 
in working capital of £4.7 million

 > Working capital increased but 

remained under control at 13.6% 
of revenues (2018: 11.3%)

 > Some limited inventory increases 

took place for short-term mitigation 
of potential disruption to cross-border 
shipments as a consequence of the 
UK leaving the European Union

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP awards are linked directly to 

working capital management in order 
to maintain good adjusted operating 
cash flow

24

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Net debt1 £m

£74.6m

Non-financial performance

Employee retention %

Sales of low-carbon products %

87.4%

93.5

89.0

90.4

88.5

89.7

87.4

53%

48

49

43

52

54

53

77.2

74.6

42.9

36.1

37.0

21.2

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

Strategic pillars measured by this KPI

To ensure we continue to retain 
employees, we monitor the number 
of voluntary resignations from our 
businesses and calculate the percentage 
retention as a function of total average 
full-time equivalent employees 

Comments
 > The high level of staff retention 

continued in 2019

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP awards are linked directly 

to adjusted operating profit which 
we believe is associated with high 
levels of employee engagement 
and satisfaction which correlates 
with staff retention

To ensure we have an efficient capital 
structure with headroom to support 
organic and inorganic revenue growth 

Comments
 > Good cash generation from operations 

 > Decrease in net debt of £2.6 million 

 > Acquisition of Ventair costing 

£10.4 million 

 > Contingent consideration paid for 
the acquisition of Oy Pamon Ab 
of £0.6 million

 > Leverage (expressed as a ratio of net 
debt to adjusted EBITDA) was 1.6x 
(2018: 1.9x)

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > ABP awards are linked directly to 

working capital management in order 
to maintain good operating cash flow 
and therefore minimise net debt

Tracks our success at upselling and the 
effect of regulations on sales of more 
energy-efficient low-carbon products 
(value of low-carbon product sales 
expressed as a percentage of total sales)

Comments
 > Reduced percentage of low-carbon 
sales due to acquisitions of Simx 
Limited and Ventair Pty Limited

 > Highlights an opportunity in the 

Australasian market

 > Organically, sales of low carbon 

products grew by 54% in the year

Link to Directors’ remuneration
 > Sales of low-carbon products generally 
attract a higher selling price and better 
margins thus improving revenue and 
profitability. ABP awards are linked 
directly to adjusted operating profit and 
LTIP awards are linked directly to EPS 
growth and TSR, all of which correlate 
to higher sales of low-carbon products

25

Strategic ReportRisk Management and Principal Risks

Volution Group plc

Effective risk management 
is integral to our objective 
of delivering sustainable  
long-term value

The Board is committed to protecting and enhancing the Group’s 
reputation and assets in the interests of shareholders as a whole, 
while having due regard to the interests of other stakeholders. It has 
overall responsibility for the Group’s system of risk management 
and internal control.

The Group’s businesses are affected by a number of risks and 
uncertainties. These may be impacted by internal and external 
factors, some of which we cannot control. Many of the risks are similar 
to those found by other companies of similar scale and operations.

The risks and uncertainties facing the Group have also been 
considered in the context of the UK leaving the EU. Whilst negotiations 
continue between the UK and the EU and there is continuing uncertainty 
in the UK economy, our increasing market and geographical diversity 
provide some level of risk mitigation and the Board considers the 
nature of the principal risks to be broadly unchanged. More detail of 
the specific risk associated with the UK leaving the European Union 
can be found on pages 27 and 28. A specific assessment of the 
potential risks and our approach to management of these risks can 
be found on pages 26 and 27.

Our approach
Risk management and maintenance of appropriate systems of 
control to manage risk are the responsibilities of the Board and are 
integral to the ability of the Group to deliver on its strategic priorities. 
The Board has developed a framework of risk management which 
is used to establish the culture of effective risk management 
throughout the business by identifying and monitoring the material 
risks, setting risk appetite and determining the overall risk tolerance 
of the Group. To enhance risk awareness, embed risk management 
and gain greater participation in managing risk across the Group, 
a programme of employee communication continues with all new 
employees receiving a brochure on joining Volution Group. 

The Group’s risk management systems are monitored by the Audit 
Committee, under delegation from the Board. The Audit Committee 
is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of the internal control 
environment of the Group.

BDO LLP (BDO) continued to act in the capacity of internal auditor 
and provide independent assurance that the Group’s risk management, 
governance and internal control processes are operating effectively. 
BDO continued to act in this capacity throughout the financial year 
ended 31 July 2019.

Board
Overall responsibility for risk management 

Reviews principal risks and uncertainties, along with actions taken, 
where possible, to mitigate them

Audit Committee
Assurance oversight of the internal controls 
and risk management process

Executive Management
Day-to-day management of risk 

Design and implementation of the necessary 
systems of internal control

26

Strategic ReportOur UK businesses, as well as those based in Continental Europe, 
are substantially “domestic” suppliers of goods to their own markets 
with relatively limited cross border sales activity. We have reviewed 
the tariffs that would apply to any cross border sales of our products 
between UK and Europe in the event of a no-deal, and at an estimated 
tariff level of up to 3%, we do not believe the commerciality of these 
transactions would be materially impacted.

On the supply chain side, our primary non-UK supply comes from 
China, and so (aside from any heightened foreign exchange rate 
volatility) is not materially impacted. Border delays are recognised 
as a potential source of disruption; as such we have increased some 
inventories of specific faster moving products and will continue to 
monitor inventory levels and orders with our key suppliers in the run 
up to 31 October 2019.

We have undertaken an analysis of the risks and operational 
challenges to our business of a no-deal exit from the European 
Union and consideration of these risks has been incorporated into 
the Group’s principal risks as appropriate. 

With a strong direct presence in the EU, the Board believes that 
Volution is well placed to respond to changes to future trading 
arrangements between the EU and the UK. Whilst it is clear that 
Brexit uncertainty is impacting confidence and activity levels in the 
UK, our UK based revenues account for less than 50% of the 
Group’s overall revenues. In the longer term, as an international 
business with good logistics capabilities and an expanding 
geographic presence, we consider we have greater flexibility to 
withstand any UK specific challenges.

We recognise that significant uncertainty will remain until any 
Brexit proposal is fully agreed and understood, and as such our 
understanding of potential risks and impacts are being regularly 
reviewed and assessed.

Annual Report 2019

Identifying and monitoring material risks
Material risks (including emerging risks) are identified through 
an analysis of individual processes and procedures (bottom-up 
approach) and a consideration of the strategy and operating 
environment of the Group (top-down approach).

The risk evaluation process begins in the operating businesses 
with a biannual exercise undertaken by management to identify 
and document the significant strategic, operational, financial and 
accounting risks facing the businesses. This process ensures 
risks are identified and monitored and management controls 
are embedded in the businesses’ operations.

The risk assessments from each of the operating businesses 
are then considered by Group management, which evaluates the 
principal risks of the Group with reference to the Group’s strategy 
and operating environment for review by the Board.

Our principal risks and uncertainties
The 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2016 Code) states 
that the Board is responsible for determining the nature and extent 
of the principal risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic 
objectives and that it should maintain sound risk management and 
internal control systems. In accordance with provision C.2.1 of the 
2016 Code, the Directors confirm that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those 
which would threaten the business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity.

Set out in this section of the Strategic Report are the principal 
risks and uncertainties which could affect the Group and which have 
been determined by the Board, based on the robust risk evaluation 
process described above, to have the potential to have the greatest 
impact on the Group’s future viability. These risks are similar to those 
reported last year, although with some movement on the direction 
of the perceived risk. For each risk there is a description of the 
possible impact of the risk to the Group, should it occur, together 
with strategic consequences and the mitigation and control 
processes in place to manage the risk. This list is likely to change 
over time as different risks take on larger or smaller significance.

UK leaving the European Union
Following the referendum outcome in June 2016 for the UK to leave 
the EU, the UK Government and European Commission have been 
negotiating the terms on which the UK would leave the EU and the 
framework for the future relationship. At the time of writing the 
continuing uncertainty in the UK parliament makes it difficult to 
predict an outcome; however, it remains possible that the UK will 
leave the EU without a deal on the 31 October 2019 or at some later 
date. In the absence of a ratified agreement, it is unclear what 
trading relationships the UK will have with the EU and other 
significant trading partners after the exit date. 

27

Strategic ReportRisk Management and Principal Risks continued

Risks associated with the UK leaving the EU

Volution Group plc

Potential risk

Increases in tariffs and 
duty on goods and raw 
materials imported into 
the UK from the EU and 
exported to the EU

Regulatory risks relating to 
potential changes to UK 
and EU-based law and 
regulation including 
product approvals

Exchange rate volatility 
and reduction in the value 
of Sterling along with the 
associated increase in 
the costs of goods 
from overseas

Queues and delays at UK 
and EU ports as a result of 
increased customs checks

Increased uncertainty 
leading to a slowdown 
in the UK residential 
and commercial 
construction industry

Labour force impacts, 
particularly the mobility of 
the workforce and 
availability of talent

Likelihood1

Potential 
impact1

Mitigation

The Group has considered the potential cost impact of World Trade 
Organization tariffs coming into force for exports from the UK and imports 
into the UK, and the resultant cost of these potential tariffs is not expected 
to be material to the Group as a whole. We are also confident in our ability 
to largely pass through any associated cost increases, given our track 
record of inflation management with our customers, and the heightened 
attention on continuity of supply during the transition period.

In the short to medium term we do not expect UK or EU approvals for our 
products to change. 

The Group’s financial results have already been impacted by the ongoing 
depreciation in Sterling. This has led to increased inflation in supplier costs 
for the Group’s UK-based businesses and this is being managed robustly 
to maintain gross margins. Group net assets have benefited from translating 
the results of the Group’s overseas businesses into Sterling. To hedge 
against transactional foreign exchange risk we maintain a rolling twelve 
months of cover for around 80% of our expected US Dollar purchases. 
We will maintain our existing hedging strategy to mitigate any further 
devaluation in Sterling. Our global trading mix and product sourcing 
arrangements mean that historically we have had a natural gross margin 
hedge against a depreciation in Sterling versus the Euro at a Group level.

Inventory holdings of certain components and finished goods have been 
increased above standard levels and located within the EU to mitigate the 
risk of delays in customs and border clearances.

A prolonged period of disruption at the UK’s borders has the potential 
to impact the supply chain of the Group’s UK businesses; however, our 
businesses maintain a strong depth of inventories and have begun to build 
inventory levels of their faster moving product lines which would mitigate 
the impact on their activities from a significant disruption in cross-border 
trade between the UK and Continental Europe.

We believe we are already seeing delays and deferment of UK investment 
programmes and construction-related activity and spend, particularly in 
the London commercial sector. The diversity and flexibility within the Group 
have meant we are able to manage this downturn without significant impact 
on our Group results. Once the uncertainty around the UK leaving the EU 
has ceased, we expect this market to return to previous levels, with some 
potential upside as there will be a period of “catch-up”. 

We note the increased pressure on the availability of lower skilled labour 
in recent years, and the reduction in migration from EU countries since the 
Brexit referendum. While we anticipate that these trends will continue, the 
UK Government has stated that EU citizens would be allowed to remain in 
the UK until at least the end of 2020 even in the absence of a withdrawal 
agreement. We are not critically reliant on our workforce having to travel 
extensively between the EU and the UK, or the need to source EU workers 
on UK contracts – any such requirements that do arise will raise a manageable 
administrative workload only.

Note
1.   An explanation of likelihood and impact can be found on page 30.

28

Strategic ReportNone of the individual sensitivities applied impact the Directors’ 
assessment of viability. The geographical and sector diversification 
of the Group’s operations helps minimise the risk of serious business 
interruption or catastrophic damage to our reputation. Furthermore, our 
business model is structured so that the Group is not reliant on one 
particular group of customers or sector. In addition, our ability to flex 
our cost base protects our viability in the face of adverse economic 
conditions and/or other political or regulatory uncertainties. 

Going concern
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and 
liquidity position are set out in the Financial Statements section. 
Furthermore, note 28 on page 141 to the consolidated financial 
statements includes the Group’s objectives and policies for 
managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives, 
details of its financial instruments and its exposure to credit 
and liquidity risk. 

The Directors believe the Group is in a strong financial position 
due to its profitable operations and strong cash generation and that 
the Group has adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Annual Report 2019

Viability statement
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Group over the next three-year period, taking into account 
the Group’s current position and the potential impact of the principal 
risks documented on pages 30 to 33 of the Annual Report and 
Accounts. Based on this assessment, the Directors confirm that 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able 
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the period to 31 July 2022. 

The Directors have determined that a three-year period to 
31 July 2022 is an appropriate period over which to provide their 
viability statement given the dynamic nature of the sector and as 
it is in line with our business planning cycle. 

With respect to the longer term viability of the Group, we believe the 
business model will remain highly relevant. The regulatory and 
consumer drive towards making our new and existing homes more 
efficient and therefore airtight will continue, meaning that the 
opportunities to solve the problems of indoor air quality will only 
grow, strengthening the vital role ventilation has to play in creating a 
healthy indoor environment. Customer requirements in terms of 
enhanced functionality, energy efficiency and aesthetics of products 
are a favourable trend which we also expect to be sustained.

In making this statement, the Board carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
Principal risks are identified through our risk management process 
and are set out on pages 30 to 33. They are recorded in a Group Risk 
Register which is reviewed and discussed by the Board at least twice 
a year. 

The potential risks identified in the principal risks and uncertainties 
section (see page 27) resulting from the UK leaving the EU have been 
aggregated into existing sensitivities, which already model a general 
prolonged market downturn scenario that represents the “worst-case” 
impact from the UK leaving the EU. 

The Board considers, annually, a three-year strategic plan. 
The output of this plan is used to perform central debt and headroom 
profile analysis, which includes a review of sensitivity to key principal 
risks. It also considers the ability of the Group to raise finance and 
deploy capital. 

Whilst the review has considered all the principal risks identified 
by the Group, the following were focused on for enhanced stress 
testing: economic slowdown and supply chain risk affecting gross 
margins which have both been considered in the context of the UK 
leaving the EU, increased debt from acquisitions and combinations 
of the above scenarios. 

The stress tests applied use more significant sensitivities than 
those seen during the most recent global financial crisis in 2008/9. 

29

Strategic ReportRisk Management and Principal Risks continued

Likelihood of risk occurring

Potential impact

Assessment of risk direction

Unlikely

Possible

Likely

Low

Medium

High

Reducing

No change

Increasing

Volution Group plc

The Board’s assessment 
of whether there has been a 
change in the level of risk due 
to either a change in likelihood 
or a change in potential impact.

Strategic consequence

Organic growth 
in all our markets

Growth through a disciplined and 
value-adding acquisition strategy

Operational Excellence

Risk

Impact

Strategic consequence

Likelihood

impact

Risk direction

Mitigation

Potential 

Economic risk
A decline in general economic 
activity and/or a specific decline in 
activity in the construction industry, 
including, but not exclusively, an 
economic decline caused by the 
UK leaving the EU.

Acquisitions
We may fail to identify suitable 
acquisition targets at an acceptable 
price or we may fail to complete or 
properly integrate the acquisition.

Foreign 
exchange risk
The exchange rates between 
currencies that we use may 
move adversely.

IT systems 
including cyber 
breach
We may be adversely affected by a 
breakdown in our IT systems or a 
failure to properly implement any 
new systems.

30

Demand for our products serving the residential 
and commercial construction markets would 
decline. This would result in a reduction in revenue 
and profitability.

Our ability to achieve our ambition for continuing 
organic growth would be adversely affected. 

Revenue and profitability would not grow 
in line with management’s ambitions and 
investor expectations.

Failure to properly integrate a business may 
distract senior management from other priorities 
and adversely affect revenue and profitability. 

Financial performance could be impacted by 
failure to integrate acquisitions and to secure 
possible synergies.

The commerciality of transactions denominated 
in currencies other than the functional currency 
of our businesses and/or the perceived 
performance of foreign subsidiaries in our 
Sterling-denominated consolidated financial 
statements may be adversely affected by 
changes in exchange rates.

Our strategic ambition to grow by acquisition 
may be compromised.

We continue to implement our strategy, 

completing one acquisition during the year.

Our ambition to grow internationally through 
acquisition exposes us to increasing levels of 
translational foreign exchange risk.

Failure of our IT and communication systems 
could affect any or all of our business processes 
and have significant impact on our ability to trade, 
collect cash and make payments.

We could temporarily lose sales and market share 
and could potentially damage our reputation for 
customer service.

Trading patterns during the year have remained 

stable including any which may be attributed 

to the decision to leave the EU. Whilst we do 

Geographic spread from our international acquisition strategy 

helps to mitigate the impact of local fluctuations in economic activity.

New product development, the breadth of our product portfolio 

and the strength and specialisation of our sales forces should 

allow us to outperform against a general decline.

not currently foresee a decline in economic 

We have a strong presence in the RMI market, which is more 

activity from the UK leaving the EU, the increased 

resilient to the effects of general economic decline affecting 

uncertainty and lack of clarity of what the 

the construction industry. This remains true even under 

economic landscape will look like leads us to 

current circumstances.

believe the level of risk has increased during the year.

Our business is not capital intensive and our operational flexibility 

allows us to react quickly to the impact of a decline in volume.

The ventilation industry in Europe remains fragmented with many 

opportunities to court acquisition targets.

Senior management has a clear understanding of potential targets 

in the industry and a track record of twelve acquisitions since IPO 

in June 2014.

the Group.

Management is experienced in integrating new businesses into 

Our policy of rigorous due diligence prior to acquisition and a 

structured integration process post-acquisition has been maintained.

Significant transactional risks are hedged by using forward 

currency contracts to fix exchange rates for the ensuing 

financial year.

Revaluation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities 

is partially hedged by corresponding foreign currency bank debt.

Disaster recovery and data backup processes are in place, 

operated diligently and tested regularly.

A significant Enterprise Resource Planning system has been 

implemented for several key sites. A disaster failover site has 

been implemented.

We have a three-layered system of network security protection 

against cyberattack or breaches of security. This infrastructure 

is maintained to withstand increasingly sophisticated worldwide 

cyber threats. We also undertake regular cyber security testing 

and training of our employees.

Our policy on foreign currency risk has 

remained unchanged. 

We do, however, believe that the increased 

economic uncertainty in the context of Brexit 

and US-China trade tensions makes it likely 

that in the near term exchange rates may see 

heightened levels of volatility.

We believe there is an increasing risk as the 

frequency and sophistication of cyberattacks 

on businesses generally. 

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Risk heatmap
 Economic risk
1. 

2.  Acquisitions

3.  Foreign exchange risk

4. 

IT systems including cyber breach

5.  Customers

6.  Legal and regulatory environment

7.  Supply chain and raw materials

8.  Innovation

9.  People

t
c
a
p
m

i

l

a
i
t
n
e
t
o
P

1

2

4

7

56

9

8

3

Likelihood

Potential 
impact

Risk direction

Mitigation

Likelihood

Trading patterns during the year have remained 
stable including any which may be attributed 
to the decision to leave the EU. Whilst we do 
not currently foresee a decline in economic 
activity from the UK leaving the EU, the increased 
uncertainty and lack of clarity of what the 
economic landscape will look like leads us to 
believe the level of risk has increased during the year.

Our strategic ambition to grow by acquisition 

may be compromised.

We continue to implement our strategy, 
completing one acquisition during the year.

Our policy on foreign currency risk has 
remained unchanged. 

We do, however, believe that the increased 
economic uncertainty in the context of Brexit 
and US-China trade tensions makes it likely 
that in the near term exchange rates may see 
heightened levels of volatility.

We believe there is an increasing risk as the 
frequency and sophistication of cyberattacks 
on businesses generally. 

Geographic spread from our international acquisition strategy 
helps to mitigate the impact of local fluctuations in economic activity.

New product development, the breadth of our product portfolio 
and the strength and specialisation of our sales forces should 
allow us to outperform against a general decline.

We have a strong presence in the RMI market, which is more 
resilient to the effects of general economic decline affecting 
the construction industry. This remains true even under 
current circumstances.

Our business is not capital intensive and our operational flexibility 
allows us to react quickly to the impact of a decline in volume.

The ventilation industry in Europe remains fragmented with many 
opportunities to court acquisition targets.

Senior management has a clear understanding of potential targets 
in the industry and a track record of twelve acquisitions since IPO 
in June 2014.

Management is experienced in integrating new businesses into 
the Group.

Our policy of rigorous due diligence prior to acquisition and a 
structured integration process post-acquisition has been maintained.

Significant transactional risks are hedged by using forward 
currency contracts to fix exchange rates for the ensuing 
financial year.

Revaluation of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities 
is partially hedged by corresponding foreign currency bank debt.

Disaster recovery and data backup processes are in place, 
operated diligently and tested regularly.

A significant Enterprise Resource Planning system has been 
implemented for several key sites. A disaster failover site has 
been implemented.

We have a three-layered system of network security protection 
against cyberattack or breaches of security. This infrastructure 
is maintained to withstand increasingly sophisticated worldwide 
cyber threats. We also undertake regular cyber security testing 
and training of our employees.

31

Risk

Impact

Strategic consequence

Economic risk

Demand for our products serving the residential 

and commercial construction markets would 

A decline in general economic 

decline. This would result in a reduction in revenue 

Our ability to achieve our ambition for continuing 

activity and/or a specific decline in 

and profitability.

organic growth would be adversely affected. 

activity in the construction industry, 

including, but not exclusively, an 

economic decline caused by the 

UK leaving the EU.

Acquisitions

Revenue and profitability would not grow 

in line with management’s ambitions and 

We may fail to identify suitable 

investor expectations.

acquisition targets at an acceptable 

price or we may fail to complete or 

properly integrate the acquisition.

Failure to properly integrate a business may 

distract senior management from other priorities 

and adversely affect revenue and profitability. 

Financial performance could be impacted by 

failure to integrate acquisitions and to secure 

possible synergies.

The commerciality of transactions denominated 

in currencies other than the functional currency 

of our businesses and/or the perceived 

performance of foreign subsidiaries in our 

Sterling-denominated consolidated financial 

statements may be adversely affected by 

changes in exchange rates.

Foreign 

exchange risk

The exchange rates between 

currencies that we use may 

move adversely.

IT systems 

including cyber 

breach

We may be adversely affected by a 

breakdown in our IT systems or a 

failure to properly implement any 

new systems.

Our ambition to grow internationally through 

acquisition exposes us to increasing levels of 

translational foreign exchange risk.

Failure of our IT and communication systems 

could affect any or all of our business processes 

and have significant impact on our ability to trade, 

We could temporarily lose sales and market share 

collect cash and make payments.

and could potentially damage our reputation for 

customer service.

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management and Principal Risks continued

Volution Group plc

Risk

Impact

Strategic consequence

Likelihood

impact

Risk direction

Mitigation

Potential 

Customers
A significant amount of our 
revenue is derived from a small 
number of customers and from 
our relationships with heating and 
ventilation consultants. We may fail 
to maintain these relationships.

Legal and 
regulatory 
environment
Laws or regulation relating to 
the carbon efficiency of buildings, 
the efficiency of electrical products, 
competition or compliance 
may change.

Supply chain 
and raw materials
Raw materials or components 
may become difficult to source 
because of material scarcity or 
disruption of supply, including 
as a consequence of the UK 
leaving the EU. 

Innovation
We may fail to innovate 
commercially or technically viable 
products to maintain and develop 
our product leadership position.

Any deterioration in our relationship 
with a significant customer could have 
an adverse significant effect on our revenue 
from that customer.

Our organic growth ambitions and Operational 
Excellence would be adversely affected. 

The shift towards higher value-added 
and more energy-efficient products may 
not develop as anticipated resulting in lower 
sales and profit growth.

If our products are not compliant and we fail 
to develop new products in a timely manner 
we may lose revenue and market share to 
our competitors.

Failure to manage certain compliance risks 
adequately could lead to death or serious injury 
of an employee or third party, and/or penalties for 
non-compliance in health and safety, anti-bribery, 
data protection or competition law.

Sales and profitability may be reduced 
during the period of constraint.

Prices for input materials may increase 
and our costs may increase.

Scarce development resource may be 
misdirected and costs incurred unnecessarily. 

Failure to innovate may result in an ageing 
product portfolio which falls behind that of 
our competition.

Our organic growth ambitions may be 
adversely affected.

We may need to review our acquisition criteria 
to reflect the dynamics of a new regulatory 
environment.

We may have to redirect our new product 
development activity.

Organic growth may be reduced.

Our product development efforts may 
be redirected to find alternative materials 
and components.

Operational Excellence may be adversely affected.

Our organic growth ambitions depend in part upon 
our ability to innovate new and improved products 
to meet and create market needs. In the medium 
term, failure to innovate may result in a decline in 
sales and profitability. Operational Excellence may 
be adversely affected.

People
Our continuing success depends 
on retaining key personnel and 
attracting skilled individuals.

Skilled and experienced employees may decide 
to leave the Group, potentially moving to a 
competitor. Any aspect of the business could be 
impacted with resultant reduction in prospects, 
sales and profitability.

Our competitiveness and growth potential, both 
organic and inorganic, could be adversely affected.

Operational Excellence may be adversely affected.

32

Our underlying risk of losing the revenue of any 

one customer continues unchanged; however, 

our recent acquisitions have further served to 

diversify our customer base.

There has been no significant new legislation 

or regulation, or changes to current legislation 

or regulation, which has had a material impact 

on the business. 

The UK Data Protection Act which became law 

in May 2018 has added some risk as fines for 

breach are potentially high. Enforcement action 

We have strong brands, recognised and valued by our end users, 

and this gives us continued traction through our distribution 

channels and with consultants and specifiers.

We have a very wide range of ventilation and ancillary products 

that enhance our brand proposition and make us a convenient 

“one-stop-shop” supplier.

We continue to develop new and existing products to support our 

product portfolio and brand reputation. 

We focus on providing excellent customer service.

We participate in trade bodies that help to influence the regulatory 

environment in which we operate and as a consequence we are 

also well placed to understand future trends in our industry.

We are active in new product development and have the resource 

to react to and anticipate necessary changes in the specification 

of our products.

We employ internal specialist expertise, supported where 

needed by suitably qualified and experienced external providers. 

Local operational compliance audits are undertaken. 

by the Information Commissioner’s Office has 

We have training and awareness programmes in place such 

been taking place amongst companies in the UK. 

as health and safety, anti-bribery and data protection. We have 

As a result, although Volution does not process 

a whistleblowing hotline managed by an independent third party 

much personal data, the risk has increased.

providing employees with a process to raise non-compliance issues.

Our pattern of purchasing and relationships with 

our long-term supplier base remains unchanged. 

Our policy of ensuring a resilient supply base 

remains a priority.

We recognise that the risk of queues and delays 

at ports would be increased in the near term in 

the event of the UK leaving the EU without a deal.

We establish long-term relationships with key suppliers to 

promote continuity of supply and where possible we have 

alternative sources identified.

We will continue to monitor stock levels and order patterns 

in the run up to the UK leaving the EU and where deemed 

necessary will adjust inventory levels to help mitigate any 

disruptions in supply.

We continue to demonstrate innovation with new 

product launches. 

on product development.

Our product innovation is driven by a deep understanding of 

the ventilation market and its economic and regulatory drivers. 

The Group starts with a clear marketing brief before embarking 

Regular employee appraisals allow two-way feedback on 

performance and ambition.

A Management Development Programme was initiated in 2013 

(with the latest concluded in November 2018) to provide key 

employees with the skills needed to grow within the business 

and to enhance their contribution to the business.

There have been no significant changes to the 

supply and retention of quality employees 

across the wider workforce.

However, some members of the UK Ventilation 

business Senior Management Team left the 

business during the year and a search process 

is currently progressing.

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Risk

Impact

Strategic consequence

Likelihood

Potential 
impact

Risk direction

Mitigation

Customers

A significant amount of our 

revenue is derived from a small 

number of customers and from 

our relationships with heating and 

ventilation consultants. We may fail 

to maintain these relationships.

Legal and 

regulatory 

environment

Laws or regulation relating to 

the carbon efficiency of buildings, 

the efficiency of electrical products, 

competition or compliance 

may change.

Supply chain 

and raw materials

Raw materials or components 

may become difficult to source 

because of material scarcity or 

disruption of supply, including 

as a consequence of the UK 

leaving the EU. 

Innovation

We may fail to innovate 

commercially or technically viable 

products to maintain and develop 

our product leadership position.

Any deterioration in our relationship 

with a significant customer could have 

an adverse significant effect on our revenue 

Our organic growth ambitions and Operational 

from that customer.

Excellence would be adversely affected. 

The shift towards higher value-added 

and more energy-efficient products may 

not develop as anticipated resulting in lower 

Our organic growth ambitions may be 

sales and profit growth.

adversely affected.

If our products are not compliant and we fail 

to develop new products in a timely manner 

we may lose revenue and market share to 

our competitors.

We may need to review our acquisition criteria 

to reflect the dynamics of a new regulatory 

environment.

We may have to redirect our new product 

Failure to manage certain compliance risks 

development activity.

adequately could lead to death or serious injury 

of an employee or third party, and/or penalties for 

non-compliance in health and safety, anti-bribery, 

data protection or competition law.

Sales and profitability may be reduced 

during the period of constraint.

Prices for input materials may increase 

and our costs may increase.

Scarce development resource may be 

misdirected and costs incurred unnecessarily. 

Failure to innovate may result in an ageing 

product portfolio which falls behind that of 

our competition.

Organic growth may be reduced.

Our product development efforts may 

be redirected to find alternative materials 

and components.

Operational Excellence may be adversely affected.

Our organic growth ambitions depend in part upon 

our ability to innovate new and improved products 

to meet and create market needs. In the medium 

term, failure to innovate may result in a decline in 

sales and profitability. Operational Excellence may 

be adversely affected.

People

Skilled and experienced employees may decide 

to leave the Group, potentially moving to a 

Our continuing success depends 

competitor. Any aspect of the business could be 

Our competitiveness and growth potential, both 

impacted with resultant reduction in prospects, 

organic and inorganic, could be adversely affected.

on retaining key personnel and 

attracting skilled individuals.

sales and profitability.

Operational Excellence may be adversely affected.

Our underlying risk of losing the revenue of any 
one customer continues unchanged; however, 
our recent acquisitions have further served to 
diversify our customer base.

There has been no significant new legislation 
or regulation, or changes to current legislation 
or regulation, which has had a material impact 
on the business. 

The UK Data Protection Act which became law 
in May 2018 has added some risk as fines for 
breach are potentially high. Enforcement action 
by the Information Commissioner’s Office has 
been taking place amongst companies in the UK. 
As a result, although Volution does not process 
much personal data, the risk has increased.

Our pattern of purchasing and relationships with 
our long-term supplier base remains unchanged. 
Our policy of ensuring a resilient supply base 
remains a priority.

We recognise that the risk of queues and delays 
at ports would be increased in the near term in 
the event of the UK leaving the EU without a deal.

We have strong brands, recognised and valued by our end users, 
and this gives us continued traction through our distribution 
channels and with consultants and specifiers.

We have a very wide range of ventilation and ancillary products 
that enhance our brand proposition and make us a convenient 
“one-stop-shop” supplier.

We continue to develop new and existing products to support our 
product portfolio and brand reputation. 

We focus on providing excellent customer service.

We participate in trade bodies that help to influence the regulatory 
environment in which we operate and as a consequence we are 
also well placed to understand future trends in our industry.

We are active in new product development and have the resource 
to react to and anticipate necessary changes in the specification 
of our products.

We employ internal specialist expertise, supported where 
needed by suitably qualified and experienced external providers. 
Local operational compliance audits are undertaken. 

We have training and awareness programmes in place such 
as health and safety, anti-bribery and data protection. We have 
a whistleblowing hotline managed by an independent third party 
providing employees with a process to raise non-compliance issues.

We establish long-term relationships with key suppliers to 
promote continuity of supply and where possible we have 
alternative sources identified.

We will continue to monitor stock levels and order patterns 
in the run up to the UK leaving the EU and where deemed 
necessary will adjust inventory levels to help mitigate any 
disruptions in supply.

We continue to demonstrate innovation with new 
product launches. 

Our product innovation is driven by a deep understanding of 
the ventilation market and its economic and regulatory drivers. 
The Group starts with a clear marketing brief before embarking 
on product development.

Regular employee appraisals allow two-way feedback on 
performance and ambition.

A Management Development Programme was initiated in 2013 
(with the latest concluded in November 2018) to provide key 
employees with the skills needed to grow within the business 
and to enhance their contribution to the business.

There have been no significant changes to the 
supply and retention of quality employees 
across the wider workforce.

However, some members of the UK Ventilation 
business Senior Management Team left the 
business during the year and a search process 
is currently progressing.

33

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

Sustainability

Key to creating 
value for 
stakeholders

 People 

Business and ethics
Our core values and principles, and the standards of behaviour to 
which every employee and agent across the Group is expected to 
work, are set out in the Volution Group Code of Conduct. These values 
and principles are applied to dealings with our customers, suppliers 
and other stakeholders.

We have a zero-tolerance approach to all forms of bribery 
and corruption. Our Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy has been 
approved by the Board and rolled out across the Group. It applies 
to all businesses, Directors, employees and agents within the Group 
to ensure compliance with all laws and regulations governing bribery 
and corruption in the countries in which the Group operates.

The Group has a “Speak Up” facility operated by an independent 
external company, where employees can report any incidents 
or inappropriate behaviours in their own language by telephone or 
online. The confidentiality of the information reported is protected. 
In addition, web-based anti-bribery and corruption training is carried 
out by employees in areas of the business where risk is deemed to 
be highest.

Health and safety
We are committed to achieving and maintaining the highest 
standards in health and safety practice. An open culture towards 
health and safety engages our employees and helps maintain our 
excellent safety record. Each business invests in specialist roles and 
training to support this process. Each employee and contractor is 
given information, instruction and the training necessary to enable 
safe working. Our employees and contractors recognise that it is 
their legal duty to take reasonable care for their own safety and the 
safety of others in their work area with working safely being a 
condition of employment.

We are committed to operating in a manner that protects human 
rights, provides real opportunities for our employees, protects the 
environment and makes a positive contribution to the community.

We embrace a culture of continual improvement in all aspects 
of our business. We aim to understand and respond to the needs 
of employees, customers, suppliers, shareholders, the communities 
in which we work and wider society.

As part of our commitment to sustainability we aim to align our 
business values, purpose and strategy with the needs of our 
stakeholders, whilst embedding such responsible and ethical 
principles into everything we do.

As an international organisation with an international supply chain, we 
take seriously the impact we have in the places where we do business. 

People

Human rights

Community

Environment

34

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

All accidents, dangerous incidents and near-miss situations are 
promptly investigated. The details of such incidents as well as the 
remedial and preventative measures taken are assessed closely 
to assist in raising awareness and reducing the risk of repetition. 
The Board reviews health and safety at every meeting.

During the year a number of health and safety audits were 
undertaken to ensure local management placed sufficient 
focus on health and safety.

Diversity
Although the Group has no specific gender and diversity targets as 
we believe that appointments should be based on merit, we strongly 
support diversity throughout the workforce. We employ a diverse 
workforce and pride ourselves on providing equal opportunities for 
all. High value is placed on rewarding our people for their 
commitment, their integrity and their service. 

We aim to ensure that no employee is discriminated against, directly 
or indirectly, on the grounds of colour, race, ethnic or national origins, 
sexual orientation or gender, marital status, disability, religion or belief, 
age or being part time. We believe that better business decisions can 
be made by having representation from different genders and cultural 
backgrounds with differing skill sets, experience and knowledge, which 
reflects our customer base and the wider population in our markets.

The building materials industry traditionally attracts a higher than 
average proportion of male employees. This is reflected in the Group’s 
split between male and female employees as shown on page 36.

Employee communications
We have a number of employee communication channels across 
the business, including an Employee Forum which has employee 
representatives from across the UK and European businesses 
and allows two-way communication between Volution Group senior 
management and the employee representatives who in turn brief 
the employees they are representing in each business unit. We also 
have local internal newsletters which provide a framework for 
colleagues to participate in two-way communication, giving them a 
platform from which to help shape and influence decision making 
within the Group. We have a Sharesave Scheme across the Group 
which allows employees to share in our success. Employees who 
participated save for three years and then have the opportunity 
to buy Volution Group shares at a discounted price which can then 
translate into the employee becoming a shareholder in the business. 
We were very pleased with the employee engagement this created 
with 26% of eligible employees participating in the initial launch 
of Sharesave in July 2018.

Employee development
As an organisation we actively encourage employee development 
as it is important to us that our employees fulfil their potential. 
Eighteen participants from across the Group enrolled on our 
third Management Development Programme which successfully 
concluded in November 2018. We plan to further enhance the 
quality and quantity of our support available to all colleagues with 
the objective of increasing capability levels across the business, one 
example of which is to fully utilise the apprenticeship levy in the UK.

35
35

Strategic ReportSustainability continued

Volution Group plc

inVENTer team in Germany 
celebrate 20th anniversary

 Human rights

 Community 

Breaches of human rights are not considered to be a material risk 
for the business as our activities are substantially carried out in 
developed countries that have strong legislation governing human 
rights. We adhere to policies which support human rights principles.

Modern Slavery Act
We are opposed to slavery, servitude, forced labour and human 
trafficking. We take a zero-tolerance approach to modern slavery 
in the supply chain and businesses under our control. The Board has 
approved a statement setting out the steps that have been taken to 
combat modern slavery. This statement can be found on the Group’s 
website at www.volutiongroupplc.com. Group employees, agents 
and suppliers are requested to confirm that they do and will continue 
to comply with our policy which is set out in our Code of Conduct. 

Each company within the Group understands the importance 
of being a contributing member of society and its impact on 
the long-term development and sustainability of the business. 
Each business takes responsibility for managing its relationship 
with its local community. 

Volution Group, together with many of its employees, supported 
a range of national and local charities during the year. This year 
the UK teams supported the Salvation Army Christmas Gift Appeal 
donating gifts to children at Christmas. This charity appeal takes 
place across the UK and ensures thousands of less privileged 
children wake up to presents on Christmas Day.

Board Directors

G 
71+

5 – 71%
Male
2 – 29%
Female

Senior managers1

G 
80+

8 – 80%
Male
2 – 20%
Female

All other employees67+
G 

1,102 – 67%
Male
554 – 33%
Female

Note
1. 

 Legislation requires that we define “senior managers” as the directors of our subsidiary companies. However, the Board 
believes this information does not provide a meaningful analysis of how the Group operates so the data shown reflects the 
proportion of senior managers by our own internal grading system. The number also excludes Board Directors.

36

Strategic Report29
+
20
+
33
+
Annual Report 2019

Clean Air Day
As in previous years, we supported Clean Air Day, co-ordinated 
by environmental charity Global Action Plan. The aim of this day is 
to raise awareness of the risks of air pollution and the simple things 
everyone can do to improve their indoor air quality and health. Poor air 
quality is proven to negatively impact everyone’s health, increasing the 
risk of serious illnesses and making existing conditions, like respiratory 
disorders, worse. This annual event increases understanding of the 
risks and provides education on how to reduce air pollution and 
improve indoor air quality (IAQ).

Volution Group is committed to sharing knowledge of how ventilation 
can help protect public health. Clean Air Day provides suggestions on 
quick and easy ways to make positive changes to home and lifestyle 
to improve IAQ, acknowledging that the first key step that should be 
taken is to effectively ventilate indoor environments. To help protect 
health in the home, we have been working hard to provide ventilation 
solutions to improve IAQ for households and further information on 
IAQ can be found on pages 20 and 21.

 Environment

We recognise the impact that our businesses may have on the 
environment and, as a minimum standard, we comply with current 
applicable legislation in the countries in which we operate.

We endeavour to limit the impact on the environment within 
which we operate and also protect the environment that we all 
share. Across the Group, energy-reducing initiatives will continue, 
including using recycled plastics in manufacturing, recycling waste 
paper and cardboard and working with our customers to reduce 
waste on site. Our Lo-Carbon range of products will continue to 
be donated to environmental projects to demonstrate innovative 
energy reduction techniques.

Our Vent-Axia brand is helping social housing providers reduce 
their environmental impact by designing modular products (such as 
the Lo-Carbon Revive fan which is made with recyclable ABS plastic) 
to reduce plastic waste. By carefully considering the design of its 
products, Vent-Axia’s latest energy-efficient fans are even easier 
to repair and recycle, reducing carbon footprint and helping make 
ventilation even more cost effective for social housing providers.

Our product development programme continues to focus on 
low-carbon initiatives, using technology which reduces power 
consumption and recovers, recycles and reuses energy that would 
otherwise be wasted. At all times the Group aims to produce products 
that are as energy efficient as possible and will continue to research 
and develop energy-efficient solutions for the marketplace.

Sustainability
To assist Volution Group as a sustainable business, we have been 
accredited ISO 14001 at our site in Crawley, UK.

During the year our new Reading facility in the UK was fully 
commissioned. This facility has photovoltaic cells on the roof 
and a battery management system which reduces our electricity 
usage. Having closed two sites in Slough and Reading in the UK 
and consolidated production into this one new site, moving goods 
between these two sites has also been eliminated. 

We ensure that we consistently recycle waste where possible and 
seek to lower the emissions from our motor fleet. We are constantly 
looking for ways to improve the efficiency of our motor fleet, which 
can in turn reduce the amount of emissions produced. We have 
recently launched our new motor fleet programme which includes 
a choice of hybrid vehicles.

Greenhouse gas emissions
We are required to measure and report our direct and indirect 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions pursuant to the Companies Act 
2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. 

The mandatory requirement is for the disclosure of the scope 1 
and 2 emissions only. These are direct emissions such as heating, 
vehicle fuel and indirect emissions, for example purchased electricity. 
Our total GHG footprint in line with DEFRA’s mandatory reporting 
requirement is shown in the table below.

Emissions data for the year ended 31 July 2019
2019 
CO₂e tonnes

Emissions from

2018
CO2e tonnes

Electricity, gas and other fuels

Petrol and diesel vehicle fuels

Refrigerants

Total footprint

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity 
ratio: CO₂e tonnes  
per £m of revenue

3,412

1,464

31

4,907

4,431

1,284

25

5,740

20.81

27.91

The new Reading facility in the UK is the main contributing factor to 
the reduction in greenhouse gas emissions due to the photovoltaic 
cells on the roof and a battery management system. The closing of 
the two old sites in Slough and Reading has also positively impacted 
the Group’s emissions from electricity, gas and other fuels.

Note that:

 > data collected is in respect of the years ended 31 July 2018 and 
31 July 2019. The conversion factors used are those published 
by DEFRA; and

 > some extrapolation or estimation techniques have been used 
to calculate the Group footprint, specifically regarding the 
calculation of emissions from cooling units.

37

Strategic ReportOperational Review

Volution Group plc

Ventilation Group segment
The Ventilation Group has sector leading positions in the UK, the Nordics, Central Europe and Australasia. 

During the year, we completed the acquisition of Ventair in Australia, enhancing and widening the Group’s capability. Ventair is a 
market leading residential ventilation products supplier in Australia for both new and refurbishment applications with channel access 
enabling us to place many of our existing Group products in this market. In addition we made good progress with the integration 
of the four acquisitions we made in the second half of our financial year ended 31 July 2018.

Highlights
Revenue
 > £212.1 million, 90.0% of Group revenue (2018: £183.1 million, 

89.0% of Group revenue)

Adjusted operating profit
 > £41.5 million, 98.7% of Group adjusted operating profit 

(2018: £35.4 million)

Average number of employees
 > 1,413 (2018: 1,382)

Revenue
Revenue within the Ventilation Group grew by 15.8% (17.0% at constant currency), of which 2.3% (3.4% at constant currency) was organic 
and 13.5% (13.6% at constant currency) the result of acquisitions. Group sales (£1.3 million) made to our recent acquisitions, Simx and Air 
Connection, completed in the prior year, have been shown separately to illustrate like-for-like growth of 17.9% because in the post-acquisition 
period these sales were eliminated.

Market sectors

Ventilation Group

UK Residential RMI

UK New Build Residential Systems

UK Commercial

UK Export

Nordics

Central Europe 

Australasia

Total Ventilation Group

UK Export – Simx and Air Connection1 

Total Ventilation Group

Constant currency

2019
£000

2019
 £000

2018
 £000

Growth
%

39,356

27,795

34,856

9,924

46,995

30,990

22,176

39,356

27,795

34,856

9,985

48,663

31,122

22,456

212,092

214,233

—

—

38,166

25,604

33,474

11,189

36,692

28,466

8,182

181,773

1,321

3.1

8.6

4.1

(10.8)

32.6

9.3

174.5

17.9

212,092

214,233

183,094

17.0

Note
1. 

 Sales to Simx and Air Connection in the prior year of £1.3 million have been separated to show a like-for-like comparison with FY2018 because sales to Simx and 
Air Connection are now eliminated as intercompany sales.

Volution Ventilation UK
We are pleased to confirm that our facility rationalisation project 
at Reading in the UK is now fully completed and that we are again 
providing our normal level of customer service. The facility rationalisation 
project was an exciting development for Volution, positioning us 
well for future growth and further operational optimisation.

During the financial year, Volution Ventilation UK grew in each 
of its three domestic sectors, UK Residential RMI, UK New Build 
Residential Systems and UK Commercial. We are pleased to report 
our return to good levels of growth in UK Public RMI, following several 
years of decline of that market. Over the past 24 months, we have 
invested heavily in: sales training; the development of new products 
specifically for the Public RMI sector; and the development of new 
digital tools that help our customers connect with our solutions in 
more intuitive ways (e.g. our Airtech brand’s new interactive website).

Reading facility (UK)

38

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

During the financial year we progressed our product platform 
rationalisation project to establish a common architecture for some 
of our plastic fans, with the aim of optimising our supply chain and 
operational performance whilst, at the same time, creating value 
and additional variety of ventilation solutions. Users of our products 
will have more choice of enhanced features and performance, 
particularly at the premium end of our Private RMI product range, 
such as our new Silent Fan. In addition, during the year, we continued 
to introduce new products to the UK RMI market from elsewhere in 
the Group, including the new, innovative, odour sensing, Vent-Axia 
PureAir fan in the UK. 

Vent-Axia PureAir fan

We recorded another year of growth in revenue for our UK New 
Build Residential Systems sector, where our Kinetic heat recovery 
products continue to offer market leading performance to meet 
demanding specifications, driven by a strong regulatory framework 
around new home energy performance. Growth was stronger in the 
first half of the year partly as a consequence of a major supply and 
install customer shifting its seasonal demand pattern.

Despite the uncertainty caused by the UK leaving the European 
Union, sales of our commercial products performed well. We converted 
well on price adjustments for our Vent-Axia branded products and 
continued to develop our hybrid ventilation solutions at Breathing 
Buildings, introducing metal casings and advanced controls. 
The development of these products assisted with the revenue 
growth of our Breathing Buildings brand and will assist in regaining 
commercial and technical leadership in the education sector with 
its unique ventilation requirements.

At our facility in West Molesey, we are nearing completion of the 
construction of our new mezzanine floor, allowing us to consolidate 
production of fan coils for our UK Commercial sector from two annex 
buildings which we had been utilising since 2018. This will reduce 
production cost and improve operational efficiency. At the same 
site, the commissioning of our new laser metal-cutting machine was 
completed. This will support future growth and opens up intra-group 
opportunities to eliminate outsourcing of metal cutting. Commercial 
revenue for our Diffusion brand grew in the year but slowed in the 
second half possibly as a consequence of Brexit uncertainty.

Laser metal-cutting machine

UK Export was the only sector in the UK where revenue declined, 
mainly due to the large, one-off spares order from a customer in 
Japan in the prior year. We continue to grow sales in the Irish market 
for the supply of new build residential systems.

Volution Group, Nordics
Revenue in the Nordics grew strongly, despite continuing 
difficulties in the Swedish construction market, due to the full year 
effect of the acquisitions made in the prior year (Pamon in Finland 
and Air Connection in Denmark). Both acquisitions were completed 
in July 2018, and were integrated into the Nordic organisation during 
the year. A significant part of the integration process included the 
transition to the Nordic region’s shared Enterprise Resource Planning 
system which was completed in the year for Air Connection and in 
September 2019 for Pamon. 

Pamon continued to grow well, post-acquisition, in its Finnish market, 
although we do not recognise this revenue growth as organic until 
the anniversary of acquisition. Within the Nordic region we now have 
a wide range of heat recovery ventilation solutions available to us from 
around the Group and we have increased our focus on cross-selling 
these products more widely in the Nordic region. We anticipate seeing 
the benefit of these initiatives in the coming years. 

We increased investment in our plastic injection moulding facility 
located in Gemla, Sweden, to increase capacity and efficiency of 
plastic parts manufacture for the region.

39

Strategic ReportOperational Review continued

Volution Group, Nordics continued

Volution Group plc

Xenion fan

Volution Group, Central Europe
Germany
The new, quieter, more efficient, Xenion decentralised heat 
recovery ventilation system was launched in 2018, ensuring that 
inVENTer grew its revenue in the year ended July 2019 and had 
a very successful year. Nearly all ventilation products under the 
brand were successfully migrated to this new technology, which 
contributed to margin improvement.

During the year, new software-driven processes were introduced to 
give improved customer service, more visibility over the sales order 
pipeline and more efficiency in our sales processes. 

Netherlands
We trade in the Netherlands under the Ventilair and Vent-Axia 
Netherlands brands which both grew well in the year. 

The Netherlands is heavily regulated with regard to energy 
efficiency and the Government is placing pressure on residential 
landlords to improve efficiency of their properties by 2020. In the 
year, Ventilair Group in the Netherlands benefited from becoming 
part of the BENG association (Bijna Energie Neutraal Gebouw) 
which offers total renovation solutions to enable landlords to 
comply with the required energy efficiency regulations. 

Belgium
The revenue in Belgium grew well in the year, especially through 
the electrical wholesaler route to market on which we have more 
recently been concentrating. Good sales growth of bathroom fans, 
including newly introduced, technically advanced, products sourced 
from within the Group, along with a strong position in the market for 
our semi-rigid ducting system, Uniflex+, has contributed significantly 
to our growth. We continue to offer a full range of ventilation products 
to maintain and build our reputation as the partner of choice in Belgium.

Intellivent SKY fan

We continued to invest in new innovative products in order to 
maintain our technical and commercial leadership position in 
the Nordics. Intellivent SKY, the first bathroom fan equipped with 
odour-sensing technology, was launched by Fresh in December 
2018. It is an exceptionally quiet fan and has a number of additional 
features including superior pressure performance and an on-board 
touchscreen with fine tuning via an app and has self-adjusting humidity 
control. Intellivent SKY won the prestigious Red Dot Award for product 
design. In addition, we launched at the end of the year, under the Pax 
brand, a new, advanced, towel warmer timer: Momento II. The timer 
has a unique memory function which makes it possible to save up to 
75% of the energy consumption without any loss of functionality.

Momento II towel warmer timer

40

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Manrose Genius fan

Volution Group, Australasia
New Zealand
Simx’s first full year under Volution ownership has seen a focus on 
launching Volution Group products into New Zealand to encourage 
the take-up of higher value propositions by our customers. In addition, 
following the acquisition in the year of Ventair in Australia, Simx gained 
access to additional premium products, some of which have already 
been launched under the Manrose brand in New Zealand. As a result 
we grew in New Zealand both organically and as a consequence 
of the full year effect post-acquisition.

Spyda ceiling fan

Australia
We acquired Ventair in Australia in March 2019. With Ventair we 
now have access to over 2,000 third party sales outlets throughout 
Australia, and, in addition to its own brand, Ventair is now distributing 
the Manrose and Vent-Axia brands which will bring a number of new 
value-added products from across the Group to the Australian market. 

41

Strategic ReportOperational Review continued

Volution Group plc

OEM (Torin-Sifan) segment
Torin-Sifan designs and manufactures highly efficient alternating current (AC) and electronically commutated (EC) motors, motorised 
impellers, fans and blowers for the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industry and is a leading supplier to the residential 
and commercial HVAC manufacturing markets worldwide.

Highlights
Revenue
 > £23.6 million, 10.0% of Group revenue (2018: £22.6 million, 

11.0% of Group revenue)

Adjusted operating profit
 > £3.2 million, 7.6% of Group adjusted operating profit 

(2018: £3.8 million)

Average number of employees
 > 249 (2018: 235)

Revenue
Revenue within the OEM (Torin-Sifan) segment grew by 4.5% (4.8% at constant currency).

Constant currency

2019
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

23,606

23,657

22,582

Growth
%

4.8

Residential heating sales also grew well in the year. Our production 
fan demand in this market was particularly strong, assisted in part by 
Brexit stock building by customers. This offset the decline in demand 
for boiler spares which suffered from a stock readjustment by a 
key customer. 

Our Commercial market business remained stable in the year and 
we expect this channel to also benefit in the future from our higher 
powered 170 Watt EC3 motor platform developments. 

Our original Greenbridge manufacturing site in Swindon, UK, has 
benefited from investment in modern lean manufacturing techniques, 
bringing it in line with our nearby Westmead production facility. This 
will further enhance efficiency and quality levels in future periods.

Market sectors

Total OEM (Torin-Sifan)

Torin-Sifan continued to enjoy strong demand with sales growth 
of 4.8%. The sales of EC3 motorised impellers continued to gain 
momentum in the second half of the financial year.

Our operations in Torin-Sifan were adversely impacted during the 
first half of the year by procurement issues which manifested in higher 
input costs for electronic components. However, we are confident 
these issues have now been resolved. Furthermore, investment has 
been made in several product and supply chain improvements that 
will further enhance production output, efficiency, costs and quality 
in future periods.

Residential ventilation sales grew well in the year. The EC3 
Revolution 360 range of motorised impellers and blowers was 
particularly influential in this performance as the range continues 
to grow its share of the market. Additional manufacturing investment 
has been made in a second production line for EC3 products, to allow 
us to meet the increased demand. During the year further investment 
was made in expanding the EC3 product range. These additions to 
the range should further increase future sales opportunities.

Torin-Sifan EC3 motorised impeller

42

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

Financial Review
Andy 0’Brien

Strong results: revenue 
growth of 14.6% and adjusted 
operating profit growth 
of 13.3% 

Revenue
Group revenue for the year ended 31 July 2019 was £235.7 million 
(2018: £205.7 million), an increase of 14.6% (15.7% at constant 
currency). Organic growth of 2.6% (3.5% at constant currency) 
accelerated during the year reaching 3.1% in the second half (3.8% 
at constant currency) with organic growth across all market sectors 
except for UK Export and the Nordics. Full year trading from the four 
acquisitions completed in the year ended 31 July 2018 (Simx Limited 
in New Zealand, Air Fan B.V. in the Netherlands, Oy Pamon Ab in 
Finland and Air Connection ApS in Denmark), coupled with the 
acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited in Australia in March 2019, resulted 
in inorganic growth of 12.0% (12.2% at constant currency). 

Profitability
The Group’s underlying result, as measured by adjusted operating 
profit, increased by 13.3% to £42.1 million (2018: £37.1 million) at an 
adjusted operating margin of 17.8% (2018: 18.0%). Adjusted operating 
margin during the first half was adversely impacted by some operational 
inefficiencies at our new Reading facility (now fully commissioned), 
coupled with increased sourcing costs in our OEM (Torin-Sifan) 
segment due to spot buying of some electronic and other components 
at premium prices. Resolution of these issues meant our second 
half margins increased to 18.1% from 17.6% in the first half. 

Reported profit before tax increased by £6.4 million to £23.1 million 
(2018: £16.7 million) compared to the £4.1 million increase in adjusted 
profit before tax due to:

 > £4.6 million decrease in exceptional operating costs (principally 

relating to costs of acquisitions and the costs of the UK 
Ventilation re-organisation including factory relocation;

 > £1.5 million write back of accrual for contingent consideration in 2018 
relating to the acquisition of VoltAir System, not repeated in 2019;

 > £0.7 million increase in amortisation costs relating to intangible 

assets (2019: £15.4 million; 2018: £14.7 million); and

 > £0.8 million increase in net finance costs as a result of the 

higher average debt levels due to the acquisitions in the year 
ended 31 July 2018.

43

Summary
 > Revenue growth of 14.6% (15.7% at constant currency), 
with 2.6% (3.5% at constant currency) from organic 
growth and 12.0% (12.2% at constant currency) from 
inorganic growth

 > Adjusted operating profit growth of 13.3%, up by 

£5.0 million to £42.1 million, with an adjusted operating 
margin of 17.8% (an improving trend in the year: 17.6% 
in H1 and 18.1% in H2)

 > Reported operating profit growth of 40.8%, up by 

£7.1 million to £24.7 million

 > Exceptional operating costs of £1.8 million relating to 
acquisitions and re-organisation of the UK Ventilation 
business (2018: £6.4 million)

 > Adjusted operating cash inflow of £36.9 million 

(2018: £34.4 million)

 > Ventair Pty Limited acquired on 1 March 2019, 

for an initial cash consideration of AUD19.2 million 
(£10.4 million)

 > Net debt reduced by £2.6 million to £74.6 million

 > Closing debt leverage of 1.6x (2018: 1.9x)

Strategic ReportVolution Group plc

Financial Review continued

Trading performance summary

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit (£m)

Finance costs (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

Basic EPS (p)

Total dividend per share (p)

Operating cash flow (£m)

Net debt (£m)

Reported

Adjusted 1

Year ended 
31 July 2019

Year ended
31 July 2018

Movement

Year ended 
31 July 2019

Year ended
31 July 2018

Movement

235.7 

205.7

44.6 

24.7 

2.1 

23.1 

9.2 

4.90

34.9 

74.6 

37.0

17.5

1.6

16.7

6.7

4.44

29.1

77.2

14.6%

20.4%

40.8%

31.5%

38.3%

37.3%

10.4%

19.9%

2.6 

235.7

205.7

46.5

42.1

2.1

39.9

16.0

4.90

36.9

74.6

41.1

37.1

1.3

35.8

14.5

4.44

34.4

77.2

14.6%

13.2%

13.3%

63.6%

11.5%

10.3%

10.4%

7.3%

2.6 

Note
1. 

 The reconciliation of the Group’s reported profit before tax to adjusted measures of performance is summarised in the table below and in detail in note 2 to the 
consolidated financial statements. For a definition of all adjusted measures see the glossary of terms in note 34 to the consolidated financial statements.

Reconciliation of statutory measures to adjusted performance measures
The Board and key management personnel use some alternative performance measures to track and assess the underlying performance 
of the business. These measures include adjusted operating profit, adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EPS and adjusted operating cash flow. 
These measures are deemed more appropriate to track underlying financial performance as they exclude income and expenditure which is 
not directly related to the ongoing trading of the business. A reconciliation of these measures of performance to the corresponding reported 
figure is shown below and is detailed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Year ended 31 July 2019

Year ended 31 July 2018

Revenue

Gross profit

Administration and distribution costs 
excluding the costs listed below 

Amortisation of intangible assets acquired 
through business combinations

Exceptional operating costs

CFO succession costs

Release of contingent consideration

Reported
£000

Adjustments
£000

235,698

111,079

 (69,027)

 (15,439)

 (1,801)

 (150)

— 

— 

— 

— 

15,439

1,801 

150

— 

Adjusted
results
£000

235,698

111,079

Reported
£000

205,676

96,623

 (69,027)

(59,523)

— 

— 

—

— 

(14,670)

(6,417)

—

1,502 

17,515

Adjustments
£000

— 

— 

— 

14,670

6,417

—

(1,502)

19,585

Operating profit

24,662

17,390

42,052

Net gain on financial instruments 
at fair value

Exceptional write off of unamortised 
loan issue costs upon refinancing

Other net finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax

Profit after tax

605

 (605)

— 

— 

 (2,127) 

— 

— 

16,785

39,925

 (3,354) 

 (8,267) 

— 

 (2,127) 

23,140 

 (4,913) 

18,227

13,431

31,658

838

(838)

(320)

(1,296)

16,737

(3,414)

13,323

320

— 

19,067

(3,598)

15,469

Adjusted
results
£000

205,676

96,623

(59,523)

— 

—

—

—

37,100

—

—

(1,296)

35,804

(7,012)

28,792

The following are the items excluded from adjusted measures:

 > Amortisation of acquired intangibles 

On acquisition of a business, where appropriate, we value 
identifiable intangible fixed assets acquired such as trademarks 
and customer base and recognise these assets in our consolidated 
statement of financial position; we then amortise these acquired 
intangible assets over their useful lives. In the year the amortisation 

charge of these intangible assets increased to £15.4 million 
(2018: £14.7 million) as a consequence of recent acquisitions. 
We exclude this accounting adjustment in the calculation 
of our adjusted earnings because it is a cost associated with 
acquisitions, not the underlying trading of the businesses.

44

Strategic ReportAnnual Report 2019

 > Exceptional operating costs 

Exceptional operating costs, by virtue of their size, incidence 
or nature, are disclosed separately in order to allow a better 
understanding of the underlying trading performance of the 
Group. During the year, exceptional operating costs were 
£1.8 million (2018: £6.4 million) which included costs relating 
to acquisitions of £0.5 million (2018: £1.4 million) and the UK 
Ventilation re-organisation including factory relocation of 
£1.3 million (2018: £5.0 million). Details of all these exceptional 
operating costs can be found in note 5 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

 > CFO succession costs  

These costs relate to the search and recruitment process 
of the new CFO during the year and amounted to £0.2 million 
(2018: £nil). 

 > Reversal of contingent consideration  

During the year reversal of contingent consideration was £nil 
(2018: £1.5 million). 

 > Fair value adjustments  

At the end of each reporting period we measure the fair 
value of financial derivatives and recognise any gains or losses 
immediately in finance cost. During the year, we recognised 
a gain of £0.6 million (2018: gain of £0.8 million), a reduction 
of £0.2 million. We exclude these gains or losses from our 
measures of adjusted earnings because they are accounting 
adjustments which will reverse in future periods and do not 
reflect the underlying trading of the business.

 > Exceptional write off of unamortised loan issue costs 

upon refinancing  
During the year exceptional write off of unamortised loan 
issue costs upon refinancing were £nil (2018: £0.3 million). 
On 15 December 2017, the Group refinanced its bank debt. As a 
consequence of the refinance, unamortised loan issue costs of 
£0.3 million relating to the previous loans were written off in 2018.

Finance revenue and costs
Reported net finance costs were £1.5 million (2018: £0.8 million) 
including £0.6 million of net gains on the revaluation of financial 
instruments (2018: net gains of £0.8 million) and £nil related to 
the exceptional write off of unamortised loan issue costs upon 
refinancing (2018: costs of £0.3 million). Adjusted finance costs 
were £2.1 million (2018: £1.3 million). Adjusted finance costs 
increased in line with increased levels of debt following the four 
acquisitions made in the prior period and the one acquisition 
made this year.

Taxation
The UK Finance (No. 2) Act 2015, which was enacted on 18 November 
2015, introduced a reduction in the UK headline rate of corporation 
tax to 19% and 18% from 1 April 2017 and 1 April 2020 respectively. 
A further reduction in the headline rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 was 
included in the UK Finance Act 2016, enacted on 15 September 2016.

The effective tax rate for the year was 21.2% (2018: 20.4%).

Our underlying effective tax rate, on adjusted profit before tax, was 
20.7% (2018: 19.6%). The increase of 1.1 percentage points in our 
adjusted effective tax rate, over the prior year, was partly as a result 
of tax rate changes in the prior year that did not repeat this year as 
well as higher tax rates applicable to profits in recently acquired 
businesses in Australasia. 

The Group’s medium-term adjusted effective tax rate is expected to 
be approximately 20% of the Group’s adjusted profit before tax, with 
the UK headline tax rate dropping to 17% being partly offset by the 
full year effect of profits recently acquired in countries with higher 
tax rates.

Operating cash flow
The Group continued to be cash generative in the year with adjusted 
operating cash inflow of £36.9 million (2018: £34.4 million). Whilst cash 
conversion remains strong at 85% (2018: 90%) our working capital has 
increased during the year predominantly due to inventory levels. Some 
of these inventory increases are intentional as part of our preparations 
to leave the European Union, and the increase will be reversed once 
that is concluded; however, we do recognise an opportunity to optimise 
inventories across a number of our businesses and this will be an 
important stream of our new Operational Excellence focus. 

Capital expenditure of £5.8 million (2018: £6.3 million) included 
further investment in the new production facility in Reading, UK, 
new product development and enhancements to IT systems. 

See the glossary of terms in note 34 to the consolidated financial 
statements for a definition of adjusted operating cash flow and 
cash conversion.

Reconciliation of adjusted operating cash flow

Net cash flow generated from 
operating activities

Net capital expenditure

UK and overseas tax paid

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

Exceptional items: fair value of inventories

2019
£m

31.9

 (5.8)

9.3

1.5

—

2018
£m

25.8

(6.3)

8.9

5.4

0.6

Adjusted operating cash flow

36.9

34.4

Employee Benefit Trust
During the year £1.2 million of loans were made to the Volution 
Employee Benefit Trust for the exclusive purpose of purchasing 
shares in Volution Group plc in order to partly fulfil the Company’s 
obligations under its share incentive plans (2018: £nil). The Volution 
Employee Benefit Trust acquired 650,000 shares at an average price 
of £1.85 per share in the period (2018: no shares acquired) and 19,981 
shares (2018: 37,013) were released by the trustees with a value of 
£36,000 (2018: £65,000). The Volution Employee Benefit Trust has 
been consolidated into our results and the shares purchased have 
been treated as treasury shares deducted from shareholders’ funds.

45

Strategic ReportFinancial Review continued

Volution Group plc

Net debt
Year-end net debt was £74.6 million (2018: £77.2 million), comprised 
of bank borrowings of £86.1 million (2018: £95.4 million), offset by cash 
and cash equivalents of £11.5 million (2018: £18.2 million). The net debt 
of £74.6 million represents leverage of 1.6x adjusted EBITDA.

Movements in net debt position for the year ended 31 July 2019
2018
£m

2019
£m

Opening net debt at 1 August

 (77.2) 

(37.0)

Bank facilities, refinancing and liquidity
The Group has in place a £120 million multicurrency revolving credit 
facility and in addition an accordion facility of up to £30 million.

In December 2018, the Group exercised the option to extend this 
facility by a period of twelve months at a cost of £0.2 million; the 
maturity date is now 15 December 2022. 

As at 31 July 2019, we had £33.9 million of undrawn, committed 
bank facilities and £11.5 million of cash and cash equivalents on 
the consolidated statement of financial position.

Movements from normal 
business operations:

Adjusted EBITDA

Movement in working capital

Share-based payments

Capital expenditure

Adjusted operating cash flow:

– Interest paid net of interest received

– Income tax paid

– Exceptional items

– Dividend paid

– Purchase of own shares

– FX on foreign currency loans/cash

– Issue costs of new borrowings

Movements from acquisitions:

–  Acquisition consideration net 

of cash acquired and debt repaid

Closing net debt at 31 July

46.5

 (4.7)

0.9

 (5.8)

36.9

 (1.9)

 (9.3)

 (1.5)

 (9.1)

 (1.2) 

 (0.1)

 (0.2)

41.1

(0.9)

0.5

(6.3)

34.4

(0.9)

(8.9)

(6.0)

(8.5)

— 

1.6

(0.9)

 (11.0)

 (74.6) 

(51.0)

(77.2) 

Acquisition-related costs
On 1 March 2019, we acquired Ventair Pty Limited, a market leading 
residential ventilation product supplier in Australia, for an initial cash 
consideration of AUD19.2 million (approximately £10.4 million). A further 
amount of deferred cash consideration of up to AUD7.7 million 
(approximately £4.3 million) may be payable, contingent on Ventair 
achieving an EBITDA target in the financial year ending 31 July 2020.

Further cash consideration of £0.6 million was paid for Oy Pamon Ab, 
acquired in July 2018. Part of the consideration was contingent upon 
its earnings achieved for the year ending November 2018. A further 
amount of deferred cash consideration may be payable contingent 
on Oy Pamon Ab earnings for its year ending November 2019.

Foreign exchange
The Group is exposed to the impact of changes in the foreign currency 
exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other 
than the functional currency of our operating businesses. We have 
significant Euro income in the UK which is broadly balanced by Euro 
expenditure in the UK. We have little US Dollar income but significant 
expenditure due to our purchases from suppliers in China. We managed 
our transactional foreign exchange risk by purchasing the majority 
of our forecast US Dollar requirements for the 2019 financial year in 
advance, and similarly we have purchased the majority of our forecast 
US Dollar requirements in advance of the 2020 financial year. 

We are also exposed to translational currency risk as the Group 
consolidates foreign currency denominated assets, liabilities, income 
and expenditure into Group reporting denominated in Sterling. 
We hedge the translation risk of the net assets in the Nordics with 
£24.0 million of borrowings denominated in SEK (2018: £24.5 million). 
We have partially hedged our risk of translation of the net assets 
in Belgium, the Netherlands, Germany and Finland by having 
Euro-denominated bank borrowings in the amount of £40.6 million 
as at 31 July 2019 (2018: £40.0 million). The acquisition of Ventair in 
Australia was financed using Sterling-denominated debt to rebalance 
our debt with our strong Sterling cash flow. The Sterling value of 
our foreign currency denominated loans and cash increased by 
£0.1 million in the year as a consequence of exchange rate movements. 
We do not hedge the translational exchange rate risk to the results 
of overseas subsidiaries.

46

Strategic Report 
 
Annual Report 2019

During the year, movements in foreign currency exchange 
rates have had an unfavourable effect on the reported revenue 
and profitability of our business. If we had translated the full year 
performance of our business at our 2018 exchange rates, our 
reported Group revenues would have been £2.2 million or 
1.1% higher and adjusted operating profit would have been 
£42.6 million or £0.5 million higher. 

At the end of the financial year the Sterling value of foreign currency 
denominated working capital increased by £0.6 million compared to 
the foreign exchange rates applying at the beginning of the year.

Earnings per share
Our reported basic earnings per share grew by 37.3% to 9.2 pence 
(2018: 6.7 pence). 

Our adjusted basic earnings per share grew by 10.3% to 16.0 pence 
(2018: 14.5 pence). 

Dividends
In May 2019 the Group paid an interim dividend of 1.60 pence 
per share. 

The Board has proposed a final dividend of 3.30 pence per share. 
Subject to approval at our Annual General Meeting of shareholders 
on 12 December 2019, the recommended final dividend will be paid 
on 18 December 2019 to shareholders who are on the register on 
22 November 2019. 

Andy O’Brien 
Chief Financial Officer
9 October 2019

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by Ronnie George, Chief Executive Officer, on 
9 October 2019. 

Ronnie George 
Chief Executive Officer

47

Strategic ReportIntroduction to Governance
Peter Hill, CBE

Volution Group plc

Committed to the highest 
standards of corporate 
governance

The Board is committed to high standards of corporate governance 
to underpin the business through a period of sustained growth. 
Decisions are made based on what the Board believes is likely to 
be for the benefit of all stakeholders by promoting and maintaining 
the long-term success of the Company and its reputation. The ways 
in which we listen and engage with our key stakeholders is set out 
on pages 59 and 60. 

Compliance with the 2016  
UK Corporate Governance Code
Our approach to governance is based on the concept that good 
corporate governance enhances longer-term shareholder value 
and sets the culture, ethics and values for the Group. Consistent 
with our belief in the importance of corporate governance, I am 
pleased to report that the Company has complied in full with the 
principles and provisions of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the 2016 Code). A copy of the 2016 Code can be found 
at www.frc.gov.uk. 

2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
The Board acknowledges the development of governance standards 
set out in the new version of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
published in July 2018 (the 2018 Code) which applies to Volution 
Group for the financial year ending 31 July 2020. We have reviewed 
the Group’s compliance against the 2018 Code and have implemented 
some changes to ensure that we will be able to report positively on 
compliance in the next Annual Report and Accounts. 

Board composition
On 21 January 2019, we announced that Ian Dew, our CFO, had informed 
the Board of his wish to retire from Volution Group during 2019. Ian 
stepped down from his role as CFO and Andy O’Brien was appointed 
on 1 August 2019. Ian has continued with the Group for a transitional 
period to ensure there has been an orderly handover. Ian joined 
Volution Group in 2012 and was appointed as CFO in January 2014. 
Ian played an integral role in Volution Group’s successful listing on 
the London Stock Exchange and subsequently played a key role in 
the completion of all acquisitions. On behalf of the Board, I would 
like to thank Ian for his contribution to Volution Group and wish him 
a long and happy retirement.

The Board was delighted to welcome Andy O’Brien to the Group. 
Andy joined Volution Group following nine years at Aggreko plc, a 
FTSE 250 global provider of temporary power, heating and cooling 
solutions, where he held numerous senior finance roles including 

Dear shareholder,

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to introduce you to the Governance 
Report. This review and the reports 
of the Nomination, Audit and 
Remuneration Committees that 
follow summarise the Board’s 
activities during the year. 

48

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

most recently finance director, power solutions. Andy joins Volution 
Group at an exciting time in its development and we look forward to 
working with him as we continue our journey.

During the year the Nomination Committee discussed succession 
planning for Non-Executive Directors and progressive refreshing 
of the Board. As a result, a Non-Executive Director succession plan 
is now in place. I am also pleased to confirm that Claire Tiney was 
re-appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 3 August 2019 for a 
second three-year term following the end of her first three-year 
term on the Board. 

Further information on the above can be found in the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 62 to 64. 

Succession planning and diversity
This year we have continued to review the Group’s talent pipeline 
and senior management succession planning. Although the Group 
has no specific gender and diversity targets as we believe that 
appointments should be based on merit, we strongly support diversity 
throughout the workforce. We believe that better business decisions 
can be made by having representation from different genders and 
cultural backgrounds with differing skill sets, experience and knowledge, 
which reflects our customer base and the wider population in our 
markets. Further information on the Group’s diversity and inclusion 
is provided on pages 34 to 37.

they all continue to be effective and committed to their roles and have 
sufficient time available to perform their duties. Accordingly, as 
recommended by the Nomination Committee, all Directors will be 
offering themselves for election or re-election at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting to be held on 12 December 2019, in 
accordance with the 2016 Code. Further information on the Directors 
can be found in the Directors’ biographies on pages 50 and 51.

Remuneration Policy 
Following the review of Volution Group’s Remuneration Policy 
in 2017, a new Policy was designed to operate for three years 
and was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
in December 2017. Accordingly, approval from shareholders will 
next be sought at the Annual General Meeting in December 2020. 
Further details are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, 
which can be found on pages 72 to 90.

Annual General Meeting
All Directors will attend this year’s Annual General Meeting which 
will again provide an opportunity for all shareholders to hear more 
about our performance during the year and to ask questions of the 
Board. I look forward to meeting any shareholders who can join us 
at our Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2019 and extend 
my thanks to you all for your continued support as we look forward 
to the year ahead.

Evaluating the Board’s effectiveness
Each year, the Board undertakes a formal evaluation of its 
effectiveness. This year we carried out an externally facilitated 
evaluation to assist in the development of the Board. The results 
of the Board evaluation confirmed that the Board continues to 
function effectively and that there are no significant concerns 
among the Directors about its effectiveness. The Board members 
were seen as engaged and committed while the Board’s culture 
remains open, respectful and constructive. A number of actions 
were identified to further enhance the Board’s effectiveness, 
together with the progress made on the actions identified in the 
2018 Board evaluation. Further information is set out on pages 57 
and 58.

Election and re-election of Directors
In accordance with the 2016 Code Provisions and following 
performance evaluation of those Directors standing for election 
and re-election at the Annual General Meeting, I can confirm that 

Peter Hill, CBE
Chairman
9 October 2019

49

Governance ReportBoard of Directors

Volution Group plc

Peter Hill, CBE 
Non-Executive Chairman 

Ronnie George
Chief Executive Officer

Andy O’Brien 
Chief Financial Officer 

N R

Anthony Reading, MBE
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

A N R

Appointed 23 June 2014 

Appointed 15 May 2014

Appointed 1 August 2019

Appointed 23 June 2014

Re-appointed 23 June 2017

Re-appointed N/A

Re-appointed N/A

Re-appointed 23 June 2017

Term of office Tony joined 
the Board on listing as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director and chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Key strengths Extensive public 
company experience and wide 
ranging international business 
experience gained in both 
executive and non-executive roles.

Experience Tony has extensive 
board experience, having been 
a non-executive director of 
Taylor Wimpey plc, Laird PLC, 
e2v technologies plc, Spectris plc 
and George Wimpey plc. He was 
previously an executive director 
of Tomkins plc and chairman 
and chief executive of Tomkins 
Corp. USA.

External appointments None.

Term of office Ronnie joined 
in 2008 as Managing Director 
of Vent-Axia Division (now the 
Ventilation Group) and a director 
of the holding company, 
Volution Holdings Limited, 
and was appointed CEO and 
a director of our then holding 
company, Windmill Topco, 
in February 2012.

Key strengths Significant 
strategic and operational expertise 
together with extensive merger 
and acquisition experience, both 
in the UK and internationally, 
and in-depth knowledge of the 
ventilation industry. 

Experience Ronnie has over 
30 years’ experience in industry 
and, prior to joining us, served 
as the managing director of 
Draka UK, a £200 million turnover 
business with c.450 employees 
focusing on electric cable 
production for construction, 
where he had full financial and 
operational responsibility for the 
UK business. Latterly, he also 
served as the president of Draka’s 
global marine, oil and gas division.

External appointments None.

Term of office Andy joined 
as Chief Financial Officer in 
August 2019.

Key strengths Financial and 
accounting expertise both in the 
UK and internationally.

Experience Andy joined 
Volution following nine years at 
Aggreko plc, a FTSE 250 global 
provider of temporary power, 
heating and cooling solutions, 
where he held numerous senior 
finance roles including most 
recently Finance director, 
power solutions. He has a 
broad background working 
internationally in a global business 
environment and has lived and 
worked in the Nordics as well as 
the UK, Dubai and Singapore. 
Throughout his career, Andy has 
operated in environments where 
cost control has been critical and 
in his role at Aggreko, Andy also 
oversaw revenues totalling 
$1.2 billion and worked on a number 
of international acquisitions. 

External appointments None.

Term of office Peter joined the 
Board on listing as Non-Executive 
Chairman and chairman of the 
Nomination Committee. 

Key strengths Wide ranging 
public company experience and 
extensive international business 
experience gained in both executive 
and non-executive roles.

Experience Peter has extensive 
experience of this role and is 
currently Non-executive 
Chairman of Keller Group plc. 
He was previously Non-executive 
Chairman of Imagination 
Technologies Group plc 
and Alent plc. He has been  
Non-executive Director on the 
Boards of Cookson Group plc, 
Meggitt PLC, Oxford Instruments 
plc and Essentra plc, and was a 
Non-executive Board member 
of UK Trade and Investment and 
a Non-executive Director on the 
board of the Royal Air Force. 
He also has substantial experience 
in executive roles, having been 
Chief Executive of Laird PLC from 
2002 until late 2011, an Executive 
Director of Costain Group plc 
and a senior executive at BTR plc 
(subsequently Invensys plc).

External appointments  
Peter is currently Non-executive 
Chairman of Keller Group plc.

Committee membership: 

   A  Audit Committee  N  Nomination Committee  R  Remuneration Committee  X  Chairman of Committee

50

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Amanda Mellor
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Paul Hollingworth
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 

Claire Tiney
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

A N R

A N R

A N R

Appointed 19 March 2018 

Appointed 23 June 2014

Appointed 3 August 2016

Re-appointed N/A

Re-appointed 23 June 2017

Re-appointed 3 August 2019

Term of office Paul joined the 
Board on listing as an independent 
Non-Executive Director and 
chairman of the Audit Committee.

Key strengths Financial and 
accounting expertise together 
with extensive public company 
experience and wide ranging 
international business experience, 
particularly in manufacturing 
environments.

Experience Paul previously 
headed the finance function and 
served on the boards of a number 
of UK listed public companies, 
including Thomas Cook Group plc, 
Mondi Group plc, BPB plc, De La 
Rue plc and Ransomes plc. 
He retired as a non-executive 
director and chairman of the audit 
committee of Electrocomponents 
plc, having served nine years on 
its board in July 2017.

External appointments None.

Term of office Claire joined 
the Board in August 2016 as an 
independent Non-Executive Director.

Key strengths Extensive 
board-level experience with key 
strengths in business strategy and 
turnaround, strategic development 
and change management.

Experience Claire has over 
30 years’ experience in large 
PLCs and has spent half of her 
career as an executive director in 
businesses including WHSmith 
Group plc, Mothercare plc and 
McArthurGlen Ltd, the developer 
and owner of designer outlet 
villages throughout Europe. She 
now runs her own consultancy 
business working with executive 
teams as a coach and facilitator.

External appointments  
Claire is currently the senior 
independent director and chair 
of the remuneration committee at 
Topps Tiles Plc and non-executive 
director and chair of the 
remuneration committee of 
Hollywood Bowl Group plc.

Term of office Amanda joined 
the Board in March 2018 as an 
independent Non-Executive Director.

Key strengths Experience 
in international M&A, retail, 
shareholder relations, strategy 
and governance.

Experience Appointed in March 
2018. Amanda is currently the 
group secretary of Standard 
Chartered PLC having previously 
spent nine years as group 
secretary and head of corporate 
governance at Marks and Spencer 
Group plc where she was also 
an executive member of the 
operating committee. Prior to that, 
Amanda was director of corporate 
and investor relations at Arcadia 
Group plc. Prior to working in 
investor relations, Amanda 
worked in investment banking at 
James Capel and Robert Fleming. 
Amanda served as a non-executive 
director at Kier Group plc from 
2011 to 2016 and has served as a 
member of the council and the 
remuneration committee of Leeds 
University, where she is also a 
visiting professor of the 
Inter-Disciplinary Ethics Applied 
Centre. Amanda is a fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Secretaries.

External appointments  
Amanda is currently group 
secretary of Standard 
Chartered PLC.

Board composition

M 
29+

Executive Directors 

Non-Executive Chairman 

Independent Non-Executive 
Directors 

Board balance 

M 
71+

2018/19
Male 

Female 

2017/18  5 male/2 female
2016/17  6 male/1 female

Non-Executive 
Director tenure

M 
+20+

<1 year 

2

1

4

5

2

N/A

1–3 years 

4–6 years 

1 Director

4 Directors

51

Governance Report14
+
57
+
0
80
+
29
+
Corporate Governance

Volution Group plc

Overview
The Board fully supports the principles laid down in the UK Corporate Governance Code as issued by the Financial Reporting Council in 
April 2016 (the 2016 Code), which applies to the financial year ended 31 July 2019 and is available at www.frc.org.uk.

This report sets out the Company’s governance structure and how it complies with the 2016 Code and also includes items required by the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTRs). The disclosures in this report relate to our responsibilities for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts, including compliance with the Code to the extent required, our report on the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems, and the functioning of our Committees.

Compliance with the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code
The Board considers that it and the Company have, throughout the year, complied with the provisions of the 2016 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, which is the version of the Code which applies to the Company for its financial year ended 31 July 2019.

The role of the Board and its Committees

Board

The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to wider society. The Board sets the Group’s purpose, strategy and values, and satisfies itself that 
these are aligned with the overall culture of the Group. The Board sets the Group’s risk appetite and satisfies itself that financial 
controls and risk management systems are robust, while ensuring the Group is adequately resourced. It also ensures there 
is appropriate dialogue with shareholders on strategy and remuneration. The Board’s main responsibilities are included in 
a schedule of matters reserved for the Board, as set out on page 54.

The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to three Committees to assist it with discharging its duties. The Committees play 
an essential role in supporting the Board to implement its strategy and provide focused oversight of key aspects of the business. 
Set out below is the governance framework giving a summary of the membership and responsibilities of each Committee. The full 
terms of reference for each Committee are available on the Company’s website, www.volutiongroupplc.com.

Members: 
Non-Executive Chairman 
Four independent Non-Executive Directors 
Two Executive Directors

Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Responsibility for Board 
composition, succession planning 
and Director selection 

Members:

Non-Executive Chairman 
Four independent 
Non-Executive Directors

The Committee Report can be 
found on pages 62 to 64

Responsibility for oversight 
and governance of the Group’s 
financial reporting, internal 
controls, risk management and 
relationship with external auditor

Members:

Four independent 
Non-Executive Directors

Responsibility for Remuneration 
Policy and setting individual 
remuneration levels for Executive 
Directors and senior management

Members:

Non-Executive Chairman 
Four independent 
Non-Executive Directors

The Committee Report can be 
found on pages 65 to 71

The Committee Report can be 
found on pages 72 to 90

52

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Board responsibilities

Role

Main responsibilities

Chairman of the Board
Peter Hill, CBE 

 > Manages and provides leadership to the Board of Directors

 > Acts as a direct liaison between the Board and the management of the Company, through the 

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Executive Officer
Ronnie George

 > Ensures that the Directors are properly informed and that sufficient information is provided to enable 

the Directors to form appropriate judgements

 > In concert with the Chief Executive Officer and the Company Secretary, develops and sets the 

agendas for meetings of the Board

 > Recommends an annual schedule of work including the date, time and location of Board 

and Committee meetings

 > Ensures effective communications with shareholders and other stakeholders

 > Responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group

 > Together with the Senior Management Team, is responsible for executing the strategy, once it has 

been agreed by the Board

 > Creates a framework that optimises resource allocation to deliver the Group’s agreed strategic 

objectives over varying timeframes

 > Ensures the successful delivery against the financial business plan and other key business objectives, 

allocating decision making and responsibilities accordingly

 > Together with the Senior Management Team, identifies and executes new business opportunities 

and potential acquisitions or disposals

 > Manages the Group with reference to its risk profile in the context of the Board’s risk appetite

Chief Financial Officer
Andy O’Brien

 > Ensures the Group has adequate financial resources to meet business requirements

 > Responsible for financial planning and record-keeping, as well as financial reporting to the Board 

and shareholders

 > Ensures effective compliance and control and responds to ever increasing regulatory developments, 

Senior Independent 
Director
Tony Reading, MBE

Independent 
Non-Executive Directors
Paul Hollingworth

Amanda Mellor

Claire Tiney

including financial reporting and capital requirements 

 > Management of the financial risks of the Group

 > An independent Non-Executive Director

 > Provides a sounding board for the Chairman

 > Serves as an intermediary for the other Directors when necessary

 > Is available to shareholders if they have concerns when contact through the normal channel of the 

Chief Executive Officer has failed to resolve them, or for which such contact is inappropriate

 > Provide constructive challenge to the Executive Team

 > Provide input on strategy

 > Scrutinise management’s performance in meeting agreed goals and objectives

 > Monitor performance reports

 > Satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial information and that controls and risk management 

systems are robust and defensible

 > Determine appropriate levels of remuneration for Executive Directors, appointing and removing 

Executive Directors, and succession planning

53

Governance ReportVolution Group plc

Corporate Governance continued

Board responsibilities continued

Role

Main responsibilities

Company Secretary
Michael Anscombe

 > Plays a leading role in the good governance of the Company by supporting the Chairman and helping 
the Board and its Committees to function efficiently, ensuring governance processes remain fit for 
purpose and considering any improvements as appropriate

 > Ensures compliance with the rules and regulations required by a premium Main Market listing on the 

London Stock Exchange including the UK Corporate Governance Code 

 > All Directors have access to the services of the Company Secretary, who may facilitate independent 

professional advice at the Company’s expense at their request to fulfil their duties

 > Ensures good information flows within the Board and its Committees and between the Senior 

Management Team and the Non-Executive Directors, as well as facilitating induction and assisting 
with professional development as required

 > Acts as secretary to the Board and each of its Committees

 > The appointment or removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole

The matters reserved for the Board include:
 > agreeing the Group’s strategy and objectives

 > approving acquisitions and disposals

 > changing the structure and capital of the Group

 > approving the Annual Report and Accounts and Half-year Report

 > approving the Group’s dividend policy and declaration of dividends

 > reviewing the effectiveness of risk identification and management and internal controls

 > approving significant expenditure and material transactions and contracts

 > ensuring a satisfactory dialogue with the Group’s shareholders

 > appointing and removing Directors

 > determining the Remuneration Policy for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors

 > reviewing the Company’s overall corporate governance arrangements

 > approving the Group’s Treasury Policy

 > reviewing the effectiveness of the Board

 > delegating authority to the Chief Executive Officer

 > each year, meeting to set an annual budget for the business in line with the current Group strategy. The Board monitors the 

achievement of the budget through Board reports which include updates from the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer 
and other functions

 > a rolling agenda of items that regularly need to be considered by the Board. This agenda is updated to include any topical matters that arise.

54

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Board activities and priorities during the year ended 31 July 2019
Board meetings consist of a mix of regular and standard items considered at each meeting and also special items which arise from time 
to time, either annually or as part of key project-related work. The table below shows the key agenda items discussed during the year:

Matters considered at regular Board meetings

 > Management accounts including current trading and financial performance against budget and forecast

 > Operations and new product development updates

 > Merger and acquisition opportunities

 > Health and safety, and environmental updates

 > Customers and marketing

 > Investor relations including market and sector updates

 > People update

 > IT and Enterprise Resource Planning system implementation

 > Regulatory updates

 > Company policies and future governance planning

 > Minutes and actions from previous meetings

Other matters considered during the year

Area

Agenda items

Strategy

 > Review and approval of Group strategy 

 > Review and approval of acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited

Financial reporting

 > Review and approval of Annual Report and Accounts, AGM Notice and associated documentation for the year 

ended 31 July 2018

 > Review and approval of interim financial statements for the six months ended 31 January 2019

 > Review and approval of Trading Update in August 2018

 > Review and declaration of interim dividend and recommendation of final dividend

Budget

 > Review and approval of budget for the year ended 31 July 2020

Operations

 > Post-acquisition review of Simx Limited

 > Consideration of risk framework, significant risks and risk appetite (in conjunction with the Audit Committee)

 > Review and approval of Viability Statement

 > Bank facility agreement – extension of term

 > Property matters

Shareholder 
engagement

 > Broker presentation on the Company’s shareholder profile and market perception 

 > Independent feedback from joint corporate brokers following full and half-year investor roadshows

 > AGM 2018 proxy results and review of shareholder voting

Governance

 > Approval of the appointment of Andy O’Brien as Chief Financial Officer

 > Board composition and the re-appointment of Claire Tiney

 > Board visit to the new Reading facility in the UK

 > Presentation on the Group’s new product development programme

 > Board performance evaluation results prepared by Lintstock

 > Governance, legislation and regulatory updates, in particular the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 

and secondary legislation on governance 

 > Claire Tiney’s report to the Board following her attendance at the Volution Employee Forum 

 > Review and approval of the Group’s Modern Slavery Act Statement

 > Updates from Board Committee chairmen as appropriate

55

Governance ReportVolution Group plc

Appointment and tenure 
The appointment dates of Directors are shown in their biographies 
on pages 50 and 51. 

The Board believes that all Directors are effective and committed to 
their roles and have sufficient time available to perform their duties. 
Accordingly, all members of the Board will be offering themselves 
for election or re-election at the Company’s Annual General Meeting 
to be held on 12 December 2019.

All of the Directors have service agreements or letters of 
appointment and the details of their terms are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 72 to 90. The service 
agreements and letters of appointment are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office during normal business hours. 
No other contract with the Company or any subsidiary undertaking 
of the Company in which any Director was materially interested 
subsisted during or at the end of the financial year. 

Non-Executive Directors and independence
The independence of each Non-Executive Director is considered 
each year immediately prior to the signing of the Annual Report 
and Accounts. The Company’s Non-Executive Directors provide 
a broad range of skills and experience to the Board which assists 
both in their roles in formulating the Company’s strategy and in 
providing constructive challenge to the Executive Directors. 
All of the Non-Executive Directors are regarded by the Company 
as independent Non-Executive Directors within the meaning 
defined in the Code and free from any business or other relationship 
which could materially interfere with the exercise of their 
independent judgement.

During the year, in accordance with the Code, the Chairman held 
a meeting with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive 
Directors being present.

Corporate Governance continued

Board meetings and attendance
The table below sets out the number of Board meetings held during 
the year and attendance by each Director. The Board normally 
meets seven times during the year and supplementary meetings 
of the Board are held when necessary.

Director

Chairman

Peter Hill

Executive Directors

Ronnie George

Ian Dew1

Non-Executive Directors

Paul Hollingworth

Amanda Mellor 

Tony Reading

Claire Tiney

Number of 
meetings held

Attendance

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Note
1. 

 Ian Dew retired as Chief Financial Officer and an Executive Director on 
31 July 2019. Andy O’Brien was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and 
an Executive Director on 1 August 2019 and hence was not a Director 
during the financial year ended 31 July 2019. 

Agendas for the Board meetings are set out at the beginning 
of the year and new items are added to this as and when appropriate. 
All Directors receive papers in advance of Board meetings. These 
include a business and market update report with updates from the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Members 
of the Group’s Senior Management Team may also be invited to 
present at Board meetings as appropriate so that Non-Executive 
Directors keep abreast of developments in the Group. All Directors 
attended the Annual General Meeting in 2018. 

Board balance and independence
The 2016 Code recommends that at least half the board 
of directors of a UK listed company, excluding the chairman, 
should comprise non-executive directors determined by the 
board to be independent in character and judgement and free from 
relationships or circumstances which may affect, or could appear 
to affect, the Directors’ judgement. The Company’s board consists 
of a Non-Executive Chairman, four independent Non-Executive 
Directors and two Executive Directors. A list of the Directors is 
provided on pages 50 and 51. The composition of the Board has 
remained in compliance with the 2016 Code throughout the 
financial year ended 31 July 2019.

56

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Board performance evaluations and effectiveness
In the Annual Report 2018, the recommendations resulting from the performance evaluations were set out and can be seen in the table 
below. The progress made over the last year is set out opposite the recommendations.

Board performance evaluation 2018 – recommendations

Progress against the recommendations

The development of the next stage of the Group’s strategy 
and organisational capability.

The Board held an away-day which included presentations from the 
Company’s external advisers to review and discuss the Group’s strategy. 
Organisational capability was discussed throughout the year.

The development of processes to enable the Board to have 
appropriate oversight of stakeholder engagement, in particular 
on employee culture and customers, to ensure the Board will be 
able to comply with the provisions set out in the new secondary 
legislation and new UK Corporate Governance Code. 

The governance standards set out in the new version of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code published in July 2018 (which applied 
to Volution Group from 1 August 2019) were reviewed by the Board. 
Appropriate processes have been put in place to ensure compliance 
during the financial year ending 31 July 2020. 

Succession planning, talent management and focus on the talent 
pipeline. Continuing to meet members of the Senior Management 
Team to assist with succession planning. 

Continuing to enhance Non-Executive Directors’ knowledge 
and understanding of the Group’s product portfolios, markets 
and competition.

During the year an externally facilitated performance evaluation of 
the Board, Committees, Chairman and Directors took place. The 
aim of the external facilitation was to assist in the development of 
the Board and its culture as it matured as a listed company. 

Process for the 2019 Board and Committee evaluation

Company Secretary, Chairman and Lintstock 
discussed actions identified from last year’s 
evaluation and areas of focus for the 2019 review

All Directors completed a web-based questionnaire 
developed by Lintstock, the Company Secretary, 
the Chairman and each Committee chair

Reports produced by Lintstock and reviewed and 
discussed with the Chairman and each Committee chair 

Reports discussed at the Board meeting

Action plans prepared

Progress was made with discussions on the talent pipeline and 
senior management succession planning. Andy O’Brien started 
as the new Chief Financial Officer on 1 August 2019. The Board 
also discussed Non-Executive Director succession planning and 
approved a plan. Claire Tiney was re-appointed as an independent 
Non-Executive Director on 3 August 2019.

The Board was updated on new product development and the 
Group’s product portfolio, markets and competition during the year. 
The site visit to the new Reading facility enhanced Non-Executive 
Directors’ knowledge and understanding of certain products and 
their manufacturing processes. 

The process of evaluating the performance to identify areas for 
further development was undertaken by Lintstock Limited, under 
the direction of the Chairman. Lintstock is an independent specialist 
corporate governance consultancy which provides Board evaluation 
services and has no other connection with the Company.

The evaluation process involved Lintstock engaging with the 
Chairman and the Company Secretary to discuss and agree 
the scope and to develop a series of questionnaires tailored 
to the specific circumstances of the Company.

The evaluation took the form of web-based questionnaires 
addressing the composition and performance of the Board and its 
Committees, and the performance of the Chairman. Directors were 
required to score certain aspects of the Board’s and Committees’ 
performance, and to comment on the areas of focus, which included 
leadership and accountability, strategy and risk, Board culture, 
Board composition and roles and responsibilities. The anonymity 
of all respondents was ensured throughout the process in order 
to promote the open and frank exchange of views.

The responses to the evaluation of the Board and its Committees 
were collated and analysed by Lintstock and then reviewed by 
them with the Chairman and Company Secretary prior to being 
considered by the full Board. The Chairman also appraised the 
performance of individual Directors following feedback from 
Lintstock through the questionnaires.

57

Governance Report 
Corporate Governance continued

Volution Group plc

Board performance evaluations and effectiveness continued
The results of the evaluation demonstrated that the composition and performance of the Board and its Committees (and the performance 
of the Chairman) were rated highly and continue to operate effectively. Whilst there are no significant concerns among the Directors about 
the Board’s effectiveness, some detailed observations and recommendations were made which were considered by the Board. The key 
areas of recommendation set out in the report resulting in actions agreed by the Directors are set out below and will be monitored by the 
Board over the next year.

As a separate exercise the Senior Independent Director, together with the Non-Executive Directors, conducted the Chairman’s performance 
evaluation. It was agreed that Peter Hill gave appropriate time and commitment to his role as Chairman of the Company and was effective in 
that role throughout the year. The Senior Independent Director then discussed the results with the Chairman.

Board performance evaluation: 2019 recommendations
 > Continue the development of the Group’s strategy

 > Review in greater depth competition and the markets in which Volution operates, innovation and product development and stakeholder 

engagement, in particular engagement with customers and employees

 > Implement the Non-Executive Director succession plan, Senior Management Team succession planning, talent management 

and focus on the talent pipeline. Continue to meet members of the Senior Management Team to assist with succession planning

Director induction
A formal induction programme has been developed in line with 
the Code, to ensure that any new Director receives an appropriate 
induction to the Group with the support of the Company Secretary. 
The programme covers, amongst other things, the operation and 
activities of the Group (including site visits and meeting members 
of the Senior Management Team); the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties; the role of the Board and the decision-making matters 
reserved to it; the responsibilities of the Board Committees; the 
strategic challenges and opportunities facing the Group; and the 
opportunity to meet the Company’s main advisers. Following the 
appointment to the Board of Andy O’Brien on 1 August 2019, a 
personalised formal induction programme was developed tailored 
to his experience and background and to his own requirements. 
Any newly appointed Non-Executive Director would also have 
a personalised formal induction programme created for them. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest 
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid situations in which they 
have or may have interests that conflict with those of the Company, 
unless that conflict is first authorised by the Board. This includes 
potential conflicts that may arise when a Director takes up a position 
with another company. The Company’s Articles of Association allow 
the Board to authorise such potential conflicts, and there is in place 
a procedure to deal with any actual or potential conflict of interest. 
The Board deals with each appointment on its individual merit and 
takes into consideration all the circumstances. All potential conflicts 
approved by the Board are recorded in a conflicts of interest 
register, which is to be reviewed by the Board on a regular basis 
to ensure that the procedure is working effectively.

External directorships 
The Board allows Executive Directors to accept one external 
commercial non-executive director appointment provided the 
commitment is compatible with their duties as an Executive 
Director. The Executive Director concerned may retain fees paid 
for these services which will be subject to approval by the Board. 
Currently, neither of the Executive Directors holds an external 
directorship. Details of all Directors’ significant directorships 
can be found in their biographies on pages 50 and 51.

Where Non-Executive Directors have external directorships, 
the Board is comfortable that these do not impact on the time 
that any Director devotes to the Company and we believe that 
this experience only enhances the capability of the Board.

Information and support available to Directors
All Board Directors have access to the Company Secretary, 
who advises them on governance matters. The Chairman and 
the Company Secretary work together to ensure that Board 
papers are clear, accurate, delivered in a timely manner to Directors, 
and of sufficient quality to enable the Board to discharge its duties. 
Specific business-related presentations are given by senior 
management when appropriate. As well as the support of the 
Company Secretary, there is a procedure in place for any Director 
to take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense 
in the furtherance of their duties, where considered necessary. 
Deloitte LLP advises on remuneration matters, Ernst & Young LLP 
on external audit matters and BDO LLP on internal audit matters.

58

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Internal control and risk management
The Board acknowledges its responsibility for determining 
the nature and extent of the significant risks it is willing to take 
in achieving its strategic objectives, and for the Group’s system 
of internal control. The principal risks facing the Group are set out 
in the Strategic Report on pages 26 to 33, being those risks which 
could threaten our business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity and mitigation measures are detailed against each risk. 
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, carried out a review 
of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and system 
of internal control together with a robust assessment of the risks 
facing the Group. Details can be found on page 70.

The Audit Committee Report on pages 65 to 71 describes the 
system of internal control and how it is managed and monitored. 
The Board acknowledges that such a system is designed to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Whistleblowing 
An external independent whistleblowing facility is available to 
enable employees to report any concerns which they feel need to 
be brought to the attention of management concerning any possible 
impropriety, financial or otherwise, and the appropriateness of the 
facility is reviewed by the Audit Committee. The Group believes that 
it is important to have a culture of openness and accountability in 
order to prevent such situations occurring or to address them when 
they do occur.

Stakeholder engagement
Our stakeholder engagement groups are varied as detailed 
below and we believe that good engagement is key to the long-term 
success of Volution. Stakeholder considerations do form part of the 
Board’s discussions leading to decision making. We have invested in 
the development and involvement of our stakeholder groups as we 
believe it is in the long-term interests of the Group and the stakeholder 
groups themselves. Our business model on pages 18 and 19 outlines 
our engagement with stakeholders and the value the business 
creates for each of them. 

Stakeholder group

Why it is important to engage

How does Volution engage?

Employees

Customers

Suppliers

Employee engagement is critical to our long-term 
success. Interaction between our employees 
and customers is also one of the main ways 
of experiencing our brands. We work to create 
a diverse and inclusive workplace where 
every employee can reach their full potential. 
This ensures we can retain and develop the 
best talent.

 > Employee Representative Forum attended 
by an independent Non-Executive Director

 > Management Development Programme

 > Training and development

 > Individual performance reviews

 > Recognition and reward

 > Apprenticeships

Understanding our customers’ needs and 
behaviours allows us to deliver relevant products 
and services, retain customers and attract new 
ones and improve product performance. It also 
highlights opportunities for innovation and growth 
and challenges to be met. 

Our suppliers make a vital contribution to our 
performance. Engaging with our supply chain 
means that we can ensure security of supply 
and speed to market. Carefully selected 
high-quality suppliers ensure our brands deliver 
market leading innovative products meeting 
our customer expectations and requirements. 

 > Regular communications such as newsletters

 > Annual Report and Accounts

 > Management of ongoing customer relationships

 > Customer events and product launches

 > Participation in industry forums and events

 > Brand websites and social media

 > Annual Report and Accounts

 > Through our China–Britain Business Council 

sourcing office in Hangzhou

 > Supplier audits and inspections

 > Ongoing supplier relationship meetings

 > Responsible, sustainable 
and ethical procurement

 > Engagement on our Code of Conduct and 

policies on the prevention of anti-bribery and 
corruption and modern slavery

59

Governance ReportVolution Group plc

Corporate Governance continued

Stakeholder engagement continued

Stakeholder group

Why it is important to engage

How does Volution engage?

Shareholders

Continued access to capital is vital to the 
long-term success of our business. We work to 
ensure that our investors and investment analysts 
have a strong understanding of our strategy, 
performance and ambition. As a company with 
shares listed on the Main Market of the London 
Stock Exchange, we must provide fair, balanced 
and understandable information about the 
business to enable informed investment decisions 
to be made.

 > Annual Report and Accounts

 > Annual General Meeting

 > Corporate website including dedicated 

investor section

 > Results presentations and post-results 
engagement with major shareholders

 > Investor roadshows, site visits, face-to-face 
meetings and addressing regular investor 
and analyst enquiries 

 > Regulatory announcements

Further detail is set out on page 61.

Community 

We aim to contribute positively to the communities 
and environment in which we operate. We focus 
on supporting communities and groups local to 
our operations. 

 > Community investment initiatives

 > Sponsorship and employee volunteering

 > Contributing to national initiatives in society 

such as Clean Air Day and Noise Action Week

Government/industry 
bodies 

National governments set the regulatory 
framework within which we operate. We engage 
to ensure we can help in shaping new policies, 
regulations and standards, and ensure compliance 
with existing legislation. 

Media 

The media is a vital channel for getting 
our message across to a wide variety of key 
stakeholders. Communication of brands, 
innovation and current national and international 
debates and thought leadership (e.g. indoor air 
quality) take place via this channel. 

 > We continually innovate to ensure our products 

become more energy efficient

 > Participation in industry bodies 

and working groups

 > Engagement with tax authorities

 > Meetings and letters with local MPs

 > Attending All-Party Parliamentary Groups 

and Plenary sessions

 > Responding to industry 

and government consultations

 > Conferences and speaking opportunities

 > Press releases, product launches 

and conferences

 > Brand websites and social media accounts

 > Press visits to our facilities

 > One-to-one meetings and briefings

 > Addressing regular press enquiries

60

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Responsibility for shareholder relations rests with the Chairman, 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. 
They ensure that there is effective communication with shareholders 
on matters such as governance and strategy, and are responsible 
for ensuring that the Board understands the views of major 
shareholders. The Board aims to present a balanced and clear 
view of the Group in communications with shareholders and 
believes that being transparent in describing how we see the 
market and the prospects for the business is extremely important.

We have communicated with existing and potential shareholders 
in a number of different ways during the year as follows:

August 2018

 > Trading Update

 > Consultation on remuneration with major 

The Company’s investor website is also regularly updated with 
news and information including this Annual Report and Accounts, 
which sets out our strategy and performance together with our 
plans for future growth.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board recognises its duty to ensure that the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the performance, strategy and business model of the Company.

The Board has placed reliance on the following to form this opinion:

 > a verification process dealing with the factual content of the 

reports and to ensure consistency across the various sections;

shareholders and principal investor 
advisory groups

 > a review of the Annual Report and Accounts by senior 

management to ensure consistency and overall balance; and

 > the Audit Committee reviewed the Annual Report and Accounts 
and its compliance with the requirements, concluded that they 
had been met and recommended its approval by the Board as 
fair, balanced and understandable.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) of the Company will take 
place at 12.00 noon on Thursday 12 December 2019 at the offices 
of Norton Rose Fulbright LLP, 3 More London Riverside, London 
SE1 2AQ, United Kingdom. All shareholders have the opportunity 
to attend and vote, in person or by proxy, at the AGM. The Notice 
of AGM can be found in a circular which is being posted at the same 
time as this Annual Report and Accounts. The Notice of AGM sets 
out the business of the meeting and explanatory notes on all 
resolutions. Separate resolutions are proposed in respect of each 
substantive issue. The Chairman and all Directors will be present 
at the AGM and will be available to answer shareholders’ questions.

October 2018 

 > Full Year Results Announcement 

and analyst presentation

 > Institutional broker sales desk briefings

 > UK shareholder roadshow

 > Annual Report and Accounts and Notice 
of AGM posted to shareholders and 
placed on website

December 2018  > Annual General Meeting

March 2019

 > Half-year Results Announcement 

and analyst presentation

 > Institutional broker sales desk briefings

 > UK shareholder roadshow

In addition to the above, we communicate with existing and potential 
shareholders in a number of other ways, such as:

 > face-to-face meetings and telephone briefings for analysts 

and investors; and

 > periodic visits by analysts and major shareholders to 

the business sites to give a better understanding of how we 
manage our business. These visits and meetings are principally 
undertaken by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial 
Officer and other members of the Senior Management Team.

In situations where new material is presented, it is also uploaded to 
the Company’s website so it is available to all shareholders.

The Board receives regular updates on the views of its shareholders 
from the Chief Executive Officer and Company brokers. This is a 
standing agenda item for all Board meetings. In addition, the Senior 
Independent Director is available to meet shareholders if they wish 
to raise issues separately from the arrangements as described above.

61

Governance ReportNomination Committee Report

Volution Group plc

 I would like to thank Ian Dew for his 
contribution to the growth of Volution 
since his appointment in 2012 and on 
behalf of the Board wish him a very happy, 
healthy and long retirement. The Board 
also extends a warm welcome to 
Andy O’Brien as our new CFO.”

Peter Hill, CBE
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Role and responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are: 

 > assessing whether the structure, size and composition 

(including the skills, knowledge, independence, experience 
and diversity) of the Board continue to meet the Group’s 
business and strategic needs;

 > considering succession planning and talent development 

for the Executive Directors and the Senior Management Team 
and, in particular, for the key roles of Chairman of the Board 
and Chief Executive Officer, taking into account the challenges 
and opportunities facing the Group and the future skills 
and expertise needed on the Board; and 

 > identifying and nominating, for approval by the Board, 

candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise 
together with leading the process for such appointments.

The full terms of reference of the Committee are available on the 
Company’s website at www.volutiongroupplc.com.

Nomination Committee members
 > Peter Hill (chairman)

 > Paul Hollingworth

 > Amanda Mellor

 > Tony Reading

 > Claire Tiney

Dear shareholder,

As chairman of the Nomination 
Committee, I present our report 
detailing the role and responsibilities 
of the Committee and its activities 
during the year. 

62

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Membership and attendance
The 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2016 Code) 
recommends that a majority of the members of a nomination 
committee should be independent non-executive directors. As can 
be seen from the above list of members, the Committee complies 
with this 2016 Code recommendation, as I am the chairman and all 
other members are independent Non-Executive Directors. Biographies 
of all Committee members can be found on pages 50 and 51.

By invitation, the meetings of the Committee may be attended 
by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. The 
Chairman of the Board normally chairs the Committee except where it 
is dealing with his own re-appointment or replacement. The Company 
Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee and minutes of 
each Committee meeting are provided to Board members.

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee 
and minutes of each Committee meeting are provided to 
Board members.

The Committee met three times during the year with attendance 
disclosed below. 

Member

Member since

Peter Hill (chairman) 23 June 2014

Paul Hollingworth

23 June 2014

Amanda Mellor

18 March 2018

Tony Reading

23 June 2014

Claire Tiney

3 August 2016

Number of 
meetings held

Attendance

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Committee activities during the year
The following matters were considered at the Committee meetings held during the year:

 > evaluated the size and composition of the Board including the balance of skills, knowledge, independence, experience and diversity

 > commenced and concluded a process to find a new Chief Financial Officer, Andy O’Brien, and recommended his appointment 

to the Board

 > considered and recommended to the Board the re-appointment of Claire Tiney as a Non-Executive Director

 > reviewed succession planning and talent development for the Board and the Senior Management Team

 > considered and approved a succession plan for Non-Executive Directors to ensure progressive refreshing of the Board

 > reviewed and approved the recommendations to be made to shareholders for the election and re-election of Directors 

at the Annual General Meeting

 > reviewed the results of the Committee performance evaluation.

After the year end, the Committee considered the outcome of the performance evaluations when discussing the effectiveness 
of the Non-Executive Directors seeking election and re-election at the Annual General Meeting 2019. 

Volution Group at an exciting time in its development and we look 
forward to working with him as we continue our journey.

I would like to extend my thanks to Ian, who joined Volution Group 
in 2012 and was appointed as CFO in January 2014. Ian played 
an integral role in Volution Group’s successful listing on the 
London Stock Exchange and subsequently played a key role 
in the completion of all acquisitions. 

Succession planning 
This year we have continued to review the Group’s talent pipeline 
and senior management succession planning. During the year the 
Nomination Committee also discussed succession planning for 
the Non-Executive Directors to ensure progressive refreshing of 
the Board. As a result, a Non-Executive Director succession plan 
is now in place. I am also pleased to confirm that Claire Tiney was 
re-appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 3 August 2019 for 
a second three-year term following the end of her first three-year 
term on the Board.

Board composition
On 21 January 2019, we announced that Ian Dew, our CFO, had 
informed the Board of his wish to retire from Volution Group during 
2019. The Committee initiated a search for a Chief Financial Officer 
by engaging an independent external search firm, Russell Reynolds 
Associates Limited, to assist in identifying potential candidates. 
Russell Reynolds Associates Limited has no other connection to 
Volution Group. The search firm was given a role profile outlining 
the skills, attributes and experience sought and asked to produce 
a longlist of potential candidates from various backgrounds and 
industries for consideration. The longlist of potential candidates 
was reviewed and a number were then interviewed by the Chief 
Executive Officer. A shortlist of potential candidates was then 
agreed and met by the Chief Executive Officer and the chairman 
of the Audit Committee. Preferred candidates were selected and 
all the remaining Board Directors interviewed each candidate. 
Following the interviews, the potential candidates were discussed 
by the Committee resulting in a recommendation of the preferred 
candidate to the Board. On 10 April 2019 the appointment of 
Andy O’Brien was announced and he was appointed as 
Chief Financial Officer on 1 August 2019. 

The Board was delighted to welcome Andy O’Brien to the Group. 
Andy joined Volution Group following nine years at Aggreko plc, a 
FTSE 250 global provider of temporary power, heating and cooling 
solutions, where he held numerous senior finance roles including 
most recently finance director, power solutions. Andy joined 

63

Governance ReportNomination Committee Report continued

Volution Group plc

Diversity
The Committee, the Board of Directors and Volution Group 
as a whole continue to pay full regard to the benefits of diversity, 
including gender diversity, both when searching for candidates 
for Board appointments and other appointments. We believe that 
better business decisions can be made by having representation 
from different genders and cultural backgrounds with differing skill 
sets, experience and knowledge, which reflects our customer base 
and the wider population in our markets.

Committee performance evaluation
During the year, the Board appointed an independent specialist 
corporate governance consultancy, Lintstock, to conduct a formal 
externally facilitated evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 
Committees, the Directors and the Chairman. Further details can be 
found in the Governance Report on pages 57 and 58. I am pleased 
to confirm that this process concluded that the Committee had 
fulfilled its role effectively and did not identify any significant 
development points requiring action.

Diversity of Board members is important to provide the necessary 
range of background, experience, values and diversity of thinking 
and perspectives to optimise the decision-making process. Gender 
and ethnicity are important aspects of diversity which the Chairman 
and the Committee will consider when deciding upon the most 
appropriate composition of the Board including Executive Director 
succession planning.

Appointments to the Board are always made on merit against objective 
criteria, having regard to the benefits of all forms of diversity and the 
current and future needs of the business. The Board has not set any 
specific gender or diversity targets. When identifying candidates for 
appointment to the Board, any search firm engaged will be instructed 
to include gender diversity, ethnicity and a range of diverse 
backgrounds and capabilities in formulating a longlist of candidates.

Election and re-election of Directors
On the recommendation of the Committee and in line with the 2016 
Code and the Company’s Articles of Association, all of the Company’s 
Directors will stand for election or re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting 2019. The biographical details of the Directors can be found 
on pages 50 and 51. The Committee considers that the performance 
of each of the Directors standing for election or re-election at the 
Annual General Meeting continues to be effective and each 
demonstrates commitment to their role.

Committee priorities for 2019/20
During the 2019/20 year the Committee will continue to evaluate 
the size and composition of the Board including the balance of skills, 
knowledge, independence, experience and diversity. There will also 
be continued focus on the talent pipeline and succession planning 
at Board and Senior Management level.

I look forward to meeting with shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting in December to answer any questions on the work of 
the Committee.

Peter Hill, CBE
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
9 October 2019

64

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Audit Committee Report

Audit Committee members
 > Paul Hollingworth (chairman)

 > Amanda Mellor

 > Tony Reading

 > Claire Tiney

Dear shareholder,

As chairman of the Audit Committee, 
I am pleased to present the Committee 
Report to shareholders detailing the 
activities during the financial year 
ended 31 July 2019. 

The last year has been a year of continued uncertainty in the UK, due 
to Brexit. Against this background, the Committee continued to focus 
on the fundamentals of the Group’s financial reporting, our system of 
internal controls and the performance of the internal and external auditors. 

The Committee members have been selected to provide the wide 
range of financial and commercial expertise necessary to fulfil the 
Committee’s duties and responsibilities and the Board considers 
the members’ financial experience to be recent and relevant for the 
purposes of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 2016 
Code). Further, in accordance with the 2016 Code, the Board has 
determined that the current composition of the Committee as 
a whole has competence relevant to the sector in which the 
Group operates. 

 The Committee members have been 

selected to provide the wide range of 
financial and commercial expertise 
necessary to fulfil the Committee’s duties 
and responsibilities.”

Paul Hollingworth
Chairman of the Audit Committee

BDO has continued to perform the internal audit function on 
behalf of the Group in accordance with an agreed internal audit 
plan. This plan continues to provide the Committee with a means 
of assessing the level and effectiveness of controls across the Group. 
In addition, the Committee reviews the results of a biannual internal 
assessment of internal controls carried out by management across 
all businesses. During the financial year ending 31 July 2020, the 
Committee will continue to look in detail at the Group’s business 
operations, with a number of internal audits planned to take place 
during the period. These will cover internal control and compliance 
areas and be undertaken across functions in the businesses in the 
UK, Europe and Australasia. An internal audit is normally scheduled 
to take place within twelve months of the completion of an acquisition.

During the year I was involved in the selection and recruitment of a new 
Chief Financial Officer following the announcement in January 2019 
that Ian Dew was to retire once his successor had been appointed 
and an orderly handover completed. I was pleased to welcome 
Andy O’Brien when he was appointed as Chief Financial Officer 
on 1 August 2019 and I am sure he will be an excellent leader of the 
finance function and I look forward to working with him to further 
enhance the internal control environment.

Volution Group’s audit fee was increased substantially for the audit 
of the year ended 31 July 2019, by 20% to £560,000, and is likely to 
increase further for the audit of the financial year ending 31 July 2020 
as EY responds to the changing regulatory regime. The Committee 
has been involved in these audit fee discussions and will continue to 
work with management and EY to try and mitigate the scale of the 
potential audit fee increase going forward.

As part of its process for monitoring the standards of audit work, 
the Audit Quality Review team of the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) reviewed EY’s audit of the Group accounts for the year 
ended 31 July 2018, with the FRC report received in August 2019. 
The principal findings and recommendations for improvement related 
to the approach taken by the Group audit team in directing, reviewing 
and supervising the work of the component audit teams, in particular 
Simx in New Zealand, which Volution acquired in March 2018, and 
evidencing the approach taken in specific areas of the audit. EY 
has confirmed that it has amended its approach for the year 
ended 31 July 2019 to address these FRC review findings. 

65

Governance ReportAudit Committee Report continued

On behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank everyone for their 
hard work over the past year, especially the finance teams across 
the businesses and in particular Ian Dew, who I worked with both 
prior to and following Volution’s listing on the London Stock Exchange 
in June 2014. I greatly appreciated Ian’s hard work on behalf of the 
Company and would like to wish him a long and active retirement.

I look forward to meeting with shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting to answer any questions on the work of the Committee.

Paul Hollingworth
Chairman of the Audit Committee
9 October 2019

Role and responsibilities
The primary function of the Committee is to assist the Board in 
fulfilling its responsibilities with regard to the integrity of financial 
reporting, audit, risk management and internal controls. 
This comprises:

 > monitoring and reviewing the Group’s accounting policies, 

practices and significant accounting judgements

 > reviewing the annual and half-yearly financial statements and 
any public financial announcements and advising the Board 
on whether the Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced 
and understandable

 > reviewing the Board’s approach to assessing the Group’s 

long-term viability

Volution Group plc

Membership and attendance
The 2016 Code recommends that all members of an audit 
committee be non-executive directors, independent in character 
and judgement and free from any relationship or circumstance 
which may, could or would be likely to, or appear to, affect their 
judgement and that one such member has recent and relevant 
financial experience. 

Accordingly, the Committee comprises four members who 
are independent Non-Executive Directors, Paul Hollingworth 
as Committee chairman, considered by the Board to have recent 
and relevant financial and accounting experience, Tony Reading, 
Amanda Mellor and Claire Tiney. All members have a sufficiently 
wide range of business experience and expertise such that the 
Committee can fulfil its responsibilities. Biographies of all Committee 
members can be found on pages 50 and 51. As such, the Committee 
complies with the 2016 Code recommendations.

Regular Committee meetings are also normally attended by the 
Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the 
external auditor, the internal auditor and the Company Secretary, who 
acts as secretary to the Committee. Other members of management 
are invited to attend depending on the matters under discussion. 
The Committee meets regularly with the external auditor with no 
members of management present. Meetings are scheduled in 
accordance with the financial and reporting cycles of the Company 
and generally take place prior to Board meetings to ensure 
effectiveness of the collaboration with the Board. Minutes of 
each Committee meeting are provided to Board members.

The Committee has independent access to BDO, the internal auditor, 
and to EY, the external auditor. BDO and EY have direct access to 
the chairman of the Committee outside formal Committee meetings.

 > approving the appointment and recommending the re-appointment 
of the external auditor and its terms of engagement and fees

The Committee met four times during the year with attendance 
disclosed below.

 > considering the scope of work to be undertaken by the external 

auditor and reviewing the results of that work

Member

Member since

Number of 
meetings held

Attendance

 > reviewing and monitoring the independence of the external 
auditor and approving its provision of non-audit services

Paul Hollingworth 
(chairman)

23 June 2014

Amanda Mellor1 

18 March 2018

Tony Reading

23 June 2014

Claire Tiney

3 August 2016

4

4 

4

4

4

3

4

4

Note
1. 

 Amanda Mellor was not able to attend the Audit Committee in October 2018 
due to a prior commitment notified to the Board prior to her appointment. 
Amanda received a full set of papers for the meeting and had the opportunity to 
discuss issues arising directly with the Committee chairman prior to the meeting.

 > monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the external auditor

 > monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal audit function, and resolution of its material findings, 
in the context of the Group’s overall risk management systems

 > overseeing the Group’s procedures for its employees to raise 

concerns through its Whistleblowing Policy as set out 
in the Code of Conduct

 > monitoring and reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of 

the risk management systems and processes

 > assessing and advising the Board on the internal financial, 

operational and compliance controls.

66

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Committee activities during the year
During the year, the Committee dealt with the following matters:

Financial statements and reports
 > Reviewed the Preliminary Results Announcement, the Annual Report and Accounts and the Half-year Results Announcement, 

received reports from the external auditor on the above, and reviewed the Trading Update

 > Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and disclosures made in the Annual Report and Accounts

 > Reviewed management representation letters, going concern reviews, fair, balanced and understandable criteria and significant 

areas of accounting estimates and judgements

 > Reported to the Board on the appropriateness of accounting policies and practice 

 > Reviewed the Viability Statement and associated stress testing

 > Reviewed contingent consideration relating to acquisitions

Risk management
 > Monitored and reviewed the risk management and internal control processes to ensure compliance with the 2016 Code for 

disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts

 > Considered the Group Risk Register, which identifies, evaluates and sets out mitigation of risks, and reviewed the principal risks 

and uncertainties disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts

Internal audit
 > Reviewed reports from BDO as Group internal auditor and reviewed its strategic internal audit plan

 > Reviewed management responses and actions to address any recommendations resulting from BDO’s internal audit reports 

issued during the year

 > Monitored the Group’s Code of Conduct and Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy, which allows the receipt, in confidence, of any 

whistleblowing on accounting or risk issues, internal controls, auditing issues and non-financial-related matters

External auditor and non-audit work
 > Noted the tendering and rotation provisions from the EU and the Competition and Markets Authority

 > Reviewed the relationship with the external auditor including its independence, objectivity and effectiveness and, on the basis 

of that review, recommended to the Board its re-appointment at the Annual General Meeting

 > Reviewed, considered and agreed the scope and methodology of the audit work to be undertaken by the external auditor

 > Agreed the terms of engagement and fees to be paid to the external auditor

 > Reviewed the FRC’s Audit Quality Review Report arising from the review of the 31 July 2018 audit and discussed the findings 

and required actions with the FRC and EY

 > Reviewed and approved the Group policy on non-audit services and reviewed any non-audit fees

Compliance
 > Met with the external auditor without executive management being present

 > Reviewed the Committee performance evaluation

67

Governance ReportAudit Committee Report continued

Volution Group plc

Significant accounting matters
In reviewing the financial statements with management and the external auditor, the Committee discussed and debated the critical 
accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty. As a result of its review, the Committee identified the following issues 
that required particular judgement or had significant impact on interpretation of this Annual Report and Accounts 2019:

Area of focus

Why was this significant?

How did the Committee address this area?

Impairment of 
goodwill and 
other intangible 
assets

Liabilities 
arising from 
retrospective 
volume rebates

Exceptional items

The Group’s policies on accounting for separately acquired intangible 
assets and goodwill on acquired businesses is set out in notes 13 and 14 
to the consolidated financial statements. The Group concluded one 
acquisition during the year which generated goodwill of £4.2 million and 
other intangible assets of £5.0 million. At 31 July 2019 intangible assets 
relating to goodwill and other intangible assets amounted to £213.3 million. 
Goodwill on acquisitions and acquired intangible assets, which are judged 
to have indefinite lives, are initially recorded at fair value, and are subject to 
testing for impairment at each balance sheet date. For intangible assets 
amortised over finite lives the Group is required to determine whether 
indicators of impairment exist and, if so, perform a full impairment review. 
As is customary, such testing involves estimation of the future cash flows 
attributable to the asset, or cash generating unit of which it is part, and 
discounting these future cash flows to today’s value.

The Committee has reviewed the key assumptions 
behind these valuations and impairment reviews, 
notably the expected development of future cash 
flows and the discount rates used, as well as considering 
reasonable sensitivities to these estimates and 
concluded that these support the carrying values set 
out in note 15 to the consolidated financial statements 
and no impairment provision is required.

The Committee has also reviewed the allocation of 
goodwill and other intangible assets to the 
appropriate cash generating units (CGUs) and the 
level of CGUs at which the impairment testing is 
completed and considers it reasonable.

The Group has a number of customer rebate agreements that are 
considered to be variable consideration and are recognised as a reduction 
from sales. Rebates are based on an agreed percentage of revenue, which 
will increase with the level of revenue achieved. These agreements may 
run to a different reporting period to that of the Group with some of the 
amounts payable being subject to confirmation after the reporting date. 
At the reporting date, management makes estimates of the amount of 
rebate that will become payable by the Group under these agreements 
using a probability weighted average to arrive at an expected amount. The 
liability arising from retrospective volume rebates at 31 July 2019 included 
within trade and other payables is £6.5 million (2018: £5.8 million).

The Committee received a paper from management 
setting out the process for estimating the amount 
of rebates to be recognised and considered the 
operating effectiveness of controls surrounding 
revenue recognition and management’s subjective 
assessment and recognition of rebates at the interim 
and year end. The Committee reviewed management’s 
methodology and judgement in assessing the 
recognition of rebates. The Committee concurred 
with its approach.

Exceptional items on a pre-tax basis of £1.8 million (2018: £4.9 million) 
represent a material item in the profit and loss account. Full details are set 
out in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. Included in this 
year’s results is a charge of £0.5 million relating to the costs associated 
with acquisitions (2018: £1.4 million) and UK re-organisation costs 
including the Reading factory relocation of £1.3 million (2018: £5.0 million). 
During FY2018, an amount of contingent consideration that was not paid 
was reversed and disclosed as an exceptional gain of £1.5 million. There 
were no exceptional gains in the year ended 31 July 2019.

The Committee reviewed the inclusion of costs 
shown as re-organisation and acquisition costs by 
virtue of their size, nature or occurrence, and received 
updates on the level and nature of these costs. 
In particular, exceptional costs relating to the 
re-organisation of the UK Ventilation business, 
including the consolidation of two UK production 
facilities in Reading and Slough into one new site in 
Reading, were reviewed. The Committee believes 
that the treatment of re-organisation costs and costs 
associated with acquisitions has been applied 
appropriately, and that separate disclosure enables 
the reader to more clearly understand the headline 
financial and operating performance of the Group.

The Committee received a paper from management 
setting out the Groups chosen method of 
implementation for the new standards and the 
resulting impact on the financial statements. 

The Committee reviewed managements judgement 
and assumptions used when implementing the new 
standards and concurred with its approach 
and disclosure. 

Implementation 
of new accounting 
standards - IFRS 9 
Financial 
Instruments and 
IFRS 15 Revenue 
from Contracts with 
Customers

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers were effective for the first time during the year ended 31 July 
2019, having been adopted by the Group on 1 August 2018. Judgement is 
required in deciding how to implement these new standards and when 
assessing the resulting impact on the financial statements, including the 
additional disclosures required.  

In addition, the Committee reviewed policy and provisions with respect to warranty, doubtful debts and inventory and weighted 
average cost of capital rates.

68

Governance Report 
Annual Report 2019

External audit
EY was appointed as external auditor for the financial year 
commencing 1 August 2012 following a competitive tendering 
process. There are no contractual obligations restricting the 
Committee’s choice of external auditor. 

The lead partner during the financial year ended 31 July 2019 
was Andy Smyth. This was his second financial year spent auditing 
the Group and he had no previous involvement with the Group 
in any capacity prior to appointment.

The Committee assessed the effectiveness of EY and the external 
audit process using a checklist and questionnaire issued to senior 
financial management across the Group who had been involved 
in the audit process. A summary of the findings was prepared for 
consideration by the Committee at its October 2019 meeting. 
The Committee also noted the FRC Audit Quality Review Report 
relating to the EY audit of the Group’s financial statements for the 
year ended 31 July 2018. 

The Committee has noted the tendering and rotation provisions 
in the EU Audit Directive and Regulation and the Companies Act 
2006, which state that there should be a public tender every ten 
years and a change of external auditor at least every 20 years. 
The Company is not obliged to tender for audit services until 2024 
(ten years from listing). These provisions, together with the evaluation 
of EY and the external audit process, have led the Committee to 
conclude that there is no current intention of placing the external 
audit out to tender, subject to any other changes to the regulatory 
regime and satisfaction with the effectiveness of the auditor, which 
is evaluated annually. Accordingly, the Committee recommended 
to the Board that a resolution to re-appoint EY be proposed to 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in December 2019 
and the Board accepted and endorsed this recommendation.

The Committee confirms compliance with the provisions of the 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. In addition, the Committee 
confirms that, at the appropriate time, it will put the external audit 
out to tender to meet the requirements under this Order.

The Committee routinely meets EY without executive 
management present. 

Non-audit services 
The Group’s external auditor may also be used to provide specialist 
advice where, as a result of its position as auditor, it is best placed to 
perform the work in question. The Committee agrees the fees paid 
to the external auditor for its services as auditor and a formal policy 
is in place in relation to the provision of non-audit services by the 
external auditor to ensure that there is adequate protection of its 
independence and objectivity. The policy is in line with the EU Audit 
Directive and Regulation which states that the total non-audit fees 
for any financial year should not exceed 70% of the average of the 
external audit fee over the last three financial years. 

During the year, EY charged the Group £45,000 (2018: £26,000) 
for non-audit services relating to the half-year review, which 
represents 6.8% (2018: 6.6%) of the average of the external audit 
fee over the last three financial years, significantly below the 70% 
cap set by the EU Audit Directive and Regulation. A breakdown 
of the fees paid to EY during the year is set out in note 9 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

It is the Company’s practice that for any new non-audit services 
it will seek quotes from other firms, and, if appropriate, from EY, 
before work on non-audit projects is awarded. Contracts are 
awarded to our suppliers based on individual merit.

The Committee is satisfied that the overall levels of audit-related 
and non-audit fees are not material relative to the income of the 
office of EY conducting the audit or EY as a whole and therefore 
the objectivity and independence of the external auditor was 
not compromised.

Internal control and risk management
The Board is responsible for the effectiveness of the Group’s 
system of internal control, which has been designed and implemented 
to meet the particular requirements of the Group and the risks to 
which it is exposed. Details can be found below on the Group’s 
internal control environment, how risk is managed and the 
Committee’s review of the effectiveness of the risk management 
and internal control systems.

Internal control environment
The following key elements comprise the internal control environment 
which has been designed to identify, evaluate and manage, rather 
than eliminate, the risks faced by the Group in seeking to achieve 
its business objectives and ensure accurate and timely reporting 
of financial data for the Company and the Group:

 > an appropriate organisational structure with clear lines 

of responsibility

 > an experienced and qualified finance function which regularly 
assesses the possible financial impact of the risks facing 
the Group

 > a comprehensive annual business planning process 

and strategy review

 > systems of control procedures and delegated authorities which 
operate within defined guidelines, and approval limits for capital 
and operating expenditure and other key business transactions 
and decisions

 > a robust financial control, budgeting and forecasting system, 
which includes regular monitoring, variance analysis, key 
performance indicator reviews and risk and opportunity 
assessments at Board level

 > procedures by which the consolidated financial statements are 
prepared, which are monitored and maintained through the use of 
internal control frameworks addressing key financial reporting risks 
arising from changes in the business or accounting standards

 > established policies and procedures setting out expected 

standards of integrity and ethical standards which reinforce 
the need for all employees to adhere to all legal and 
regulatory requirements

 > an annual internal controls compliance checklist

 > BDO acting as the internal auditor.

69

Governance ReportVolution Group plc

Code of Conduct, anti-bribery and whistleblowing
The Group is committed to providing a safe and confidential 
avenue for all employees across the Group to raise concerns about 
serious wrongdoings. The Group also acknowledges the requirements 
of the Code in this area, which states that the Committee should 
review arrangements by which employees across the Group may, in 
confidence, raise concerns about possible improprieties in matters 
of financial reporting or other matters and ensuring that these 
concerns are investigated and escalated as appropriate. 

The Company has a Group-wide Code of Conduct and Anti-Bribery 
and Corruption Policy. These policies set out clearly the Group’s values 
and the importance that is placed on honest, ethical and lawful conduct 
in all business dealings. The Code of Conduct also sets out the Group’s 
policy on anti-slavery and human trafficking, in accordance with the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015. Group employees, agents and suppliers 
are asked, where relevant, to confirm that they do and will continue 
to comply with these policies. A gifts and hospitality register is 
operated by each business unit to ensure transparency where items 
are over a certain monetary threshold. In addition, all employees 
who are considered the most likely to be exposed to bribery and 
corruption are given web-based anti-bribery and corruption training. 

During the year, the Committee reviewed the arrangements by which 
employees are able to raise, in confidence, any concerns they may 
have about possible wrongdoing or dishonest or unethical behaviour, 
such as bribery, corruption, fraud, dishonesty and illegal practices. 
An external independent whistleblowing provider provides a confidential 
web-based and telephone facility which has been communicated 
across the Group, branded as “Speak Up”, to ensure awareness. 
The Code of Conduct protects anyone who comes forward to make 
a disclosure under the Whistleblowing Policy. When a disclosure is 
made, the Company Secretary initiates an investigation to include 
all necessary parties to ensure the matter is appropriately resolved. 
A report on any investigations is submitted to the Committee to ensure 
it is satisfied that such matters have been resolved satisfactorily. 
The Committee also has the power to conduct further enquiries 
itself or any other additional actions it sees fit.

Committee performance evaluation
During the year, the Board appointed an independent specialist 
corporate governance consultancy, Lintstock, to conduct a formal 
externally facilitated evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 
Committees, the Directors and the Chairman. Further details can be 
found in the Governance Report on pages 57 and 58. I am pleased 
to confirm that this process concluded that the Committee had 
fulfilled its role effectively and did not identify any significant 
development points requiring action. 

Audit Committee Report continued

Internal control environment continued
Following initial appointment during the financial year ended 
31 July 2015, BDO has continued to act in the capacity of internal 
auditor. The Committee agreed the BDO internal audit plan prior to 
the commencement of the last financial year. The plan was approved 
to ensure that there was appropriate coverage of the internal control 
environment, strategic priorities and key risks identified by the Board. 
At each Committee meeting, BDO gives an update on the progress 
of the internal audit plan, which is reviewed to ensure that it is in line 
with the Committee’s expectations.

During the year, the internal audit plan was amended so that additional 
areas were added to the plan based on the changes that gave rise 
to increased levels of risk. These changes to the agreed audit plan 
were approved by the Committee. Given the acquisition of Ventair 
completed during the year and the four acquisitions completed 
during the previous financial year together with the growth of the 
Group, the Committee spent time ensuring that an appropriate 
level of coverage was in place, including reviewing the control 
environment in recently acquired companies.

How we manage risk
As outlined on page 26, the Group has a risk management process 
that follows a sequence of risk identification, assessment of probability 
and impact, and assigns an owner to manage mitigation activities 
at the operational level. Each business unit operates a process to 
ensure that key risks are identified, evaluated, managed and reviewed 
appropriately. This process is also applied at Board level to major 
business decisions such as acquisitions. The business unit risk registers 
form the basis for the Group Risk Register, which is maintained for 
all corporate risks and is monitored by senior management and 
reviewed by the Committee. Throughout the year, the Group Risk 
Register and the methodology applied were the subject of review 
by senior management and updated to reflect new and developing 
areas which might impact business strategy. The Committee 
reviews the Group Risk Register at least twice a year and assesses 
the actions being taken by senior management to monitor and 
mitigate the risks. 

The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties, the areas which they 
impact and how they are mitigated are described on pages 26 to 33.

Review of effectiveness
Provision C.2.3 of the 2016 Code states that the Board should monitor 
the Company’s risk management and internal control systems and, 
at least annually, carry out a review of their effectiveness.

The Committee receives biannual reports on the performance 
of the system of internal control, and on its effectiveness in managing 
principal risks and in identifying control failings or weaknesses. 
In accordance with the requirements of the 2016 Code, the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC) Guidance on Audit Committees, and the 
recommendations of the FRC Guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting, 
the Committee reviews the Group’s risk management process 
at least annually. This process was in place throughout the year 
and post year end up to the date of approval of this Annual Report 
and Accounts.

70

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board has responsibility under the Code for preparing the 
Company’s Annual Report and Accounts, ensuring that it presents a 
fair, balanced and understandable (FBU) assessment of the Group’s 
position and prospects and that it provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy. 

The review of the Annual Report and Accounts took the form of a 
detailed assessment of the collaborative drafting process, which 
involves the Board members, the Senior Management Team, Group 
Finance, the Company Secretary and Group Marketing, with guidance 
and input from external advisers. It ensured that there is a clear and 
unified link between this Annual Report and Accounts and the Group’s 
other external reporting, and between the three main sections of the 
Annual Report and Accounts – the Strategic Report; the Governance 
Report; and the Financial Statements. In addition, the Committee 
receives a report from the Chief Accountant highlighting areas for 
FBU consideration to ensure compliance before approval of the 
Annual Report and Accounts. 

In particular, the Committee:

 > reviewed all material matters, as reported elsewhere in this 

Annual Report and Accounts

 > ensured that it fairly reflected the Group’s performance in the 

reporting year

 > ensured that it reflected the Group’s business model and strategy

 > ensured that it presented a consistent message throughout

 > considered whether it presented the information in a clear 

and concise manner, illustrated by appropriate KPIs, to facilitate 
shareholders’ access to relevant information.

A summary of the process, and of the Committee’s findings, 
was considered by the Board at its meeting in October 2019. 
The outcome of that review was that the Committee confirmed 
to the Board that the Annual Report and Accounts 2019 met 
the requirements of the Code and the Board’s formal statement 
to that effect is set out on page 52.

Paul Hollingworth 
Chairman of the Audit Committee
9 October 2019

71

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Volution Group plc

 The Committee is pleased to report 
that Volution is already compliant in a 
number of areas with the remuneration 
provisions of the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code, applicable to 
Volution from 1 August 2019.”

Anthony Reading, MBE
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Remuneration framework
At the Annual General Meeting in December 2018 (2018 AGM), 
the Annual Report on Remuneration received strong support from 
shareholders with just under 95% of the votes cast being in favour 
of the resolution.

Our Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting in 2017 (2017 AGM) and we continued to 
operate under this during the year under review. The Committee 
considers that the Policy continues to appropriately support our 
remuneration principles, which are to:

 > attract and retain the best talent

 > drive behaviours that support the Group’s strategy and business 
objectives which are developed in the long-term interests of 
the Company and its shareholders

 > reward senior management appropriately for its personal 

and collective achievements

 > provide incentives that help to maintain commitment over 

the longer term and align the interests of senior management 
with those of shareholders

 > ensure that a significant percentage of the overall package of 

the Executive Directors and senior management remains at risk, 
dependent on performance, and that their pay and benefits 
adequately take account of reward versus risk.

In line with the required three-year cycle, we will be seeking approval 
to renew the Remuneration Policy at the Annual General Meeting in 
2020 (2020 AGM). When developing this new Remuneration Policy 
the Committee will be mindful of recent developments in the market, 
including the publication of the new UK Corporate Governance Code. 
The Committee, however, is pleased to report that Volution is 
already compliant with the provisions of the new Code in a number 
of areas, including; 

 > the incorporation of an additional two-year holding period 

into the long-term incentive awards for Executive Directors 
extending the total time horizon to five years

 > the introduction of new processes during the year to ensure 
the Committee has oversight of and considers remuneration 
arrangements for the wider workforce when setting executive pay

 > upon appointment, our new Chief Financial Officer received 

a pension contribution, in line with the contribution rate offered 
to the wider workforce. 

Remuneration Committee members
 > Tony Reading (chairman)

 > Peter Hill

 > Paul Hollingworth

 > Amanda Mellor

 > Claire Tiney

Dear shareholder,

On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 July 2019. 

72

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Performance in 2018/19 and remuneration outcomes
Volution Group made good progress during the year under 
review. Adjusted operating profit, adjusted EPS and working capital 
management were the key measures used by the Committee to 
measure performance towards achieving the Group’s strategic 
objectives and, accordingly, were the performance measures 
used in the Annual Bonus Plan (ABP). Performance against these 
measures resulted in the Committee awarding an annual bonus 
of 55.9% of salary to Ronnie George and 55.9% of salary to Ian Dew. 
We have provided full retrospective disclosure of the ABP targets 
as well as the actual performance against them. In accordance 
with the Policy, one-third of the total annual bonus payment will be 
deferred into awards over the Company’s shares which will vest 
after three years. Further details can be found on page 76.

The 2016 LTIP awards had a performance period ending 
on 31 July 2019 and are subject to a two-year holding period. 
Although total shareholder return performance over the period 
was at the lower end compared to the direct peer group, due to 
EPS growth and total shareholder return performance relative to 
companies of a similar size, the 2016 LTIP awards will vest at 40.5% 
of maximum for both Ronnie George and Ian Dew. Further details 
can be found on page 76.

When determining variable pay outcomes, the Committee also 
took account of wider Company performance and the shareholder 
experience. Overall, the Committee considered that remuneration 
outcomes were appropriate and as such determined that no 
discretion would be applied. 

CFO succession
Ian Dew stepped down as Chief Financial Officer and as an 
Executive Director with effect from 31 July 2019 and was succeeded 
by Andy O’Brien. Remuneration arrangements in respect of Ian 
Dew’s departure were in line with our Remuneration Policy and best 
practice. Further details can be found on page 79.

The Committee gave careful consideration to the remuneration 
package for Andy O’Brien. Upon appointment, he received a salary 
of £293,000 and, as noted above, a pension contribution of 5.5% 
of salary in line with the contribution rate for the wider workforce. 
Maximum incentive opportunities for the financial year ending 
31 July 2020 will be in line with those previously awarded to Ian 
Dew, being 125% of salary for both the annual bonus and long-term 
incentive. Andy O’Brien will also receive additional awards to partially 
compensate him for remuneration forgone at his previous employer. 
Further details can be found on page 80. 

Other remuneration decisions for 2019/20
During the year the Committee reviewed the Executive Director 
base salaries and as part of the review considered the remuneration 
arrangements of the wider workforce. It was determined that the 
Chief Executive Officer should be awarded an increase in base 
salary of 2.5%, in line with the wider workforce. This increase was 
effective from 1 August 2019. 

No other changes are being proposed to the remuneration package 
of Ronnie George for 2019/20, details of which are set out on page 
82. Variable incentive opportunity levels will remain at the same 
levels set in 2018/19.

The performance measures applicable to the ABP will remain 
unchanged and the Committee continues its policy of setting 
stretching annual bonus targets which take into account a number 
of internal and external factors.

While the performance measures for the LTIP remain unchanged, 
the Committee reviewed whether the performance targets remained 
appropriate in light of the Company’s growth expectations. As a result 
of this review, the Committee has determined that the maximum 
EPS target should be revised from 15% to 12% growth per annum. 
The threshold target remains unchanged at 6% growth per annum. 
The Committee considers that this is still a very stretching target 
taking into account the growing nature of the Company and both 
internal and external expectations. Further details can be found 
on page 82.

We are committed to maintaining an open and transparent 
dialogue with our shareholders on executive pay and as such 
have communicated to our major shareholders the remuneration 
decisions for 2019/20 as set out above.

Annual General Meeting 2019
On behalf of the Board I would like to thank shareholders for their 
continued support and do hope that you will support the resolution 
requesting approval of the Annual Report on Remuneration at this 
year’s Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2019.

Anthony Reading, MBE 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
9 October 2019

73

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Annual Report on Remuneration
This section provides details of how the Remuneration Policy 
(the Policy) was implemented during the year and how the 
Remuneration Committee (the Committee) intends to apply 
the Policy, approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM, during the 
financial year ending 31 July 2020. Certain sections of this report 
are audited and indicated as such where applicable. The Annual 
Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory shareholder 
vote at the 2019 AGM.

Role of the Committee
The role of the Committee is to recommend to the Board a strategy 
and framework for remuneration for Executive Directors and the 
Senior Management Team in order to attract and retain leaders 
who are focused and incentivised to deliver the Company’s strategic 
business priorities, within a remuneration framework which is aligned 
with the interests of our shareholders and thus designed to promote 
the long-term success of the Company.

The Committee has clearly defined terms of reference which are 
available on the Company’s website, www.volutiongroupplc.com. 
The Committee’s main responsibilities are to:

 > establish and maintain formal and transparent procedures for 
developing policy on executive remuneration and for fixing the 
remuneration packages of individual Directors, and to monitor 
and report on them

 > determine the remuneration, including pension arrangements, 
of the Executive Directors, taking into account pay and policies 
across the wider workforce

 > monitor and make recommendations in respect of remuneration 

for the tier of senior management one level below that of 
the Board

 > approve annual and long-term incentive arrangements 

together with their targets and levels of awards

 > determine the level of fees for the Chairman of the Board

 > select and appoint the external advisers to the Committee.

Membership
The Committee currently comprises four independent Non-Executive 
Directors, Tony Reading, Paul Hollingworth, Claire Tiney and 
Amanda Mellor, and the Chairman of the Board, Peter Hill. 

Tony Reading is the Committee chairman and he has chaired the 
Committee from his appointment to the Board on 23 June 2014. 
The Chairman of the Board is a member of the Committee because 
the Board considers it essential that the Chairman is involved in setting 
remuneration policy (although he is not party to any discussion directly 
relating to his own remuneration). 

During the year the Committee also consulted with the Chief Executive 
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Company Secretary, but 
not on matters relating to their own remuneration.

74

Meeting attendance
The Committee met four times during the year and has had two 
meetings to date in 2019/20. Committee member attendance can 
be found in the table below.

Member

Member since

Tony Reading 
(chairman)

23 June 2014

Peter Hill

23 June 2014

Paul Hollingworth

23 June 2014

Amanda Mellor

18 March 2018

Claire Tiney

3 August 2016

Number of 
meetings held

Attendance

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Committee activity and key decisions during the year 
ended 31 July 2019
Matters considered and decisions reached by the Committee 
during the year included:

 > implemented the Policy approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM 

 > considered and approved the Directors’ Remuneration Report 

2017/18

 > considered and approved the remuneration package for the new 

Chief Financial Officer, Andy O’Brien

 > reviewed outcomes and approved payments for Executive 

Director and Senior Management Team bonuses for 2017/18

 > reviewed performance measurement outcomes and vesting 

of LTIP awards granted in 2015

 > reviewed and approved the parameters of the ABP, including 

performance measures and targets for 2018/19 for the 
Executive Directors and Senior Management Team

 > considered and approved the LTIP awards to the Executive 

Directors and Senior Management Team for 2018/19

 > reviewed and approved the remuneration terms for the 
departure of the retiring Chief Financial Officer, Ian Dew

 > reviewed market trends and developments in executive 

remuneration in advance of considering Executive Director and 
Senior Management Team remuneration proposals for 2019/20

 > reviewed and approved the Executive Director and Senior 

Management Team salaries for 2019/20

 > reviewed and approved the parameters of the ABP, including 

performance measures for 2019/20 for the Executive Directors 
and Senior Management Team

 > reviewed and approved the performance measures and targets 

to be used for any LTIP awards made during 2019/20

 > evaluated the performance of the Committee.

Committee performance evaluation
During the year, the Board appointed an independent specialist 
corporate governance consultancy, Lintstock, to conduct a formal 
externally facilitated evaluation of the performance of the Board, its 
Committees, the Directors and the Chairman. Further details can be 
found in the Governance Report on pages 57 and 58. I am pleased 
to confirm that this process concluded that the Committee had 
fulfilled its role effectively and did not identify any significant 
development points requiring action. 

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Advice to the Committee
The Committee keeps itself fully informed on developments and best practice in the field of remuneration and it seeks advice from external 
advisers when appropriate.

The Committee appoints its own independent remuneration advisers and at the time of listing appointed Deloitte LLP to that role. Deloitte 
LLP has served as adviser to the Committee since listing and throughout the year. Total fees for advice provided to the Committee during 
the year by Deloitte LLP were £17,500 and were charged based on the time spent and seniority of the staff involved in providing the advice. 
Deloitte LLP also provided the Company with IFRS 2 valuation advice during the year.

Deloitte LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and as such voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation 
to executive remuneration consulting in the United Kingdom. The Committee requests Deloitte LLP to attend meetings periodically during 
the year.

Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The audited table below sets out the total remuneration for the Directors in the years ended 31 July 2019 and 31 July 2018. 

Salary and fees

Benefits1

Pension2

Annual bonus3

Long-term
 incentives4

Other

Total

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

Chairman

Peter Hill

Executive Directors

Ronnie George

Ian Dew 5

Non-Executive Directors

Paul Hollingworth

Amanda Mellor

Tony Reading

Claire Tiney

143

139

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 143

139

409

279

397

270

58

48

63

48

56

15

61

46

22

18

—

—

—

—

22

18

—

—

—

—

54

37

—

—

—

—

52

36

—

—

—

—

228

156

220

150

172

117

218

156

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

—

— 

—

—  885

—  607

909

630

—

—

—

—

58

48

63

48

56

15

61

46

Notes
1.  Benefits: this includes an annual car allowance, life assurance equivalent to four times annual salary and private medical insurance.

2.  Pension: a cash payment in lieu of employer’s pension contribution, equivalent to 15% of base salary, was paid to each of the Executive Directors. 

3. 

4. 

 Annual bonus: the annual bonus for 2018/19 relates to annual incentive payments for performance in that financial year. The calculation of this amount is set out 
on page 76. One-third of the 2018/19 annual bonus is deferred into shares for three years. Ronnie George will be awarded shares equivalent to £76,158 and Ian Dew 
will be awarded shares equivalent to £51,921.

 Long-term incentives: this column relates to the value of long-term awards whose performance period ends in the year under review. The third long-term incentive 
awards granted post-listing had a performance period that ended on 31 July 2019, and this has been included in the table above. This award is due to vest on 
17 October 2019 and therefore the value included in the table above represents an estimated value using the average share price of £1.73 over the three months to 
31 July 2019. In line with the remuneration reporting requirements, the 2018 long-term incentive amounts have been restated to reflect the actual share price (£1.76) 
on the date of vesting on 19 November 2018. 

5. 

 Ian Dew retired as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive Director on 31 July 2019. Andy O’Brien was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive 
Director on 1 August 2019. In line with the directors’ remuneration reporting regulations, no disclosures relating to Andy O’Brien have been made in this table. 

75

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Annual Bonus Plan (ABP) (audited)
The operation of the ABP during the year ended 31 July 2019 was consistent with the framework set out in the Policy. The maximum annual 
bonus potential for the Executive Directors during the year was 125% of base salary, and bonus for on-target performance was 60% of the 
maximum opportunity. In line with last year’s report, we have provided full retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against 
those targets which are set out in the table below. 

The performance measures and weightings for the year ended 31 July 2019 were the same as for the year ended 31 July 2018 as set out in 
the table below. 

Measure

Strategic objective

Weighting Threshold

Target Maximum

Actual
 performance

Payment
(% of 
maximum)

Payment
(% of
 base salary)

Adjusted operating profit1 To increase profit

35% £40.0m  £42.6m £44.0m

£41.8m

52.7% 

18.4% 

Adjusted EPS1

Creation of shareholder 
value

Working capital 
management

Delivering efficiency of working 
capital and cash generation 

50%

15.2p

16.0p

16.6p

16.0p

75.0% 

37.5% 

15% £29.8m £28.8m £27.8m 

£30.2m 

0% 

Total

0% 

55.9%

Note
1. 

 Adjusted operating profit up to target level is purely organic. Between target and maximum, unbudgeted acquisitions will be taken into account. Adjusted EPS 
includes unbudgeted acquisitions.

Long Term Incentive Plan vesting of 2016 awards
The LTIP values included in the single total figure of remuneration table for 2019 relate to the 2016 LTIP award. Awards with a face value 
of 100% of salary were granted to the Executive Directors on 17 October 2016 and, following a three-year performance period ending on 
31 July 2019, are due to vest on 17 October 2019. However, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the 2016 LTIP award to Executive 
Directors is subject to an additional two-year holding period following vesting. Therefore this award will not be available to exercise until 
17 October 2021. Performance against the performance targets is set out below:

Weighting 
(% of total 
award)

Below 
threshold
 (0% vesting)

Threshold 
(25% vesting) 1

Maximum 
(100% vesting) 1

Actual 
performance 
outcome

TSR vs Direct Peer Group index2 

25% Below index

Equal to 
index

Index  
+ 8% p.a.

Outperformed 
index

TSR vs FTSE companies 
of a similar size3 

25%

Less than 
 median

Median

Upper  
quartile

Ranked 
between 
19 and 20 out of 
43 companies

EPS growth 

Total vesting (% of maximum)

50%

Below 6% 
p.a.

6% p.a.

15% p.a.

8.40% p.a.

Vesting 
(% of 
maximum)

29.6% 

42.6% 

45.0%

40.5%

Notes
1.  Awards vest on a straight line basis between these points.

2.  Direct Peer Group index is an index comprised of Polypipe, Tyman, Topps Tiles, Marshalls, Safestyle, Epwin Group and Norcros.

3. 

 The companies of a similar size represent the group of 50 companies above and below the Company in terms of market capitalisation (excluding financial services 
and oil and gas companies). Since the start of the performance period, seven companies originally included in the peer group have delisted and subsequently been 
excluded from the group.

76

Governance Report 
 
Annual Report 2019

Share awards granted during the year (audited)
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
2018/19 awards

During the year the Committee made awards under the LTIP in accordance with the Policy. The LTIP awards were made in the form 
of nil-cost options which will vest following the Committee’s determination of the extent to which performance conditions, measured 
over three financial years to 31 July 2021, have been met. Awards to the Executive Directors are subject to a two-year holding period.

The performance measures used for the LTIP awards give emphasis to EPS growth (75%) and used a single measure of total shareholder 
return, TSR vs Direct Peer Group (25%), as set out in the table below. 

Performance measure

EPS growth

Weighting
(% of total award)

75%

Below threshold 
(0% vesting)

Below 6% p.a. 
 (equivalent to  
2020/21 EPS  
of 17.25 pence)

Threshold 
(25% vesting) 1

Maximum
 (100% vesting) 1

6% p.a. 
(equivalent to  
2020/21 EPS  
of 17.25 pence)

15% p.a.  
(equivalent to  
2020/21 EPS  
of 22.02 pence)

TSR vs Direct Peer Group2

25%

Below median

Median

Upper quartile

Notes
1.  Awards will vest on a straight line basis between these points. 

2.  Direct Peer Group index is an unweighted index comprised of 16 companies.

In addition to the stretching performance conditions set out above, for awards to vest, the Committee must be satisfied with the overall 
financial performance of the Company over the performance period.

The LTIP awards made on 17 October 2018 were as follows:

Executive Director

Ronnie George

Number 
of shares

Base price

Face value 1

328,552

£1.865

£612,750

Ian Dew

186,662

£1.865

£348,125

Face value
% of base 
salary

150%

125%

Release date 2

Expiry date

17 October 2023

18 October 2028

17 October 2023

18 October 2028

Notes
1. 

 The price used to calculate the number of LTIP awards was the average of the mid-market closing price of a Volution Group plc share on the three consecutive 
business days immediately preceding the date of grant.

2.  The LTIP awards were granted with a three-year performance period and an additional two-year holding period. 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) 
2018/19 awards

As set out in the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders in 2017, under which the 2017/18 annual bonus was awarded, one-third of 
any bonus payment earned by the Executive Directors will be deferred into awards over the Company’s shares. 

On 17 October 2018, the Executive Directors received an award of shares under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan relating to the 2017/18 
annual bonus, as follows:

Executive Director

Ronnie George

Ian Dew

Number of shares

Base price

Face value 1

Release date

39,248

26,759

£1.865

£1.865

£73,199

17 October 2021

£49,906

17 October 2021

Note
1. 

 The price used to calculate the number of DSBP awards was the average of the mid-market closing price of a Volution Group plc share on the three consecutive 
business days immediately preceding the date of grant.

77

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

Equity incentives (audited)
Details of the awards granted, outstanding and vested during the year to the Executive Directors under the LTIP and DSBP are as follows:

Number of
 share
awards
at 1 August
2018

Date of
award

Shares
awarded
during the
year

Shares
lapsed
 during the
year

Shares
vested
during the
year

Number of
share
awards
at 31 July
2019

Face value
at date
of grant
£ 1

Vesting
date 2

Expiry
date

Name/Plan 

Ronnie George

LTIP 2015/163

19/11/2015

188,533

LTIP 2016/17

17/10/2016

228,735

LTIP 2017/18

23/03/2018

295,970

—

—

—

LTIP 2018/19

17/10/2018

— 328,552

DSBP 2015/164

19/11/2015

DSBP 2016/17

17/10/2016

4,666

4,106

DSBP 2017/18

23/03/2018

26,880

—

—

—

DSBP 2018/19

17/10/2018

—

39,248

72,171

123,808

—

—

Vested

20/11/2025

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 228,735

388,850 17/10/2019 18/10/2026

— 295,970

594,900 23/03/2021 24/03/2028

— 328,552

612,750 17/10/2021

18/10/2028

4,964

—

—

4,106

—

Vested

6,981

17/10/2019

— 26,880

54,030 23/03/2021

—

39,248

73,199 17/10/2021

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ian Dew

LTIP 2015/163

LTIP 2016/17

LTIP 2017/18

LTIP 2018/19

19/11/2015

17/10/2016

23/03/2018

17/10/2018

134,666

155,955

168,159

—

—

—

—

186,662

DSBP 2015/164

19/11/2015

DSBP 2016/17

17/10/2016

DSBP 2017/18

23/03/2018

3,333

2,933

18,327

—

—

—

DSBP 2018/19

17/10/2018

—

26,759

51,551

88,434

—

—

Vested

20/11/2025

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 155,955

265,125 17/10/2019 18/10/2026

— 168,159

338,000 23/03/2021 24/03/2028

— 186,662

348,125 17/10/2021

18/10/2028

3,546

—

—

—

—

2,933

18,327

26,759

—

Vested

4,987 17/10/2019

36,839 23/03/2021

49,906 17/10/2021

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Notes
1. 

 The price used to calculate the number of LTIP and DSBP awards was the average of the mid-market closing price of a Volution Group plc share on the three 
consecutive business days immediately preceding the date of grant, being £1.875 for the LTIP 2015/16 and DSBP 2015/16, £1.70 for the LTIP 2016/17 and DSBP 
2016/17, £2.01 for the LTIP 2017/18 and DSBP 2017/18 and £1.865 for the LTIP 2018/19 and DSBP 2018/19.

2.  LTIP awards granted from 2016/17 were granted with a three-year performance period and an additional two-year holding period. 

3.  

 LTIP 2015/16 awards had a performance period ending on 31 July 2018. 61.7% of the award vested in November 2018. Following performance testing, 72,171 awards 
lapsed for Ronnie George and 51,551 for Ian Dew. In accordance with the rules of the LTIP, 7,446 dividend equivalent shares were added to the vested awards for 
Ronnie George and 5,319 for Ian Dew.

4. 

 DSBP 2015/16 awards vested in November 2018 and the shares were immediately transferred to each Executive Director, becoming part of their beneficial shareholdings. 
In accordance with the rues of the DSBP, 298 dividend equivalent shares were added to the vested awards for Ronnie George and 213 for Ian Dew.

Employee Benefit Trust 
The Volution Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) currently holds 1,750,256 shares in the Company. It is the Company’s intention to use shares 
currently held in the EBT to satisfy all awards made so far under the Long Term Incentive Plan, Deferred Share Bonus Plan and Sharesave 
Plan. Dividends arising on the shares held in the EBT are waived on the recommendation of the Company. 

Funding of future awards under the share incentive plans
It is the Company’s current intention to satisfy any future requirements of its share incentive plans in a method best suited to the interests of 
the Company, either by acquiring shares in the market, utilising shares held as treasury shares or issuing new shares. Where the awards are 
satisfied by newly issued shares or treasury shares, the Company will comply with Investment Association guidelines on shareholder dilution. 

78

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
We believe that Executive Directors should have shareholdings in the Company to ensure that they are as closely aligned as possible with 
shareholder interests. As such, during the year the Company had share ownership guidelines in place which stated that Executive Directors 
were expected to achieve and retain a holding of the Company’s shares equal to 200% of their base salary. It should be noted, as shown 
below, that both the Executive Directors had shareholdings well in excess of 200% of base salary. The Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors are also encouraged to hold shares in the Company in order to align their interests with those of shareholders. Directors’ interests 
in ordinary shares held as at 31 July 2019 (together with the interests held by Persons Closely Associated with them) are set out below. 

There were no changes in the Directors’ shareholdings between 31 July 2019 and the date of this report.

Shares held
beneficially at
1 August 2018 1

Shares held
beneficially at
31 July 2019 1

Beneficial
shareholding 
at 31 July 2019
(% of salary) 

Target
shareholding
achieved? 2

LTIP awards
(unvested 
awards
subject to
performance) 3

LTIP awards
vested but
not exercised

DSBP awards
(unvested 
awards,
not subject to
performance)

35,333

35,333

N/A

5,622,833

5,642,797

855,327

858,873

2,514%

561%

19,333

70,000

—

2,869

30,916

90,000

—

2,869

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

—

—

—

853,257

510,776

308,244

220,174

70,234

48,019

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Chairman

Peter Hill

Executive Directors 

Ronnie George

Ian Dew4

Non-Executive 
Directors

Paul Hollingworth

Tony Reading

Amanda Mellor

Claire Tiney

Notes
1. 

Includes any shares held by Persons Closely Associated.

2.  The target shareholding achieved has been calculated based on shares held beneficially as at 31 July 2019 using the share price on that date of 182 pence per share.

3. 

4. 

 LTIP awards in this column consist of all awards granted as at the date of this report which are structured as nil-cost options. All awards are subject to performance 
conditions, with performance measured over three financial years.

 Ian Dew retired as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive Director on 31 July 2019. Andy O’Brien was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive 
Director on 1 August 2019. In line with the directors’ remuneration reporting regulations, no disclosures relating to Andy O’Brien have been made in this table.

Post-employment shareholding policy
The Committee is mindful that the new 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, applicable to Volution Group from 1 August 2019, requires 
a formal policy for post-employment shareholding requirements to be developed. Under the current Remuneration Policy, if an Executive 
Director is awarded “good leaver” status they will retain an interest in shares post-employment as outstanding LTIP awards will normally 
continue to their original time horizons. The Committee, however, will review this area as part of the new Remuneration Policy, which will 
be subject to shareholder approval at next year’s Annual General Meeting in December 2020. 

CFO succession
As noted elsewhere in this Annual Report, Ian Dew stepped down as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive Director with effect 
from 31 July 2019, and was succeeded by Andy O’Brien. Ian Dew will remain in employment with the Group until 31 October 2019 to 
effect an orderly handover.

Remuneration arrangements in respect of Ian Dew’s departure were in line with our Remuneration Policy and best practice. These are as follows:

(i) 

 during Ian Dew’s remaining nine months’ notice period to 31 July 2020, he will receive his normal remuneration payments in respect 
of salary and pension contributions (totalling £236,408) and continue to be entitled to his normal contractual benefits (totalling £12,925), 
in accordance with his service agreement;

(ii)  he will not be eligible for any payment under the ABP during the year ending 31 July 2020; and

79

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Annual Report on Remuneration continued

CFO succession continued
(iii)  the Committee determined that Ian Dew was a “good leaver” for the purpose of awards or allocations made to him under the DSBP and 
LTIP. Vested share awards will be treated according to the rules of the relevant plan. In respect of unvested share awards, the following 
will apply: 

 > unvested DSBP awards will vest in accordance with their normal vesting schedule which is three years from grant; and

 > unvested LTIP awards will remain subject to achievement of the original performance conditions and will vest on their normal vesting 
date, but will be reduced on a pro-rata basis to reflect Ian Dew’s length of service up to 31 October 2019. Dividend accrual will be calculated 
on the final vesting amount. All unvested LTIP awards will remain subject to a two-year holding period following vesting. No share awards 
will be granted to Ian Dew under the LTIP for the financial year ending 31 July 2020.

The Committee gave careful consideration to the remuneration package for Andy O’Brien, taking into account his broad financial experience 
as well as recent changes in the corporate governance environment in the UK. Details of his ongoing package for the financial year ending 
31 July 2020 can be found in the implementation section of this Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 82. 

The Committee also determined that additional awards be granted to Andy O’Brien upon his appointment to partially compensate him for 
remuneration forgone at his previous employer. These awards consist of a one-off cash payment of £15,000 as well as an award of shares 
under the LTIP with a face value of £120,000. These shares will vest in two equal tranches on the first and second anniversary of appointment, 
and are not subject to any performance conditions. When determining these awards, the Committee took into account the form and time 
horizon of forfeited compensation. Full details of the awards will be provided in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Payments to past Directors
There were no payments to past Directors in the year.

Payments for loss of office
There were no payments for loss of office in the year.

Performance graph and Chief Executive Officer remuneration table (audited)
The chart below compares the total shareholder return performance of the Company against the performance of the FTSE SmallCap Index 
since listing on 23 June 2014. This index has been chosen because it is a recognised equity market index of which the Company is a member. 
The base point in the chart for the Company equates to the listing offer price of 150 pence per share.

Volution Group plc

FTSE SmallCap Index 

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(
n
r
u
t
e
r

r
e
d

l

o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

Listing
2 014 year end
(23/0 6/14)
(31/07/14)

2 015 year end
(31/07/15)

2 016 year end
(31/07/16)

2 017 year end
(31/07/17)

2 018 year end
(31/07/18)

2 019 year end
(31/07/19)

80

Governance Report 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

The table below summarises the Chief Executive Officer’s single figure for total remuneration, annual bonus payments and LTIP vesting 
levels as a percentage of maximum opportunity.

2018 

2017 

2016

2015

2014

2013

Chief Executive Officer’s single total 
figure of remuneration (£000)

Annual bonus payout (as a % 
of maximum opportunity)

LTIP vesting (as a % 
of maximum opportunity) 

909

1,191

44.7%

44.3%

87.8%

40.5%

61.7%

72.1%

638

64%

N/A

643

1,061

428

65%

100%

54.8%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2019

885

Percentage change in remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer (audited)
The table below shows the movement in salary, benefits and bonus for the Chief Executive Officer between the current and prior years 
compared to the average remuneration for all Group employees. 

% change

Base salary

Benefits2

Total annual bonus

Chief Executive
 Officer

All 
employees 1

3.0%

0%

3.6%

1.5%

3.3%

2.9%

Notes
1.  Also including Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration.

2.  Benefits include employer pension contributions, car allowance, health cover and life assurance.

Relative importance of the spend on pay (audited)
The following table shows the total expenditure on pay for all of the Company’s employees compared to distributions to shareholders by 
way of dividend and share buyback. In order to provide context for these figures, adjusted operating profit is also shown.

Employee remuneration costs1

Distributions to shareholders

Adjusted operating profit

2019
£m

61.2

9.1

42.1

2018
£m

54.4

8.5

37.1

% 
change

12.5%

7.2%

13.5%

Note
1.  The increase in employee remuneration costs is mainly due to the increased employee population resulting from the acquisition made during the year.

81

Governance Report 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy 
for the financial year ending 31 July 2020

Executive Director base salaries
Ronnie George was awarded an increase in base salary of 2.5%, in line with the wider workforce. The increase took effect from 1 August 2019 
increasing his base salary to £418,700. The base salary for Andy O’Brien as Chief Financial Officer was set on appointment on 1 August 2019 
at £293,000 per annum.

Pension and other benefits
Ronnie George will continue to receive a cash payment in lieu of an employer’s pension contribution, equivalent to 15% of base salary. 
Andy O’Brien will receive a cash payment in lieu of an employer’s pension contribution equivalent to 5.5% of base salary, in line with the 
contribution rate for the wider workforce.

Other benefits received comprise an annual car allowance paid in cash of £20,910 per annum for the Chief Executive Officer and £15,300 
per annum for the Chief Financial Officer, life assurance equivalent to four times annual salary and private medical insurance.

Annual Bonus Plan (ABP) 
The maximum annual bonus opportunity for both the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be 125% of salary, unchanged 
from the level set in 2018/19. One-third of the total bonus payable will be deferred into shares for three years. 

Performance measures and weightings for the financial year ending 31 July 2020 will be the same as those for the year ended 31 July 2019. 
These are adjusted operating profit (35%), adjusted EPS (50%) and working capital management (15%). These measures reflect feedback 
received from shareholders during the consultation undertaken when the new Policy was being drafted, following which the ABP performance 
measures were simplified in order to further align the interests of the Executive Directors with shareholders. The targets set for the year 
ending 31 July 2020 will be disclosed in the next Annual Report on Remuneration, unless they remain commercially sensitive.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
During 2019/20, the Committee intends to grant LTIP awards with a maximum opportunity of 150% of salary and 125% of salary for the 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. These levels are unchanged from 2018/19. 

Performance measures to be used for the LTIP awards in 2019/20 will remain the same as for the year ended 31 July 2019, being EPS 
growth (75%) and TSR vs Direct Peer Group (25%). 

During the year, the Committee reviewed the specific performance targets under the LTIP and determined that the maximum EPS target 
should be revised downwards for the 2019/20 awards to more appropriately reflect the long-term budgeted performance of the Company. 
The threshold EPS target will remain unchanged. The Committee believes that this new target range, of 6% to 12% growth per annum, is still 
a very stretching target taking into account the Company’s growing nature and both internal and external expectations. The annual EPS growth 
was strong over the past five years as the Company expanded its business not only through organic growth, but also with acquisitions. 
However, the Committee considered that the maximum target of 15% growth per annum was no longer a realistic objective, and therefore 
could become a negative aspect of the LTIP and encourage excessive risk taking, and considered that a maximum target of 12% growth per 
annum was more appropriate. In coming to this decision, the Committee considered a range of factors, including the Group’s business plan 
and potential for future growth as well as external reference points such as consensus forecasts and market practice. A maximum target of 
12% growth per annum remains stretching when compared to analyst forecasts over the three-year period. In terms of market practice, we 
are aware of other companies in our sector that have either reduced their EPS growth range in recent years or have less stretch built into 
the targets. The Committee decided that the threshold target should remain unchanged at 6% growth per annum (i.e. that no value should 
be delivered to participants for EPS growth less than this). However, taking into account all of the above, the Committee was of the view that 
the maximum level should be realistic and, although a stretch target, should be attainable and therefore motivation for Executive Directors 
to grow the business strongly and sustainably. This change to the maximum target has no impact on the Group’s ongoing ambition or 
strategy to continue to grow organically and by acquisition.

The performance targets for the TSR measure remain unchanged from prior year.

A two-year holding period will apply following the end of the three-year vesting period.

82

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Non-Executive Director fees
Fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board in their absence. The fees of the Chairman (whose fees are determined by 
the Committee in his absence) and the Non-Executive Directors were last reviewed in July 2018 and the next review is due in July 2020. 
Accordingly, they will remain unchanged for the year ended 31 July 2020.

The fees with effect from 1 August 2019 are summarised in the table below:

Chairman fee covering all Board duties

Non-Executive Director basic fee

Supplementary fees to Non-Executive Directors covering additional Board duties:

– Senior Independent Director

– Audit Committee chairman

– Remuneration Committee chairman

£143,220

£47,740

£5,000

£10,000

£10,000

Statement on shareholder voting
The Company is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest in voting outcomes in respect of the approval of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the Policy. In the event of a substantial vote against a resolution in relation to Directors’ 
remuneration, the Company would seek to understand the reasons for any such vote and would set out in the following Annual Report and 
Accounts any actions in response to it.

The following table sets out the voting by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in December 2018 in respect of our Annual Report on 
Remuneration and at the Annual General Meeting in December 2017 in respect of our Remuneration Policy.

Resolution

Votes cast for

% of 
votes cast

Votes 
cast against

% of 
votes cast

Votes 
withheld

Remuneration Report (2018 AGM)

165,154,273

94.74

9,166,492

Remuneration Policy (2017 AGM)

168,196,529

98.50

2,567,636

5.26

1.50

0

0

83

Governance Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report
This section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the Remuneration Policy (the Policy) for Executive and Non-Executive Directors, 
which shareholders approved at the 2017 Annual General Meeting and became effective on 13 December 2017. In practice the Policy has 
been applied since the beginning of the financial year on 1 August 2017. 

Remuneration Policy table
Operation

Base salary 

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Purpose and link to strategy: Core element of remuneration set at a level to attract, retain and reward Executive Directors of the 
required calibre to successfully deliver Company strategy.

Fixed annual sum, normally reviewed annually.

In determining base salaries, the Committee 
considers:

 > Company performance and external 

market conditions;

 > pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group; 

 > role, experience and personal 

performance; and

 > salary levels at companies of a similar size 

and complexity.

There is no automatic entitlement to an 
increase each year.

Pension 

The current salaries for the Executive Directors 
are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Company and individual performance are 
factors considered when reviewing salaries.

While the Committee does not consider it 
appropriate to set a maximum salary, annual 
increases will generally be in line with those of 
the wider workforce. Increases beyond those 
awarded to the wider workforce (in percentage 
of salary terms) may be awarded in certain 
circumstances such as progression in the role, 
where there is a change in responsibility or 
experience, or a significant increase in the 
scale of the role and/or size, value and/or 
complexity of the Group.

Purpose and link to strategy: The Company aims to provide competitive retirement benefits for the role to attract, retain and reward 
Executive Directors of the required calibre to successfully deliver Company strategy.

Executive Directors may receive an employer’s 
pension contribution to a personal or Group 
pension scheme and/or any other arrangement 
the Committee considers has the same 
economic benefit (including a cash allowance).

15% of base salary.

 N/A

84

Governance Report 
 
Annual Report 2019

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Annual Bonus Plan (ABP)

Purpose and link to strategy: To incentivise Executive Directors to achieve specific, pre-determined goals during a one-year period. 
Rewards achievement of objectives linked to the Company’s strategy. 

Annual bonus payment is determined by the 
Committee after the financial year end, based 
on annual performance against targets set at 
the start of the year.

150% of base salary (subject to a combined 
Annual Bonus Plan opportunity and Long 
Term Incentive Plan award cap of 275% of 
salary in respect of any financial year).

Normally, one-third of any annual bonus 
payment earned by the Executive Directors 
will be deferred into awards over the 
Company’s shares under the Company’s 
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) which 
normally vest after at least two years. 

Performance measures are determined 
with reference to the Company’s key 
strategic business objectives for the year.

No less than 50% of the bonus will 
be dependent on financial measures 
and the remainder will be based on 
non-financial measures that are aligned 
to the strategic priorities of the business.

At threshold performance up to 25% of 
the maximum pays out. Below this level 
of performance, no bonus pays out.

On-target bonus is set at 60% of the 
maximum opportunity. 

The Committee retains the discretion to 
vary the level of bonus paid away from 
the formulaic outcome to reflect overall 
Company and individual performance.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy: To incentivise the delivery of key strategic objectives over the longer term and align the interests 
of Executive Directors with those of our shareholders. 

Vesting of the awards is dependent on the 
achievement of performance targets set by 
the Committee, measured over a period of at 
least three years. Shares will then normally be 
subject to an additional two-year holding 
period. During this holding period, no further 
performance measures will apply.

175% of base salary as permitted by the plan 
rules (subject to a combined Annual Bonus 
Plan opportunity and Long Term Incentive 
Plan award cap of 275% of salary in respect 
of any financial year). 

Awards vest based on challenging financial, 
operational or share price targets.

At least 50% will be based on financial 
and/or share price-based measures.

No more than 25% vests at threshold 
with 100% of awards vesting at 
maximum performance.

Other benefits 

Purpose and link to strategy: To provide a market-competitive package of benefits consistent with the role to attract, retain and 
reward Executive Directors of the required calibre to successfully deliver Company strategy. 

Although the Committee does not consider it 
appropriate to set a maximum benefits level, 
they are set at an appropriate level for the 
specific nature of the role and the individual’s 
personal circumstances. 

N/A

Various cash/non-cash benefits are provided 
to Executive Directors which may include (but 
are not limited to) a company car (or cash 
equivalent), life assurance, expatriate 
benefits, private medical insurance (for the 
Executive Director and their immediate 
family) and relocation benefits. 

Executive Directors are also eligible to 
participate in any all-employee share plans on 
the same basis as other eligible employees. 

85

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report continued

Remuneration Policy table continued

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metrics

Share ownership guidelines 

Purpose and link to strategy: To provide close alignment between the longer-term interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. 

200% of base salary.

N/A

Executive Directors are expected to achieve 
and retain a holding of the Company’s shares 
worth 200% of their base salary.

It is expected that Executive Directors will 
retain at least 50% of any shares delivered 
under the DSBP and LTIP, after the deduction 
of applicable taxes, until the guideline is met.

Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees 

Purpose and link to strategy: To enable the Company to attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the required calibre by 
offering market-competitive fees. 

Fees are set within the aggregate limits set out 
in the Company’s Articles of Association.

N/A

Non-Executive Directors are eligible for fee 
increases during the three-year period that the 
Policy operates to ensure they continue to 
appropriately recognise the time commitment 
of the role and fee levels in companies of a 
similar size and complexity.

Fees are determined by the Board. 

The Chairman is paid an all-inclusive fee for all 
Board responsibilities. 

Non-Executive Directors receive a basic 
Board fee. 

Neither the Chairman nor Non-Executive 
Directors are eligible to participate in any 
of the Company’s incentive arrangements 
or receive any pension provision.

Additional fees may be payable for additional 
Board responsibilities such as chairmanship or 
membership of a committee or performing the 
Senior Independent Director role or for an 
increased time commitment.

The Committee reviews the fees paid to the 
Chairman and the Board reviews the fees paid 
to the Non-Executive Directors, periodically, 
with reference to the time commitment of 
the role and market levels in companies 
of comparable size and complexity.

Non-Executive Directors shall be entitled to 
have reimbursed all expenses (such as their 
travel to Board meetings), and any associated 
tax, that they reasonably incur in the 
performance of their duties. 

Choice of performance measures and approach to setting
The performance metrics and targets that will be set for the Executive Directors for the ABP and LTIP will be carefully selected to align 
closely with the Company’s strategic plan and key performance indicators.

Awards under the ABP will be determined by a combination of financial and strategic objectives appropriate to an individual’s role.

The long-term performance metrics relating to the LTIP awards will be set at the time of each grant but will normally include at least 50% 
based on financial and/or share price performance in line with the Company’s key strategic objectives.

86

Governance Report 
 
Annual Report 2019

Challenging targets for both plans will be set each year based on a number of internal and external reference points. 

The Committee will review the choice of performance measures and the appropriateness of the performance targets prior to each grant 
under the LTIP and will consult with major shareholders in the event of any significant proposed change.

Legacy arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions 
available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out above where the terms 
of the payment were agreed:

(i)  before the 2014 AGM (the date the Company’s first shareholder-approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy came into effect);

(ii)   before the Policy set out above came into effect, provided that the terms of the payment were consistent with the shareholder-approved 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy in force at the time they were agreed; or 

(iii)  at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 

consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company. 

For these purposes “payments” includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, 
the terms of the payment are “agreed” at the time the award is granted.

Common award terms
The Committee will operate the LTIP and DSBP in accordance with the respective rules, the Policy set out above and the Listing Rules 
where relevant. Awards under the LTIP and DSBP may:

 > be granted as conditional share awards or nil-cost options or in such other form that the Committee determines has the same economic effect 

 > have any performance conditions applicable to them amended or substituted by the Committee if an event occurs which causes the 

Committee to determine an amended or substituted performance condition would be more appropriate and not materially less difficult 
to satisfy

 > incorporate the right to receive an amount (in cash or additional shares) equal to the value of dividends which would have been paid on 
the shares under an award that vests up to the time of vesting (or where the award is subject to a holding period, release). This amount 
may be calculated assuming that the dividends have been reinvested in the Company’s shares on a cumulative basis

 > be settled in cash at the Committee’s discretion 

 > be adjusted in the event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event that 

may affect the Company’s share price. 

Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration and may, as appropriate, be the 
subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

Malus and clawback
Malus and clawback provisions (as relevant) may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of any awards granted under 
the ABP, DSBP and LTIP in certain circumstances including, but not limited to, a material misstatement of the Company’s financial results, a 
material failure of risk management by any member of the Group or a relevant business unit, material reputational damage to any member 
of the Group or relevant business unit, or if the participant is summarily dismissed. Clawback may be applied at the discretion of the Committee 
up to: the third anniversary of payment of the cash bonus, and the earlier of the sixth anniversary of grant and the third anniversary of satisfying 
awards for DSBP and LTIP awards.

Takeover or other corporate event
In the event of a change of control, outstanding DSBP awards will normally vest in full as soon as practicable after the date of the event. 

For outstanding LTIP awards, generally the performance period and holding period applicable to them will end on the date of the event. 
The Committee will determine the level of vesting of unvested awards taking into account the extent to which performance conditions 
have been achieved at this point. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, unvested awards will generally vest on a time pro-rata 
basis taking into account the period of time between grant and the relevant event as a proportion of the vesting period. 

Alternatively, the Committee may permit a participant to exchange his awards for equivalent awards which relate to shares in a different 
company. If the change of control is an internal re-organisation of the Group, or if the Committee so decides, participants will be required 
to exchange their awards (rather than awards vesting).

If other corporate events occur, such as a winding-up of the Company, demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event which, in the 
opinion of the Committee, may affect the current or future value of the Company’s shares, the Committee may determine that awards will 
vest on the same basis as set out above for a takeover.

87

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report continued

Minor changes
The Committee may make minor amendments to the Policy set out in this report (for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative purposes 
or to take account of a change in legislation) without obtaining shareholder approval for the amendment.

Illustrations of the application of the Remuneration Policy
The Company’s remuneration arrangements have been designed to ensure that a significant proportion of pay is dependent on the delivery 
of stretching short-term and long-term performance targets.

The charts below provide illustrative values of the remuneration package for Executive Directors under three assumed performance scenarios. 
The charts are for illustrative purposes only and actual outcomes may differ from that shown.

£1,800,000

£1,600,000

£1,400,000

£1,200,000

£1,000,000

£800,000

£600,000

£400,000

£200,000

£0

£974,543

16%

32%

52%

£503,505

100%

£1,654,930

38%

32%

30%

  Long-term variable remuneration
  Annual variable remuneration
  Fixed remuneration

£327,115
100%

£638,428
14%
35%

51%

£1,059,615
34.5%

34.5%

31%

Minimum
performance

In line with
expectations

Maximum 
performance

Minimum
performance

In line with
expectations

Maximum 
performance

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

The assumptions used for these charts are as follows:

Levels of performance

Assumptions

Fixed pay

All scenarios

 > Total fixed pay comprises base salary, benefits and pension

 > Base salary – effective as at 1 August 2019

 > Benefits – as set out in the single figure table for the 2018/19 year

 > 15% and 5.5% of base salary pension contributions for CEO and CFO respectively

Variable pay

Below threshold performance

 > No payout under the ABP

 > No vesting under the LTIP

In line with expectations

 > 60% of the maximum potential payout under the ABP 

 > 25% vesting under the LTIP, assuming awards equivalent to 150% and 125% 

of base salary are granted to the CEO and the CFO, respectively

Maximum performance

 > 100% of the maximum potential payout under the ABP (i.e. 125% of base salary)

 > 100% vesting under the LTIP, assuming awards equivalent to 150% and 125% 

of base salary are granted to the CEO and the CFO, respectively

Note
LTIP awards have been shown at face value with no share price growth, dividends or discount rate assumptions.

External appointments of Executive Directors
The Board allows Executive Directors to accept one external commercial non-executive director appointment provided the commitment 
is compatible with their duties as an Executive Director. The Executive Director concerned may retain fees paid for these services which 
will be subject to approval by the Board. Currently, neither of the Executive Directors holds an external directorship. 

Approach to recruitment 
The Committee will aim to set a new Executive Director’s remuneration package in line with the Policy approved by shareholders.

In arriving at a total package and in considering value for each element of the package, the Committee will take into account the skills 
and experience of a candidate and the market rate for a candidate of that experience, as well as the importance of securing the 
preferred candidate. 

88

Governance Report 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

The maximum level of variable remuneration (excluding any buy-outs) in respect of an appointment will be in line with the maximum Policy 
set out above (i.e. 275% of base salary). The Committee retains discretion to flex the balance of the annual bonus and LTIP and the 
measures used to assess performance. 

The Committee may make additional cash and/or share-based awards as it deems appropriate and if the circumstances so demand to 
replace remuneration arrangements forfeited by an Executive Director on leaving a previous employer. This may include the use of the relevant 
provisions in the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules allowing for exceptional awards to be made without shareholder approval. 

Awards to replace forfeited remuneration would, where possible, be consistent with the awards forfeited in terms of delivery mechanism 
(cash or shares), time horizons, attributed expected value and whether or not they were subject to performance conditions. 

Other payments may be made in relation to relocation expenses and support as appropriate. 

In the case of an internal appointment, any element of remuneration in respect of the prior role would be allowed to continue according to 
its original terms, or adjusted if appropriate to take into account the appointment.

For the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive Director, the fee would be set in accordance with the approved Policy. The length 
of service and notice periods will be set at the discretion of the Committee taking into account market practice, corporate governance 
considerations and the particular candidate at that time. 

The Committee retains discretion to make appropriate remuneration decisions outside the Policy to meet the individual circumstances 
of recruitment when:

 > an interim appointment is made to fill an Executive Director role on a short-term basis

 > exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a Non-Executive Director takes on an executive function on a short-term basis.

Service agreements and letters of appointment
Each of the Executive Directors’ service agreements is for a rolling term and may be terminated by the Company or the Executive Director 
by giving not less than twelve months’ prior written notice and nine months’ prior written notice for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer respectively. 

The Chairman and each of the Non-Executive Directors of the Company do not have service contracts. Each of these Directors has a letter 
of appointment which has a three-year term which is renewable and is terminable by the Company or the individual on one month’s written notice. 

The terms of the Non-Executive Directors’ positions are subject to their election by the Company’s shareholders at the 2019 AGM. 
No contractual payments would become due on termination.

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in cash or share incentive arrangements and their service does not qualify for pension 
or other benefits. No element of their fee is performance related.

A Non-Executive Director’s appointment may be terminated with immediate effect if such Director has:

 > materially breached a term of their letter of appointment

 > committed a serious or repeated breach of his duties to the Company

 > been found guilty of fraud, dishonesty or certain criminal offences

 > acted in a way likely to bring the Company into disrepute or which is materially adverse to the Company

 > been declared bankrupt or

 > been disqualified from acting as a Director.

The Executive Directors’ service agreements and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s 
registered office and will be available at the 2019 AGM.

Policy on Directors leaving the Group
The Committee must satisfy any contractual obligations agreed with the Executive Director. This is dependent on the contractual 
obligations not being in contradiction with the Policy set out in this report.

If an Executive Director’s employment is terminated, in the absence of a breach of service agreement by the Director, the Company may, 
although it is not obliged to, terminate the Director’s employment immediately by payment of an amount equal to base salary and benefits 
(including pension scheme contribution) in lieu of the whole or the remaining part of the notice period. Payments in lieu of notice will be paid 
in monthly instalments over the length of the notice period. Payments are subject to mitigation in the event alternative employment is taken 
up during the notice period. 

89

Governance ReportDirectors’ Remuneration Report continued

Volution Group plc

Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report continued

Policy on Directors leaving the Group continued
Discretionary bonus payments will not form part of any payments made in lieu of notice. Annual bonus may be payable, at the Committee’s 
discretion, with respect to the period of the financial year served although it would be normally paid in cash, pro-rated for time and paid at 
the normal payment date. 

Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under the Company’s share plans will be determined based on the relevant 
plan rules.

The default treatment under the LTIP is that any outstanding awards lapse when the individual leaves the Group. However, in certain prescribed 
circumstances, such as death, ill health, injury or disability, transfer of the employing entity outside of the Group or in other circumstances at 
the discretion of the Committee (except where the Director is summarily dismissed), “good leaver” status may be applied. 

For good leavers, LTIP awards will normally continue until the normal vesting date, or when awards are subject to a holding period, to the 
end of the holding period, although the Committee may allow awards to vest (and be released from any holding periods) as soon as reasonably 
practicable after leaving in the case of death or such other circumstances the Committee considers appropriate. When a good leaver leaves 
holding unvested LTIP awards, the award will vest taking into account the extent to which the performance condition has been satisfied and, 
unless the Committee determines otherwise, the period of time that has elapsed between grant and the date of leaving as a proportion of 
the vesting period.

If a participant of the DSBP leaves the Group for any reason, the award will usually vest in full at the date of cessation, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise.

In the event that a buy-out award is made on recruitment, the leaver provisions would be determined at the time of the award.

Differences in Policy for Executive Directors compared to other employees
The Committee has regard to pay structures across the wider Group when setting the Policy for Executive Directors. The Committee considers 
the general basic salary increase for the broader workforce when determining the annual salary review for the Executive Directors. 

Overall, the Policy for the Executive Directors is more heavily weighted towards performance-related pay than for other employees. 

The level of performance-related pay varies within the Group by grade of employee and is calculated by reference to the specific 
responsibilities of each role as appropriate.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group 
Although pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group are taken into account to ensure the relationship between the pay of 
Executive Directors and employees remains appropriate, the Committee does not consult with employees when formulating the Policy.

Consideration of shareholder views
We take an active interest in shareholder views on our executive remuneration policy. The Committee is also committed to maintaining an 
ongoing dialogue with major shareholders and shareholder representative bodies whenever material changes are under consideration. 
The Committee consulted with shareholders and proxy voting agencies when formulating this Policy.

Approval
This Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 9 October 2019 and signed on its behalf by the 
Remuneration Committee chairman.

Anthony Reading, MBE 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
9 October 2019

90

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Directors’ Report

Introduction
The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 July 2019.

This Directors’ Report includes additional information required to be disclosed under the Companies Act 2006, the Code, the Disclosure, 
Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTRs) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

Certain information required to be included in the Directors’ Report is included in other sections of this Annual Report as follows, which is 
incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report:

 > the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 47

 > the Governance Report on pages 48 to 94

 > information relating to financial instruments, as set out in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements

 > related party transactions as set out in note 29 to the consolidated financial statements.

This Directors’ Report also represents the Management Report for the purpose of compliance with the DTRs.

Corporate structure
Volution Group plc is a public company limited by shares, incorporated in England and Wales, and its shares are traded on the premium 
segment of the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange (LSE: FAN).

Results and dividend
The Group’s results for the year are shown in the statement of comprehensive income on page 102.

An interim dividend of 1.60 pence per share was paid to shareholders on 3 May 2019 and the Directors are recommending a final dividend in 
respect of the financial year ended 31 July 2019 of 3.30 pence per share. If approved, the final dividend will be paid on 18 December 2019 to 
shareholders on the register on 22 November 2019. The total dividend paid and proposed for the year amounts to 4.90 pence per share.

Share capital and related matters
The Company has only one class of share and the rights attached to each share are identical. Details of the rights and obligations attaching 
to the shares are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association which are available from the Company Secretary. The Company may 
refuse to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully paid share. At a general meeting of the Company, every member has one vote 
on a show of hands and on a poll one vote for each share held. Details of the voting procedure, including deadlines for exercising voting 
rights, are set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting 2019.

As at 31 July 2019 the issued share capital of the Company was 200,000,000 ordinary shares of 1 pence each. Details of the share capital 
as at 31 July 2019 are shown in note 25 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Powers of the Directors
The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company including, subject to obtaining the required authority from the shareholders 
in general meeting, the power to authorise the issue of new shares and the purchase of the Company’s shares. At the AGM in 2018, the 
Company was authorised by members to purchase up to a maximum of 19,887,014 of its own shares. During the financial year ended 
31 July 2019, the Directors did not exercise any of the powers to issue or purchase shares in the Company.

Restrictions on transfer and voting rights
There are no general restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than in relation to certain restrictions that are 
imposed from time to time by laws and regulations (for example insider trading laws). Pursuant to the Market Abuse Regulation, Directors 
and certain officers and employees of the Group require the approval of the Company to deal in the ordinary shares of the Company.

Each ordinary share in the capital of the Company ranks equally in all respects. No shareholder holds shares carrying special rights relating 
to the control of the Company. 

The Company has in place certain share incentive plans and details can be found on pages 76 to 79. Awards under the Company’s Long 
Term Incentive Plan and Deferred Share Bonus Plan are normally made on an annual basis and details can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 72 to 90. The Company launched its first invitation under its all-employee Sharesave Scheme in 2018. 

The Company also has an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) in which to hold ordinary shares to satisfy awards under the share incentive plans. 
As at the financial year end on 31 July 2019 and as at the date of this report, there were 1,750,256 ordinary shares held in the EBT. The trustee 
of the EBT has the power to exercise the rights and powers incidental to, and to act in relation to, the ordinary shares subject to the EBT in 
such manner as the trustee in its absolute discretion thinks fit.

The trustee of the EBT has waived the right to receive dividends on any ordinary shares held, except for a nominal amount of 1 pence, other 
than for those ordinary shares held in the EBT which are the beneficial property of an employee or shareholder. For further details on the 
EBT please see note 25 to the consolidated financial statements. The trustee does not vote ordinary shares held in the EBT, except for 
those ordinary shares which are the beneficial property of an employee or shareholder, which the trustee will vote in accordance with the 
instructions received from the beneficial owner.

91

Governance ReportDirectors’ Report continued

Volution Group plc

Substantial shareholdings
As at the date of this report, the Company had been notified, in accordance with the DTRs, of the following interests representing 3% or 
more of the voting rights in the issued share capital of the Company:

Name of holder

PrimeStone Capital LLP

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

FMR LLC

Baillie Gifford & Co

Artemis Investment Management LLP

UBS Global Asset Management

Total holding 
of shares 

% of total
voting rights 

26,130,940

13,496,183

12,731,662

11,343,105

10,087,413

6,413,511

13.18%

6.81%

6.42%

5.72%

5.09%

3.24%

Directors
The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set out on pages 50 and 51. Their interests in the ordinary shares of the Company 
are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 79. Ian Dew retired as Chief Financial Officer and an Executive Director on 31 July 
2019. Andy O’Brien was appointed as Chief Financial Officer and as an Executive Director on 1 August 2019 and his biography is set out on 
page 50. 

Appointment and removal of Directors
Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the Company or by the Board.

All Directors will stand for election or re-election on an annual basis, in line with the recommendations of the Code.

In addition to any powers of removal conferred by the Companies Act 2006, the Company may by special resolution remove any Director 
before the expiration of his period of office.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to indemnify the Directors of the Company against liabilities arising from or in 
connection with the execution of their duties or powers to the extent permitted by law. 

The Company has directors’ and officers’ indemnity insurance in place in respect of each of the Directors. The Company has entered into a 
qualifying third party indemnity (the terms of which are in accordance with the Companies Act 2006) with each of the Directors. Neither the 
indemnity nor insurance provide cover in the event that a Director or officer is proved to have acted fraudulently.

Transactions with related parties
Details of the transactions entered into by the Company with parties who are related to it are set out in note 29 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Change of control
There is one significant agreement to which the Company is a party that is affected by a change of control as follows:

 > the Facilities Agreement dated 15 December 2017 contains provisions to enter into negotiations with the lenders to continue with the 

facilities set out in the agreement upon notification that there will be a change of control. Further details of the Group’s banking facilities 
are shown in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

The provisions of the Company’s share incentive plans may cause options and awards granted to employees under such plans to vest on takeover.

The Company does not have agreements with any Director that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting 
from a change of control.

Amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association
The Company may alter its Articles of Association by special resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders.

Political donations
The Group has not made in the past, nor does it intend to make in the future, any political donations.

Post-balance sheet events
There are no post-balance sheet events.

Going concern
The Company’s statement on going concern can be found on page 29.

92

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Viability Statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (provision C.2.2), the Board assessed the prospects of the Group over a 
longer period than the twelve months required by the going concern provision and the statement is set out on page 29.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 12.00 noon on Thursday 12 December 2019 at the offices of Norton Rose Fulbright LLP, 3 More 
London Riverside, London SE1 2AQ. The Notice of Annual General Meeting and an explanation of the items of non-routine business are set 
out in the explanatory circular that accompanies this Annual Report and Accounts.

Auditor and disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the Directors in office at the date when this Annual Report and Accounts was approved confirms that:

 > so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware

 > the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 

audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Ernst & Young LLP has expressed its willingness to be re-appointed as auditor of the Company. A resolution to re-appoint Ernst & Young 
LLP as the Company’s independent auditor will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

By order of the Board

Michael Anscombe
Company Secretary
9 October 2019

Volution Group plc

Registered office: Fleming Way, Crawley, West Sussex RH10 9YX

Company number: 09041571

93

Governance ReportDirectors’ Responsibility Statement

Volution Group plc

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected 
to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent 
company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

 > select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently

 > make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent

 > state whether the Group and parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU

 > prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent 

company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a strategic report, a directors’ report, a directors’ 
remuneration report and a corporate governance statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of Directors in respect of the Annual Report and the financial statements
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 > the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, 

liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole

 > the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the 

position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face

 > the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders 

to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

Ronnie George
Chief Executive Officer
9 October 2019

Andy O’Brien
Chief Financial Officer 
9 October 2019

94

Governance ReportAnnual Report 2019

Independent Auditor’s Report
To the members of Volution Group plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

 > Volution Group plc’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the financial statements) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 July 2019 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 > the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; 

 > the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 

as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

 > the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and, as regards the 

Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Volution Group plc which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 July 2019

Statement of financial position as at 31 July 2019

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year 
then ended

Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended Statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Related notes 1 to 14 to the financial statements including a 
summary of significant accounting policies

Related notes 1 to 34 to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report 
below. We are independent of the Group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where:

 > the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or

 > the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about the 
Group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months 
from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Overview of our audit approach
Key audit matters

 > The risk of improper revenue recognition through inappropriate manual journal entries and/or customer rebates

 > The risk of management override resulting from inappropriate identification presentation and disclosure of 

exceptional items and/or unauthorised non-standard manual journal entries 

Audit scope

 > We performed an audit of the complete financial information of five components and audit procedures on specific 

balances for a further fourteen components

 > The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 94% of Profit before tax 

and exceptional items, 93% of Revenue and 98% of Total Assets

Materiality

 > Overall Group materiality of £1,247k which represents 5% of Group profit before tax and exceptional items

95

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
To the members of Volution Group plc

Volution Group plc

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Improper revenue recognition through inappropriate 
manual journal entries and/or customer rebates

Our judgement on the risk profile of the Group:

The risk profile has remained stable.

During the year the Group recognised revenue of £235.7 million 
(FY2018: £205.7 million).

We determined that there is risk of material misstatement associated with revenue recognition as revenue is the most significant item in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income and impacts the majority of the key performance indicators of the Group.

Risk

Our response to the risk

The risk of inappropriate 
revenue recognition arises 
from the following:

 > inappropriate recognition 

of sales due to inappropriate 
manual journal entries; and 

 > judgemental customer 
rebate provisions.

We tested the appropriate application of revenue recognition through 
substantively testing a sample of revenue transactions during, 
before and after the period end to identify that revenue was 
recognised appropriately.

For all entities except Simx, Ventair and Oy Pamon we used data analytics, 
to identify recorded transactions that did not align with our expectation 
of the transaction flow. This involved performing three-way 
correlations between revenue, debtors and cash.

We tested customer rebate liabilities through obtaining direct 
confirmation of the sales rebate terms from certain customers and 
reviewing formal agreements with customers where such 
confirmations were not received. We recalculated the expected sales 
rebates for customers and compared these to actual amounts 
recorded by management. We also evaluated whether a consistent 
methodology was applied with the prior year.

We also performed the following:

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

We concluded that:

 > revenue has been 

recognised in accordance 
with IFRS;

 > the occurrence of revenue 

was found to be appropriate;

 > the customer rebate 

liabilities recognised by the 
Group were appropriate; and

 > appropriate disclosure of the 
nature of customer rebates 
is included in the financial 
statements.

 > obtained an understanding of the significant classes of transactions 
impacting revenue and performed walkthroughs to confirm our 
understanding of these transactions and controls in place;

 > evaluated the adequacy of the design of the controls on the 

significant classes of transactions impacting revenue;

 > performed analytical procedures, including a comparison of actual 

revenue against budget and prior year;

 > tested the application of cutoff by obtaining the incoterms, supporting 
sales orders, proof of dispatch and proof of payment for a sample 
of sales transactions across all trading companies in scope; and

 > performed journal entry testing using selected risk-based criteria for 

entries made to revenue.

Instructions to perform the above procedures were issued 
to all full and specific scope locations, which covered 93% 
of consolidated revenue.

Supporting references in the Annual Report and Accounts: The Audit Committee Report (page 65). 

Accounting policies (pages 106 
to 109 and page 111); and note 3 
and note 21 to the consolidated 
financial statements (pages 111 
and 112 and page 135).

96

Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2019

Key audit matters continued
Management override arising from inappropriate 
presentation of exceptional items and/or unauthorised 
non-standard journal entries

The Group reported exceptional operating costs of £1.8 million 
(2018: £6.4 million).

Our judgement on the risk profile of the Group

The risk profile has remained stable.

We determined that exceptional items contain a risk of material misstatement as adjusted performance measures are regularly referred to 
by management in describing the Group’s performance and form the basis of bonuses payable to Executive Directors. The principal areas 
of judgement relates to the identification and disclosure of exceptional operating costs. 

Risk

The risk of management override 
arises as follows:

Our response to the risk

Exceptional items:

 > the presentation of items as 
exceptional when in practice 
the items in question may relate 
to underlying trading activities 
and/or recur from period to 
period; and

 > the posting of unauthorised 
non-standard journal entries 
(including manual journal entries).

 > We obtained and reviewed management’s paper which included 
the assumptions and judgements used for classification of items 
as exceptional. 

 > We identified the key judgements and estimates inherent in 

management’s analysis to determine whether the items presented 
as exceptional meet the criteria defined by management as “material” 
and “non-recurring” and whether they are consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policy. We paid particular focus to management’s 
quantification of costs incurred in relation to the factory relocation.

 > We determined whether the disclosure of exceptional items is 

consistent with the tone suggested by the FRC’s thematic review 
on exceptional items which was concluded in November 2017. 

 > We considered whether the nature and amounts of the exceptional 
operating costs were disclosed transparently to allow the reader to 
understand the performance of the business. 

Unauthorised non-standard journal entries:

 > We made enquiries of management regarding the risks of fraud 
and the controls put in place to address management override.

 > We identified unusual journal entries that exceeded our testing 
thresholds and validated their appropriateness. The audit of 
judgements made in classifying items as exceptional was performed 
by the UK team. Instructions to perform the above procedures for 
unauthorised non-standard journal entries were issued to all full 
and specific scope locations. 

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee 

We concluded that 
the presentation of the 
reported items as exceptional 
is supportable.

We considered whether 
the nature and amount of 
the costs were disclosed 
transparently to allow the 
reader to understand the 
performance of the business 
and concluded that the 
disclosures were sufficient.

Our testing of non-standard 
journal entries raised at 
subsidiary and Group levels 
did not provide evidence 
of any unauthorised or 
inappropriate journal entries.

Supporting references in the Annual Report and Accounts: The Audit Committee Report (page 65).

Accounting policies (page 106); 
and note 5 to the consolidated 
financial statements 
(pages 115 and 116).

In the prior year, our Auditor’s Report included a key audit matter in relation to accounting for acquisitions. In the current year, we have 
reassessed this risk. On 1 March 2019, the Group acquired Ventair Pty Limited (“Ventair”) in Australia for an initial cash consideration of 
approximately £8.7 million; revenue of Ventair included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income amounted to £4.0 million 
which is 1.7% of total Group revenue. This is not considered significant compared to the four acquisitions made by the Group in the prior 
year. Due to the smaller scale of the acquisition activity in the current year, we do not present a separate key audit matter related to the 
accounting for acquisitions.

97

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
To the members of Volution Group plc

Volution Group plc

An overview of the scope of our audit 
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for each 
entity within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We take into account size, 
risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of Group wide controls, changes in the business environment and other factors 
such as recent internal audit results when assessing the level of work to be performed at each entity.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage 
of significant accounts in the financial statements, of the 26 reporting components of the Group, we selected 19 components covering entities 
in New Zealand, Australia, Germany, Belgium, Sweden, Finland and the UK, which represent the principal business units within the Group.

Of the 19 components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of five components (full scope components) 
which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For the remaining 14 components (specific scope components), we performed 
audit procedures on specific accounts within that component that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on the significant 
accounts in the financial statements either because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile. 

We set out below details relating to the coverage of our audit procedures. The audit scope of these components may not have included 
testing of all significant accounts of the component but will have contributed to the coverage of significant accounts tested for the Group.

% of Group profit before 
tax and exceptional items

% of Group revenue

% of Group total assets

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Reporting components where we 
performed audit procedures 

Full scope

Specific scope or specified procedures

94%

57%

37%

93%

57%

36%

93%

51%

42%

94%

53%

41%

98%

81%

17%

94%

57%

36%

Of the remaining seven components that together represent 6% of Group’s Profit Before Tax and exceptional items, none are individually 
greater than 2% of this adjusted Profit Before Tax measure. For these components (“review scope” components), we performed other 
procedures including analytical review, testing of consolidation journals and intercompany eliminations and foreign currency translation 
recalculations to respond to any potential risks of material misstatement to the Group financial statements.

The charts below illustrate the coverage obtained from the work performed by our audit teams.

% contribution to profit before tax 
and exceptional items

% contribution to revenue

% contribution to total assets

29%

32%

6% 51+
8%57+

57%

10%

7%

51%

Full

Review

Specified

Specific

2%

5%

12%

81+

81%

Changes from the prior year 
The Group acquired Ventair Pty Limited in the current financial year. We have performed specific scope audit procedures on this entity for the 
purposes of our Group audit.

The only other change to the scope adopted in the previous year is for Oy Pamon Ab, where in the current financial year we are performing 
specified procedures, whereas the scope for the previous year was review scope.

98

Financial Statements6
+
8
+
29
+
M
2
+
5
+
12
+
M
7
+
10
+
32
+
M
Annual Report 2019

Involvement with component teams 
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each of the 
components by us, as the primary audit engagement team, or by component auditors from other EY global network firms operating under 
our instruction. Of the five full scope components, audit procedures were performed on four of these directly by the primary audit team 
and one by the component audit team. For the 14 specific scope components, where the work was performed by component auditors, we 
determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for 
our opinion on the Group as a whole.

The Group audit engagement partner participated in the closing meetings for all in scope UK and overseas components. For all UK 
components, a senior member of the team also visited the client site. The visits involved discussing the audit approach with the component 
team and any issues arising from their work, meeting with the local management, attending closing meetings in person and reviewing key 
audit working papers in risk areas. For overseas entities which were not physically visited, the primary team interacted regularly with the 
component teams where appropriate during various stages of the audit, reviewed key working papers and were responsible for the scope 
and direction of the audit process. This, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence for 
our opinion on the Group financial statements.

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit 
and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be £1,247k (2018: £1,083k), which is 5% (2018: 5%) of Profit Before Tax and exceptional items. 

We determined materiality for the parent company to be £1,475k (2018: £1,471k), which is 0.5% (2018: 0.5%) of total assets. The materiality 
determined for the standalone parent company financial statements exceeds the Group materiality as it is determined on a different basis 
given the nature of the operations. For the purposes of the audit of the Group financial statements, our procedures, including those on 
balances in the parent company, are undertaken with reference to the Group materiality and performance materiality set out in this report.

Group materiality:

 > Pre-tax earnings of £23,140k

 > Add back exceptional costs of £1,801k

Starting 
basis

Adjustments

 > Totals £24,941k

Materiality

 > Materiality of £1,247k (5% of materiality basis)

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality and made changes to the above calculation to align with the Group’s actual 
reported results.

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that 
performance materiality was 75% (2018: 75%) of our planning materiality, namely £935k (2018: £812k). We have set performance materiality 
at this percentage due to the active implementation of controls and procedures to address comments raised in the internal auditor’s reports 
and our internal control observations. We also gave consideration to our low expectation of audit differences based on recent experience.

99

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report continued
To the members of Volution Group plc

Volution Group plc

Our application of materiality continued
Performance materiality continued
Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is undertaken 
based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale 
and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current year, 
the range of performance materiality allocated to components was £160k to £588k (2018: £256k to £470k). 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £62k (2018: £54k), which is 
set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report and Accounts other than the financial statements and our 
Auditor’s Report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears 
to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 > the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

 > the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
 > In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and its environment obtained during the audit, 

we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 > adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

 > the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

 > certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 > we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 94, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

100

Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2019

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the 
basis of these financial statements. 

Explanation as to what extent the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
The objectives of our audit, in respect to fraud, are: to identify and 
assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements 
due to fraud; to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding 
the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud, through 
designing and implementing appropriate responses; and to respond 
appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit. 
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection 
of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the entity 
and management. 

Our approach was as follows: 

 > We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined 
that the most significant are those that relate to the reporting 
framework (IFRS, the Companies Act 2006 and UK Corporate 
Governance Code) and the relevant tax compliance regulations 
in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates. There are no 
significant industry specific laws or regulations that we 
considered in determining our approach.

 > We understood how Volution Group plc is complying with those 
frameworks by making enquiries with management, internal audit, 
those responsible for legal and compliance procedures and the 
Company Secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through 
our review of Board minutes and papers provided to the Audit 
Committee. Our assessment included the tone from the top 
and the emphasis on a culture of honest and ethical behaviour.

 > We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements 
to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by 
meeting with management to understand where it considered 
performance targets and their propensity to influence on efforts 
made by management to manage earnings. We considered the 
programmes and the controls which the Group has established 
to address risks identified or that otherwise prevent, deter and 
detect fraud and how senior management monitors these 
programmes and controls.

 > Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures 
to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. 
Our procedures were focused on revenue recognition, which is 
discussed in our key audit matters, and journal entry testing. 

 > Our procedures were communicated to and performed by our 

component teams.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

Other matters we are required to address
 > Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we 

were appointed as auditor by the Board of Directors and signed 
an engagement letter on 3 September 2019. We were appointed 
by the company at the AGM on 12 December 2018 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2019 and 
subsequent financial periods. 

 > The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous 
renewals and re-appointments is six years, covering the years 
ending 31 July 2014 to 31 July 2019.

 > The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided to the Group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the Group and the parent company in 
conducting the audit. 

 > The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the 

Audit Committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Andy Smyth (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
9 October 2019

Notes:
1. 

 The maintenance and integrity of the Volution Group plc website is the 
responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditor does not 
involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditor accepts 
no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the financial 
statements since they were initially presented on the website.

2. 

 Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

101

Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Revenue from contracts with customers

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative and distribution expenses 

Operating profit before exceptional items

Exceptional operating costs

Release of contingent consideration

Operating profit 

Finance revenue

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Income tax 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

(Loss)/gain on hedge of net investment in foreign operations

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Volution Group plc

Notes

2019
£000

3

235,698

(124,619)

2018
£000

205,676

(109,053)

5

5

6

6

10

111,079

(84,616)

26,463

(1,801)

—

24,662

621

(2,143)

23,140

(4,913)

18,227

2,303

(303)

2,000

20,227

11

11

9.2p

9.2p

96,623

(74,193)

22,430

(6,417)

1,502

17,515

852

(1,630)

16,737

(3,414)

13,323

(2,075)

1,691

(384)

12,939

6.7p

6.7p

102

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
At 31 July 2019

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets – goodwill

Intangible assets – others

Current assets

Inventories

Right of return assets

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Cash and short-term deposits

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Refund liabilities

Income tax

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Treasury shares

Capital reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Notes

2019
£000

2018
£000

12

13

14

17

3

18

19

20

21

3

22

24

23

22

24

26

25

25

23,758

118,183

95,126

237,067

35,585

430

42,199

907

11,547

90,668

22,611

112,682

104,124

239,417

30,136

—

38,873

302

18,221

87,532

327,735

326,949

(38,807)

(7,529)

(279)

(318)

(1,398)

(45,689)

—

(1,410)

—

(1,004)

(48,331)

(48,103)

(85,391)

(94,605)

(1,501) 

(384)

(1,144)

(384)

(16,019)

(17,500)

(103,295)

(113,633)

(151,626)

(161,736)

176,109

165,213

2,000

11,527

(2,030)

93,855

1,745

3,507

65,505

176,109

2,000

11,527

(1,962)

93,855

1,836

1,507

56,450

165,213

The consolidated financial statements of Volution Group plc (registered number: 09041571) were approved by the Board of Directors 
and authorised for issue on 9 October 2019.

On behalf of the Board

Ronnie George 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andy O’Brien
Chief Financial Officer

103

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Volution Group plc

Share
premium
£000

Treasury
shares 
£000

Capital
reserve
£000

Share-based
payment
reserve
£000

Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
£000

Retained
earnings
£000

Total
£000

11,527

(2,027)

93,855

1,289

1,891

51,598

160,133

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

65

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

547

—

—

(384)

(384)

—

—

13,323

13,323

—

(384)

13,323

12,939

—

612

(8,471)

(8,471)

Share
capital
£000

2,000

—

—

—

—

—

2,000

11,527

(1,962)

93,855

1,836

1,507

56,450

165,213

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

—

(1,199)

1,131

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1,043)

952 

—

2,000

2,000

—

—

—

—

—

18,227

18,227

2,000

—

18,227

20,227

—

(88)

—

(1,199)

—

952

(9,084) 

(9,084)

At 1 August 2017

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payment 
including tax

Dividends paid

At 31 July 2018

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive income

Purchase of own shares

Vesting of shares

Share-based payment 
including tax

Dividends paid

At 31 July 2019

2,000

11,527

(2,030)

93,855

1,745

3,507

65,505

176,109

Treasury shares 
The treasury shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Volution Group plc purchased in the market and held by the Volution Employee 
Benefit Trust to satisfy obligations under the Group’s share incentive schemes.

Capital reserve
The capital reserve is the difference in share capital and reserves arising from the use of the pooling of interest method for preparation of the 
financial statements in 2014. This is a non-distributable reserve.

Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to key management 
personnel, as part of their remuneration. Refer to note 32 for further detail of these plans.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries into GBP are included in the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The Group hedges some of its exposure to its net investment in foreign operations; foreign exchange gains and losses relating 
to the effective portion of the net investment hedge are accounted for by entries made to other comprehensive income. No hedge 
ineffectiveness has been recognised in the statement of comprehensive income for any of the periods presented.

Retained earnings
The parent company of the Group, Volution Group plc, had distributable retained earnings at 31 July 2019 of £82,335,000 (2018: £72,214,000). 

104

Financial Statements 
Annual Report 2019

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Operating activities

Profit for the year after tax

Adjustments to reconcile profit for the year to net cash flow 
from operating activities:

Income tax 

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Exceptional items

Release of contingent consideration

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

Finance revenue

Finance costs

Exceptional write off of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinancing

Share-based payment expense

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Working capital adjustments:

Decrease in trade receivables and other assets

Increase in inventories

Exceptional items: fair value of inventories

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Movement in provisions

Cash generated by operations

UK income tax paid

Overseas income tax paid

Net cash flow generated from operating activities

Investing activities

Payments to acquire intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Interest received

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Financing activities

Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Proceeds from new borrowings 

Issue costs of new borrowings

Interest paid

Dividends paid

Purchase of own shares

Notes

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

18,227

13,323

5

6

6

6

12

14

14

12

16

4,913

(76)

1,801

—

(1,486)

(621)

2,143

—

895

3,272

16,594

10

(2,756)

—

(1,955)

221

41,182

(3,900)

(5,422)

31,860

(1,836)

(4,180)

218

3,414

218

6,417

(1,502)

(5,368)

(852)

1,310

320

475

3,031

15,605

1,104

(2,193)

(616)

887

(905)

34,668

(4,952)

(3,956)

25,760

(1,898)

(4,635)

256

(8,417)

(40,985)

16

14

(14,199)

(47,248)

(29,609)

17,500

(180)

(1,913)

(9,084)

(1,199)

(24,485)

(6,824)

18,221

150

11,547

(67,869)

103,474

(954)

(843)

(8,471)

—

25,337

3,849

14,499

(127)

18,221

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

20

Volution Group plc (the Company) is a public limited company and is incorporated and domiciled in the UK (registered number: 09041571). 
The share capital of the Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange. The address of its registered office is Fleming Way, Crawley, 
West Sussex RH10 9YX.

105

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Volution Group plc

1. Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) adopted by the European Union and the Companies Act 2006. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies under the relevant notes.

The preparation of the consolidated financial information in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates 
and requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. Accounting policies, including 
critical accounting judgements and estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements, are described in the specific note to which 
they relate.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in GBP and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000), except as 
otherwise indicated.

The financial information includes all subsidiaries. The results of subsidiaries are included from the date on which effective control is acquired 
up to the date control ceases to exist.

Subsidiaries are controlled by the parent (in each relevant period) regardless of the amount of shares owned. Control exists when the parent has 
the power, either directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting periods using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany 
transactions and balances, including unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, have been eliminated on consolidation.

Going concern
The Group’s Strategic Report on page 29 shows the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Directors 
have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence in the foreseeable future, for the period not less than twelve months from the date of this report.

In December 2018, the Group exercised the option to extend its multicurrency revolving credit facility by a period of twelve months at a cost 
of £0.2 million; the maturity date is now 15 December 2022.

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each subsidiary are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
entity operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the Group financial statements, the results and financial position of each entity 
are expressed in GBP (£000), which is the functional currency of the Company and the presentational currency of the Group.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign 
currencies) are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary 
items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period. 

Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the initial transaction. 
Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date the fair value was determined.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial information, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are expressed in 
GBP using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for 
the period. Exchange differences arising are classified as other comprehensive income and are transferred to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. All other translation differences are taken to profit and loss with the exception of differences on foreign currency borrowings to the 
extent that they are used to finance or provide a hedge against Group equity investments in foreign operations, in which case they are taken 
to other comprehensive income together with the exchange difference on the net investment in these operations.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 

The significant judgements, estimates and assumptions made in these financial statements relate to: Exceptional items (note 5), Intangible 
assets – goodwill (note 13), Intangible assets – other (note 14), Impairment assessment of goodwill (note 15) and Refund liabilities arising 
from retrospective volume rebates (note 3).

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision 
affects both current and future periods.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities within the next financial year are described under 
the relevant notes.

The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when these financial statements were prepared. Existing circumstances 
and assumptions about future developments, however, may change due to market changes or circumstances arising beyond the control 
of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

106

Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2019

1. Basis of preparation continued
New standards and interpretations 
The following standards and interpretations are new or amended and have been effective for the first time in the year ended 31 July 2019.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments was issued in July 2014 and replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

The Group applied IFRS 9 prospectively, with an initial application date of 1 August 2018. The Group has not restated the comparative 
information, which continues to be reported under IAS 39. Differences arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 were not material therefore no 
adjustment has been made to opening retained earnings or other components of equity. 

IFRS 9 has introduced changes to the accounting for impairment of financial assets, which has resulted in the Group moving away from an 
incurred loss model to an expected credit loss (ECL) model. The revised standard has impacted the way in which the Group calculates the 
ECL, however the impact is not material, detailed information can be found in note 18, Trade and other receivables.

IFRS 9 has also impacted the classification of the Group’s Trade receivables. Trade receivables classified as loans and receivables as at 
31 July 2018 are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows representing solely payments of principal and interest. 
These are classified and measured as debt instruments at amortised cost beginning 1 August 2018. 

The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 supersedes IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue and related Interpretations and it applies, with limited exceptions, to 
all revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 establishes a five-step model to account for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers and requires that revenue be recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in 
exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. 

IFRS 15 requires entities to exercise judgement, taking into consideration all of the relevant facts and circumstances when applying each 
step of the model to contracts with their customers. The standard also specifies the accounting for the incremental costs of obtaining a 
contract and the costs directly related to fulfilling a contract. In addition, the standard requires extensive disclosures. 

The Group adopted IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method of adoption with the date of initial application of 1 August 2018. 
Under this method, the standard can be applied either to all contracts at the date of initial application or only to contracts that are not 
completed at this date. The Group elected to apply the standard only to contracts that are not completed as at 1 August 2018. 

The cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 15 is recognised at the date of initial application as an adjustment to the opening balance 
of retained earnings, however as the effect was not material no adjustment has been made. Therefore, the comparative information was not 
restated and continues to be reported under IAS 11, IAS 18 and related Interpretations. 

The effect of adopting IFRS 15 as at 1 August 2018 was as follows:

Assets

Right of return assets

Trade and other receivables

Total

Liabilities

Refund liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total

Total adjustments on equity

Retained earnings

Reference

Increase/
(decrease)

a)

a)

a)

a)

a)

430

660

1,090

6,854

(5,764)

1,090

—

Set out below are the amounts by which each financial statement line item is affected as at and for the year ended 31 July 2019 as a result 
of the adoption of IFRS 15. The adoption of IFRS 15 did not have any impact on OCI or the Group’s operating, investing and financing cash 
flows. The first column shows amounts prepared under IFRS 15 and the second column shows what the amounts would have been had 
IFRS 15 not been adopted.

107

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Basis of preparation continued
New standards and interpretations continued
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers continued

Sale of goods

Installation services

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 July 2019:

Current assets

Right of return assets

Trade and other receivables

Total current assets

Current liabilities

Refund liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Net assets

Total equity

Volution Group plc

Amounts prepared under

Reference

IFRS 15
£000

Previous IFRS
£000

b)

b) 

233,612

2,086

231,332

4,366

235,698

235,698

Amounts prepared under

Reference

IFRS 15
£000

Previous IFRS
£000

a)

a)

a)

a)

430

42,199

90,668

7,529

38,807

48,331

176,109

176,109

—

41,582

89,621

—

45,289

47,284

176,109

176,109

Increase/
(decrease)
£000

2,280

(2,280)

—

Increase/
(decrease)
£000

430

617

1,047

7,529

(6,482)

1,047

—

—

(a) Sale of equipment with variable consideration

Some contracts for the sale of equipment provide customers with a right of return and volume rebates. Before adopting IFRS 15, the Group 
recognised revenue from the sale of goods measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable net of volume rebates. 
If revenue could not be reliably measured, the Group deferred recognition of revenue until the uncertainty was resolved. Under IFRS 15, 
rights of return and volume rebates give rise to variable consideration.

Rights of return

When a contract provides a customer with a right to return the goods within a specified period, the Group previously estimated expected 
returns using a probability-weighted average amount approach similar to the expected value method under IFRS 15. Before the adoption 
of IFRS 15, the gross margin impact related to the expected returns was deferred and recognised in the statement of financial position 
within trade and other payables with a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales. No adjustment was made to inventories to account for the 
potential return assets. Under IFRS 15, the consideration received from the customer is variable because the contract allows the customer 
to return the products. The Group used the expected value method to estimate the goods that will not be returned. For goods expected to 
be returned, the Group presented revenue net of the expected returns with a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales, a refund liability 
and an asset for the right to recover products from a customer separately in the statement of financial position. 

Upon adoption of IFRS 15, the Group reclassified provisions of £660,000, which were previously offset against trade and other receivables to 
refund liabilities as at 1 August 2018. In addition, the remeasurement resulted in additional refund liabilities of £430,000 and right of return 
assets of £430,000 as at 1 August 2019. 

As at 31 July 2019, IFRS 15 increased right of return assets, trade and other receivables and refund liabilities by £430,000, £617,000 and 
£1,047,000 respectively. 

Volume rebates

Before adoption of IFRS 15, the Group estimated the expected volume rebates using the probability-weighted average amount of rebates 
approach and included an allowance for rebates in trade and other payables.

Under IFRS 15, retrospective volume rebates give rise to variable consideration. To estimate the variable consideration to which it will be 
entitled, the Group applied the “expected value method” for contracts with more than one volume threshold. Upon adoption of IFRS 15, the 
Group recognised refund liabilities of £5,764,000 for the expected future rebates payable as at 1 August 2018 and removed the corresponding 
provision previously included in trade and other payables.

As at 31 July 2019, IFRS 15 increased refund liabilities by £6,482,000 and decreased trade and other payables by a corresponding amount. 

108

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
Annual Report 2019

1. Basis of preparation continued
New standards and interpretations continued
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers continued

(b) Bundled sales of equipment and installation services

Before the adoption of IFRS 15, the Group accounted for the equipment and installation service as non-separable deliverables within 
bundled sales and disclosed the total revenue generated as revenue from rendering of services. 

Under IFRS 15, the Group assessed that there were two performance obligations in a contract for bundled sales of equipment and installation 
services and performed a re-allocation of the transaction price based on their relative stand-alone selling prices for the equipment and the 
cost plus margin approach for the installation services, which decreased the amount allocated to installation services.

For the year ended 31 July 2019 the adoption of IFRS 15 increased revenue from the sale of goods by £2,280,000 and decreased revenue 
from installation services by a corresponding amount.

The following standards and interpretations have an effective date after the date of these financial statements.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 Leases was issued in January 2017 to replace IAS 17 Leases. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019 and will be adopted by the Group on 1 August 2019. 

IFRS 16 will result in almost all leases being recognised on the balance sheet as the distinction between operating leases and finance leases 
is removed. Under the new standard, a right-of-use asset and a financial liability for the future lease payments are recognised. 

The Group will apply the standard from 1 August 2019 and will apply the modified retrospective transition approach. We will adopt some of the 
available practical expedients which are:

 > “grandfather”, our previous assessment of which existing contracts are, or contain, leases; and

 > not applying the new lessee accounting model to short-term or low-value leases, for which we will continue to recognise the related 

lease payments as an expense on a straight line basis over the lease.

When applying IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach, we will not restate comparative information. Instead, we will recognise 
the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to equity at the date of initial application, 1 August 2019. Under the 
modified retrospective approach we will recognise the right-of-use (ROU) asset and the lease liability as follows:

 > For leases currently classified as operating leases:

 > ROU asset – as if IFRS 16 had always been applied (but using the incremental borrowing rate, applicable to the lease, at the date 

of initial application).

 > Lease liability – present value of remaining lease payments using the incremental borrowing rate, applicable to the lease, at the date 

of initial application.

Impact of adoption of IFRS 16 Leases

Statement of financial position

Upon transition on 1 August 2019, the Group will recognise a right-of-use lease asset in the range of £17.6 million to £22.9 million and lease 
liabilities in the range of £19.1 million (non-current £17.2 million; current £1.9 million) to £23.7 million (non-current £21.2 million; current £2.5 
million), there is an impact on deferred tax due to the temporary difference arising, although this is not expected to be material. A transition 
adjustment in the range of £1.5 million to £0.8 million will be recognised as a debit to retained earnings. The Group will not capitalise low-value 
leases on transition, or those which expire before 31 July 2020. The right-of-use asset principally consists of property.

Statement of comprehensive income

Under IFRS 16 the Group will see a different pattern of expense within the statement of comprehensive income, as the IAS 17 operating lease 
expense is replaced by depreciation and interest charges. In the financial year to 31 July 2020 the Group’s EBITDA will improve by an estimated 
£2.9 million. However, the new finance costs together with the depreciation expense have a negative impact on the Group’s profit before tax 
such that the underlying earnings are in the range of £0.3 million to £0.1 million lower. 

Statement of cash flows

The change in presentation as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 will see an improvement in cash flows generated from operating activities, 
offset by a corresponding decline in cash flow generated from financing activities. There is no overall cash flow impact from the adoption of 
the new standard.

Other new standards or interpretations in issue, but not yet effective, are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s net assets 
or results.

109

Financial StatementsVolution Group plc

2. Adjusted earnings 
The Board and key management personnel use some alternative performance measures to track and assess the underlying performance 
of the business. These measures include adjusted operating profit and adjusted profit before tax. These measures are deemed more 
appropriate as they remove income and expenditure which is not directly related to the ongoing trading of the business. Such alternative 
performance measures are not defined terms under IFRS and may not be comparable with similar measures disclosed by other companies. 
Likewise, these measures are not a substitute for IFRS measures of profit. A reconciliation of these measures of performance to the 
corresponding reported figure is shown below.

Profit after tax

Add back:

Exceptional operating costs (note 5) 

CFO succession costs

Reversal of contingent consideration (note 5)

Net gain on financial instruments at fair value

Exceptional write off of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinance (note 6)

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets acquired through business combinations

Tax effect of the above

Adjusted profit after tax

Add back:

Adjusted tax charge

Adjusted profit before tax

Add back:

Interest payable on bank loans and amortisation of financing costs

Finance revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Add back:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of development costs, software and patents

Adjusted EBITDA

For definitions of terms referred to above see note 34, Glossary of terms.

2019
£000

18,227

1,801

150

—

(605)

—

15,439

(3,354)

31,658

8,267

39,925

2,143

(16)

2018
£000

13,323

6,417

—

(1,502)

(838)

320

14,670

(3,598)

28,792

7,012

35,804

1,310

(14)

42,052

37,100

3,272

1,155

46,479

3,031

935

41,066

110

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

3. Revenue from contracts with customers

Accounting policy
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when the control of goods or services is transferred to the customer at an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services.

Sale of ventilation products

Revenue from the sale of ventilation products is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the buyer, 
usually on the delivery of the goods.

The Group considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion 
of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g. warranties and volume rebates). In determining the transaction price for the sale 
of ventilation products, the Group considers the effects of variable consideration (if any).

Volume rebates

The Group provides retrospective volume rebates to certain customers once the quantity of products purchased during the period 
exceeds a threshold specified in the contract. To estimate the variable consideration for the expected future rebates, the Group applies 
the expected value method for contracts with more than one volume threshold. The Group then applies the requirements on constraining 
estimates of variable consideration and recognises a liability for the expected future rebates.

Before including any amount of variable consideration in the transaction price, the Group considers whether the amount of variable 
consideration is constrained. The Group determined that the estimates of variable consideration are not constrained, other than with 
respect to volume rebates, based on its historical experience, business forecast and the current economic conditions. In addition, the 
uncertainty on the variable consideration will be resolved within a short timeframe.

Warranty obligations

The Group typically provides warranties for general repairs of defects that existed at the time of sale. These assurance-type warranties 
are accounted for under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. Refer to the accounting policy on warranty 
provisions in note 24, Provisions.

Installation services

The Group provides installation services that are bundled together with the sale of equipment to a customer.

Contracts for bundled sales of equipment and installation services are comprised of two performance obligations because the promises 
to transfer equipment and provide installation services are capable of being distinct and separately identifiable. Accordingly, the Group 
allocates the transaction price based on the relative stand-alone selling prices of the equipment and the cost plus margin approach for 
installation services.

The Group recognises revenue from installation services at a point in time after the service has been performed; this is because installation 
of the ventilation equipment is generally over a small timeframe. Revenue from the sale of the ventilation equipment is recognised at a 
point in time, generally upon delivery of the equipment.

Contract balances
Contract assets

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods and services transferred to the customer. A contract asset is 
recognised when the Group transfers goods or services to the customer before the customer pays consideration. There is no contract 
asset included within the statement of financial position as revenue is recognised at a point in time, after installation. Consideration is 
recognised immediately as a receivable and is unconditional (only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is 
due). The Group’s accounting policy on trade receivables is detailed in note 18.

Contract liabilities

There are no contract liabilities recognised in the comparative period or in the financial year ending 31 July 2019.

111

Financial StatementsVolution Group plc

2019 
£000

233,612

2,086

2018 
£000

200,665

5,011

235,698

205,676

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

39,356

27,795

34,856

9,924

46,995

30,990

22,176

38,166

25,604

33,474

12,510

36,692

28,466

8,182

212,092

183,094

23,606

22,582

235,698

205,676

2019 
£000

430

6,482

1,047

7,529

2018 
£000

—

—

—

—

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 July 2019

3. Revenue from contracts with customers continued
Revenue recognised in the statement of comprehensive income is analysed below:

Sale of goods

Installation services

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Market sectors

Ventilation Group

UK Residential RMI

UK New Build Residential Systems

UK Commercial

UK Export

Nordics

Central Europe

Australasia

Total Ventilation Group

Original Equipment Manufacturer (Torin-Sifan)

OEM (Torin-Sifan)

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Right of return assets and refund liabilities

Right of return assets

Refund liabilities

Arising from retrospective volume rebates

Arising from rights of return

112

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

4. Segmental analysis

Accounting policy
The method of identifying reporting segments is based on internal management reporting information that is regularly reviewed by the 
chief operating decision maker, which is considered to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Group.

In identifying its operating segments, management follows the Group’s market sectors. These are Ventilation UK, Ventilation Nordics, 
Ventilation Central Europe, Ventilation Australasia and OEM (Torin-Sifan). Operating segments that provide ventilation services have 
been aggregated as they have similar economic characteristics, assessed by reference to the gross margins of the segments. In addition, 
the segments are similar in relation to the nature of products, services and production processes, type of customer, method for distribution 
and regulatory environment. The Group is considered to have two reportable segments: Ventilation Group and OEM (Torin-Sifan).

The measure of revenue reported to the chief operating decision maker to assess performance is total revenue for each operating 
segment. The measure of profit reported to the chief operating decision maker to assess performance is adjusted operating profit 
(see note 34 for definition) for each operating segment. Gross profit and the analysis below segment profit is additional voluntary 
information and not “segment information” prepared in accordance with IFRS 8.

Finance revenue and costs are not allocated to individual operating segments as the underlying instruments are managed on a 
Group basis. 

Total assets and liabilities are not disclosed as this information is not provided by operating segment to the chief operating decision 
maker on a regular basis.

Transfer prices between operating segments are on an arm’s length basis on terms similar to transactions with third parties.

Year ended 31 July 2019

Revenue from contracts 
with customers

External customers

Inter-segment

Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

Gross profit

Results

Ventilation
Group
£000

OEM
£000

Unallocated
£000

Total
£000

Eliminations
£000

Consolidated
£000

212,092

22,282

23,606

1,625

234,374

25,231

104,991

6,088

—

—

—

—

235,698

—

235,698

23,907

(23,907)

— 

259,605

(23,907)

235,698

111,079

Adjusted segment EBITDA

44,661

3,871

(2,053)

46,479

Depreciation and amortisation of  
development costs, software and patents

(3,168)

(662)

(597)

(4,427)

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

41,493

3,209

(2,650)

42,052

Amortisation of intangible assets acquired 
through business combinations

Exceptional items

CFO succession costs

Operating profit/(loss)

Unallocated expenses

Net finance cost

(14,081)

(1,801)

—

(1,358)

—

—

— 

—

(150) 

(15,439)

(1,801)

(150)

25,611

1,851

(2,800)

24,662

—

—

(1,522)

(1,522)

Profit/(loss) before tax

25,611

1,851

(4,322)

23,140

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

111,079

46,479

(4,427)

42,052

(15,439)

(1,801)

(150)

24,662

(1,522) 

23,140 

113

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

OEM
£000

Unallocated
£000

Total
£000

Eliminations
£000

Consolidated
£000

22,582

1,403

23,985

6,882

—

—

—

—

205,676

20,735

226,411

96,623

4. Segmental analysis continued

Year ended 31 July 2018

Revenue

External customers

Inter-segment

Total revenue

Gross profit

Results

Ventilation
Group
£000

183,094

19,332

202,426

89,741

Adjusted segment EBITDA

38,168

4,454

(1,556)

41,066

Depreciation and amortisation of  
development costs, software and patents

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Amortisation of intangible assets acquired 
through business combinations

Exceptional items

Operating profit/(loss)

Unallocated expenses

Net finance cost

Exceptional write off of unamortised 
loan issue costs upon refinancing of 
our bank facility

(2,814)

35,354

(13,312)

(4,915)

17,127

—

—

(607)

3,847

(1,358)

—

2,489

—

—

Profit/(loss) before tax

17,127

2,489

(545)

(2,101)

—

—

(3,966)

37,100

(14,670)

(4,915)

(2,101)

17,515

(458)

(458)

(320)

(2,879)

(320)

16,737

Geographic information

Revenue from external customers by customer destination

United Kingdom

Europe (excluding United Kingdom and Sweden)

Sweden

Australasia

Rest of the world

—

205,676

(20,735)

—

(20,735)

205,676

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2019 
£000

114,017

71,912

22,929

22,375

4,465

96,623

41,066

(3,966)

37,100

(14,670)

(4,915)

17,515

(458)

(320)

16,737

2018 
£000

108,133

59,239

26,003

8,906

3,395

Total revenue from contracts with customers

235,698

205,676

Non-current assets excluding deferred tax

United Kingdom

Europe (excluding United Kingdom and Nordics)

Nordics

Australasia

Total 

2019 
£000

158,611

13,578

26,028

38,850

237,067

2018 
£000

142,859

26,698

33,227

36,633

239,417

Information about major customers
Annual revenue from no individual customer accounts for more than 10% of Group revenue in either the current or prior year.

114

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

5. Exceptional items

Accounting policy
The Group discloses exceptional items by virtue of their nature, size or incidence to allow a better understanding of the underlying 
trading performance of the Group. Exceptional items include, but are not limited to, significant restructuring costs, acquisition and 
related integration and earn-out costs, fair value adjustments as a result of acquisitions and material gains or losses on disposal 
of property, plant and equipment.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Group identifies an item of expense or income as exceptional when, in management’s judgement, the underlying event giving rise 
to the exceptional item is deemed to be non-recurring in its nature, size or incidence such that Group results would be distorted without 
specific reference to the event in question. To enable the full impact of an exceptional item to be understood, the tax impact is disclosed 
and it is presented separately in the statement of cash flows.

Exceptional items

Acquisition-related costs, including inventory fair value adjustments

UK Ventilation re-organisation including factory relocation costs

Exceptional operating costs

Reversal of contingent consideration 

Total tax relating to exceptional items for the year

2019 
£000

546

1,255

1,801

—

1,801

(375)

1,426

2018 
£000

1,451

4,966

6,417

(1,502)

4,915

(832)

4,083

Acquisition-related costs, including inventory fair value adjustments
Professional fees incurred in respect of acquisitions totalled £230,000 and £316,000 contingent consideration for the acquisition of 
Oy Pamon Ab. Professional fees incurred in respect of acquisitions in the prior year totalled £835,000; other fees incurred in respect of 
acquisitions in the prior year totalled £616,000.

UK Ventilation re-organisation including factory relocation costs
We have previously reported the cost of a factory relocation project, which related to the rationalising of some of our manufacturing 
capacity in the UK and commenced in 2017, as exceptional. The affected UK manufacturing locations are Reading, Slough and Lasham. 
During FY2018 we extended the factory relocation project to be a wider re-organisation and management rationalisation of our 
UK Ventilation business.

A breakdown of the costs is as follows:

Legal and professional fees

Project manager

Redundancy-related costs

Stock write off

Fixed asset write off

Site clearance and closure

Dual running costs

Start-up costs

Total

2019 
£000

301

45

—

—

—

—

89

820

1,255

2018 
£000

359

153

121

76

85

627

1,015

2,530

4,966

Start-up costs include costs and production variances incurred as a result of the disruption during the transition period when machinery, 
inventory and people were in the process of relocating to the new factory and were therefore not operating efficiently.

Legal and professional fees include fees paid to consultants to minimise disruption during the transition period and fees payable for 
professional advice in relation to the wider re-organisation and management rationalisation.

Dual running costs include the duplicate costs as a result of operating three factories and a temporary warehousing facility whilst machinery, 
inventories and people were moving from the two existing facilities to the single new factory.

115

Financial Statements 
 
 
Volution Group plc

5. Exceptional items continued
Reversal of contingent consideration
During the year reversal of contingent consideration was £nil (2018: £1.5 million).

It was deemed that the items allowable for or chargeable to tax were approximately £1,729,000 (2018: £4,378,000), with a tax benefit 
of £375,000 (2018: £832,000).

6. Finance revenue and costs

Accounting policy
Finance revenue 

Finance revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts 
estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to its net carrying amount.

Net financing costs

Net financing costs comprise interest income on funds invested, gains/losses on the disposal of financial instruments, changes in the 
fair value of financial instruments, interest expense on borrowings and foreign exchange gains/losses. Interest income and expense is 
recognised as it accrues in the statement of comprehensive income using the effective interest method.

Finance revenue

Net gain on financial instruments at fair value 

Interest receivable 

Total finance revenue

Finance costs

Interest payable on bank loans 

Amortisation of finance costs

Exceptional write off of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinancing of our bank facility

Other interest

Total interest expense

Total finance costs

Net finance costs

2019 
£000

605

16

621

(1,875)

(230)

—

(38)

(2,143)

(2,143)

(1,522)

2018 
£000

838

14

852

(1,017)

(236)

(320)

(57)

(1,630)

(1,630)

(778)

The net loss or gain on financial instruments at each year-end date relates to the measurement of fair value of the financial derivatives and 
the Group recognises any finance losses or gains immediately within net finance costs. The fair value of the Group’s financial derivatives 
can be found in note 19.

116

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

7. Staff costs

Accounting policy
Pensions

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period they become 
payable. The cost charged to the statement of comprehensive income of providing retirement pensions for employees represents the 
amounts paid by the Group to various defined contribution pension schemes operated by the Group in the financial period.

Staff costs

Wages and salaries 

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payment charge (see note 32)

2019 
£000

52,191

5,820

2,302

895

2018 
£000

46,260

5,846

1,810

475

61,208

54,391

Other pension costs relate to the Group’s contribution to defined contribution pension plans. Total contributions payable in the next financial 
year are expected to be at rates broadly similar to those in 2018/19 but based on actual salary levels in 2019/20.

Average monthly number of employees in the year

Production 

Sales and administration

Directors’ remuneration

Amounts paid in respect of qualifying services

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration

Aggregate Directors’ pension scheme contributions

In respect of the highest paid Director

Aggregate Director’s remuneration

Aggregate Director’s pension scheme contributions

2019 
Number

793

886

1,679

2019 
£000

1,561

91

939

54

2018 
Number

754

863

1,617

2018 
£000

1,423

87

845

52

The number of Directors accruing benefits under Group money purchase pension arrangements was nil (2018: nil).

The Group also incurred fees and expenses of £359,000 (2018: £336,000) in respect of Peter Hill, Tony Reading, Paul Hollingworth, Claire 
Tiney and Amanda Mellor for their services as Non-Executive Directors.

117

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

8. Other operating expenses

Accounting policy
The Group’s research and development concentrates on the development of new products. Research and development costs that are 
not eligible for capitalisation have been expensed in the period incurred and are disclosed in the table below.

Cost of sales, distribution costs and administrative expenses include the following:

Cost of sales

Costs of inventories recognised as expenses

Operating lease expense

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Administrative and distribution expenses

Research and development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Operating lease expense

Net foreign exchange differences

(Gain)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

2019 
£000

2018 
£000

121,050

106,449

2,094

1,475

3,904

1,797

16,594

1,909

(107)

(76)

1,371

1,233

3,404

1,798

15,605

1,786

(102)

218

9. Auditor’s remuneration
The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, and its member firms in respect of the audit of the financial statements 
and for other services provided to the Group:

Audit services

Fees for the audit of the parent and Group financial statements

Fees for local statutory audits of subsidiaries

Non-audit services

Fees payable for interim review

2019 
£000

196

319

45

560

2018 
£000

162

300

26

488

118

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

10. Income tax

Accounting policy
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or payable to, the taxation authorities. 
The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted at the reporting date.

The Group’s deferred tax policy can be found in note 26.

(a) Income tax charges against profit for the year

Current income tax

Current UK income tax expense

Current foreign income tax expense

Tax credit relating to the prior year

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of changes in the tax rate

Tax charge relating to the prior year

Total deferred tax

Net tax charge reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

(b) Income tax recognised in equity for the year

Increase in deferred tax asset on share-based payments 

Net tax credit reported in equity

(c) Reconciliation of total tax 

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK  
of 19.00% (2018: 19.00%)

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Effect of changes in the tax rate (see explanation below)

Non-taxable income 

Higher overseas tax rate

Patent box

Other

Net tax charge reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2019 
£000

3,286

4,605

(153)

7,738

(2,770)

(115)

60

(2,825)

4,913

2019 
£000

(57)

(57)

2019 
£000

23,140

4,396

(93)

309

(115)

(244)

892

(230)

(2)

4,913

2018 
£000

2,948

3,605

(26)

6,527

(3,031)

(108)

26

(3,113)

3,414

2018 
£000

(162)

(162)

2018 
£000

16,737

3,180

1

380

(108)

(357)

588

(205)

(65)

3,414

Changes to the UK corporation tax rates were substantively enacted as part of the Finance Bill 2015 (on 26 October 2015) and the Finance Bill 
2016 (on 7 September 2016). These include reductions to the main rate to reduce the rate to 19% from 1 April 2017 and to 17% from 1 April 2020. 
Deferred taxes in respect of UK taxes at the balance sheet date have been measured using these enacted tax rates and reflected in these 
financial statements.

The higher overseas tax rates relate to the Group’s profits from subsidiaries which are subject to tax jurisdictions with a higher rate of tax 
compared to the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (see note 30 for subsidiary locations).

119

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

11. Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would 
be issued on conversion of any dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. There are 551,467 dilutive potential ordinary shares 
at 31 July 2019 (2018: 413,555).

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Year ended 31 July

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Year ended 31 July

Adjusted profit attributable to ordinary equity holders 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for adjusted basic earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for adjusted diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

2019 
£000

18,227

2018 
£000

13,323

Number

Number

198,386,893

198,847,087

198,938,360

199,144,705

9.2p

9.2p

2019 
£000

6.7p

6.7p

2018 
£000

31,658

28,792

 Number

 Number

198,386,893

198,847,087

198,938,360

199,144,705

16.0p

15.9p

14.5p

14.5p

The weighted average number of ordinary shares has declined as a result of treasury shares held by the Volution Employee Benefit Trust 
(EBT) during the year (see note 25 for details). The shares are excluded when calculating the reported and adjusted EPS.

Adjusted profit attributable to ordinary equity holders has been reconciled in note 2, Adjusted earnings.

See note 34, Glossary of terms, for an explanation of the adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share calculation.

120

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

12. Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policy
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Such cost includes the 
cost of replacing part of the property, plant and equipment; when significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be 
replaced at intervals, the Group recognises such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly. 
All other repair and maintenance costs are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as incurred.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets, except freehold land, over their estimated useful lives using 
the straight line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at each year end, with the 
effect of any changes in estimates accounted for on a prospective basis.

The following useful lives are used in the calculation of depreciation:

Buildings 

Plant and machinery 

Fixtures, fittings, tools, equipment and vehicles 

– 

– 

– 

30–50 years

5–10 years

4–10 years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between 
the disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as part 
of administrative expenses, or if the amount is deemed significant within exceptional items, as set out in note 5.

The Group’s impairment policy can be found in note 15.

2019

Cost

At 1 August 2018

On acquisition

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to intangible assets

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2019

Depreciation

At 1 August 2018

Charge for the year

Disposals

Transfer to intangible assets

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2019

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

Land and
buildings
£000

Plant and 
machinery
£000

13,640

9,990

—

198

—

—

(47)

122

1,481

(144)

—

164

Fixtures, 
fittings, tools, 
equipment 
and vehicles
£000

9,803

421

2,501

(894)

(517)

520

Total
£000

33,433

543

4,180

(1,038)

(517)

637

13,791

11,613

11,834

37,238

3,213

480

—

—

5

3,478

968

(141)

—

73

4,131

1,824

(755)

(214)

418

10,822

3,272

(896)

(214)

496

3,698

4,378

5,404

13,480

10,093

7,235

6,430

23,758

121

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 July 2018

12. Property, plant and equipment continued

Volution Group plc

2018

Cost

At 1 August 2017

On acquisition

Additions

Disposals

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2018

Depreciation

At 1 August 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2018

Net book value

At 31 July 2018

13. Intangible assets – goodwill

Accounting policy
Goodwill

Land and
buildings
£000

Plant and 
machinery
£000

13,764

—

560

(561)

(123)

8,377

513

1,533

(212)

(221)

13,640

9,990

3,156

503

(399)

(47)

3,213

3,067

784

(193)

(180)

3,478

Fixtures, 
fittings, tools, 
equipment 
and vehicles
£000

7,579

1,579

2,542

(1,589)

(308)

9,803

3,907

1,744

(1,296)

(224)

4,131

Total
£000

29,720

2,092

4,635

(2,362)

(652)

33,433

10,130

3,031

(1,888)

(451)

10,822

10,427

6,512

5,672

22,611

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment 
testing, goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, 
irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if there is an indication of impairment. Impairment of goodwill is determined 
by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the 
cash generating unit is less than the carrying value of the cash generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated, an impairment 
loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Goodwill

Cost and net book value

At 1 August 2017

On acquisition of Simx Limited

On acquisition of AirFan B.V.

On acquisition of Oy Pamon Ab

On acquisition of Air Connection ApS

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2018

On acquisition of Ventair Pty Limited

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 31 July 2019

122

£000

81,584

23,457

289

6,418

1,956

(1,022)

112,682

4,230

1,271

118,183

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

14. Intangible assets – other

Accounting policy
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy 
the definition of an intangible asset and their fair values can be measured reliably. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value 
at the acquisition date. 

The fair value of patents, trademarks and customer base acquired and recognised as part of a business combination is determined 
using the relief-from-royalty method or multi-period excess earnings method.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Research and development

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditure on an individual project is recognised as an intangible asset when 
the Company can demonstrate: the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale; its 
intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset; how the asset will generate future economic benefits; the availability of resources 
to complete the asset; and the ability to reliably measure the expenditure during development.

Subsequent measurement of intangible assets

Intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Development costs 

Software costs 

Customer base 

Trademarks 

Patents/technology 

Other 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

10 years

5–10 years

5–15 years

15–25 years

5–25 years

5 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes 
in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets with finite lives to determine whether 
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable 
amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. 
Where a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash generating 
units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation 
basis can be identified.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the 
asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are immediately recognised in the statement 
of comprehensive income.

Impairment of other intangible assets

The Group’s accounting policy for impairment of other intangible assets is set out above. The Group records all assets and liabilities 
acquired in business combinations at fair value. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

123

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

14. Intangible assets – other continued

2019

Cost

At 1 August 2018

Additions

On acquisitions

Disposals

Transfer from 
tangible assets

Net foreign currency 
exchange differences

At 31 July 2019

Amortisation

At 1 August 2018

Charge for the year

Disposals

Transfer from 
tangible assets

Net foreign currency 
exchange differences

At 31 July 2019

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

Development
costs
£000

Software
costs
£000

Customer
 base
£000

Trademarks
£000

Patents/
technology
£000

Other
£000

Total
£000

3,472

1,189

—

—

180

(30)

4,811

630

381

—

9

1

7,729

630

80

—

337

81

128,932

44,238

3,520

1,118

189,009

—

2,872

—

—

646

—

2,032

—

—

111

17

—

—

—

8

—

—

—

—

45

1,836

4,984

—

517

861

8,857

132,450

46,381

3,545

1,163

197,207

2,820

772

—

205

83

69,286

12,789

10,615

2,048

—

—

269

—

—

19

627

356

—

—

8

907

248

—

—

8

84,885

16,594

—

214

388

1,021

3,880

82,344

12,682

991

1,163

102,081

3,790

4,977

50,106

33,699

2,554

—

95,126

Computer software assets and developments costs in relation to computer software have been transferred from tangible fixed assets and 
are now included within intangible fixed assets.

Included in software costs are assets under construction of £105,000 (2018: £nil), which are not amortised. Included in development costs 
are assets under construction of £1,235,000 (2018: £420,000), which are not amortised.

Development
costs
£000

Software
costs
£000

Customer
 base
£000

Trademarks
£000

Patents/
technology
£000

Other
£000

Total
£000

2,626

925

—

—

(79)

3,472

379

264

—

(13)

630

6,985

949

59

(281)

116,117

—

13,525

—

42,168

3

2,422

—

2,291

21

1,222

—

17

(710)

(355)

(14)

7,729

128,932

44,238

3,520

2,424

647

(281)

57,697

12,021

—

8,806

1,897

—

30

(432)

(88)

2,820

69,286

10,615

258

371

—

(2)

627

896

—

249

—

(27)

1,118

513

405

—

(11)

907

171,083

1,898

17,477

(281)

(1,168)

189,009

70,077

15,605

(281)

(516)

84,885

2,842

4,909

59,646

33,623

2,893

211

104,124

2018

Cost

At 1 August 2017

Additions

On acquisitions

Disposals

Net foreign currency 
exchange differences

At 31 July 2018

Amortisation

At 1 August 2017

Charge for the year

Disposal

Net foreign currency 
exchange differences

At 31 July 2018

Net book value

At 31 July 2018

124

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

14. Intangible assets – other continued
The remaining amortisation periods for acquired intangible assets at 31 July 2019 are as follows:

Volution Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries

Fresh AB and its subsidiaries

PAX AB and PAX Norge AS

inVENTer GmbH

Brüggemann Energiekonzepte GmbH

Ventilair Group International BVBA and its subsidiaries

Energy Technique Limited and its subsidiaries

Weland Luftbehandling AB

NVA Services Limited and its subsidiaries

Breathing Buildings Limited

VoltAir System AB

Simx Limited

Oy Pamon Ab

Air Connection ApS

Ventair Pty Limited

15. Impairment assessment of goodwill

Customer base

Trademark

3 years

—

2 years

4 years

1 year

4 years

5 years

1 year

7 years

7 years

13 years

14 years

9 years

9 years

10 years

18 years

13 years

14 years

15 years

—

6 years

17 years

—

12 years

12 years

13 years

24 years

19 years

—

20 years

Patent/
technology

—

—

—

15 years

—

—

—

—

—

2 years

3 years

—

9 years

—

—

Accounting policy
Intangible assets, including goodwill, that have an indefinite useful life or intangible assets not ready to use are not subject to 
amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount 
by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair 
value less costs of disposal and value in use.

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated, for impairment testing purposes, to a group of cash generating 
units (CGUs). These grouped CGUs are: UK Ventilation, Central Europe, Nordics, Australasia and OEM. This is also the level at which 
management is monitoring the value of goodwill for internal management purposes.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Impairment of goodwill

The Group’s impairment test for goodwill is based on a value in use calculation using a discounted cash flow model. The test aims to 
ensure that goodwill is not carried at a value greater than the recoverable amount, which is considered to be the higher of fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use.

The cash flows are derived from the business plan for the following three years. The recoverable amount is very sensitive to the 
discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected future cash inflows and the growth rate used for 
extrapolation purposes. 

The identification of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) used for impairment testing involves a degree of judgement. 
Management has reviewed the Group’s assets and cash inflows and identified the lowest aggregation of assets that generate largely 
independent cash inflows.

125

Financial Statements 
Volution Group plc

15. Impairment assessment of goodwill continued

31 July 2019

Carrying value of goodwill

CGU value in use headroom1

As at 31 July 2018 calculated headroom was:

31 July 2018

Carrying value of goodwill

CGU value in use headroom1

UK 
Ventilation
£000

OEM
(Torin-Sifan) 
£000

Nordics
 £000

Central Europe
£000

Australasia
£000

55,899

126,585

5,101

20,937

16,586

70,070

12,273

31,000

28,324

13,199

UK 
Ventilation
£000

55,899

135,759

OEM
(Torin-Sifan) 
£000

5,101

32,165

Nordics
 £000

Central Europe
£000

Australasia
£000

16,577

66,844

12,041

25,529

23,064

3,649

Note
1. 

 Headroom is calculated by comparing the value in use (VIU) of a group of CGUs to the carrying amount of its asset, which includes the net book value of fixed assets 
(tangible and intangible), goodwill and operating working capital (current assets and liabilities).

Impairment review
Under IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, the Group is required to complete a full impairment review of goodwill, which has been performed using 
a value in use calculation. A discounted cash flow (DCF) model was used, taking a period of five years, which has been established using 
pre-tax discount rates of 12.1% to 14.0% over that period. In all CGUs it was concluded that the carrying amount was in excess of the value 
in use and all CGUs had positive headroom.

Key assumptions in the value in use calculation
The calculation of value in use for all CGUs is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

 > specific growth rates have been used for each of the CGUs for the five-year forecast period based on historical growth rates and 

market expectations; 

 > long-term growth rates of 2% (2018: 2%) for all CGUs have been applied to the period beyond which budgets and forecasts do not exist, 

based on historical macroeconomic performance and projections for the geographies in which the CGUs operate; and

 > discount rates reflect the current market assessment of the risks specific to each operation. The pre-tax discount rates used for each 

CGU are: UK Ventilation: 12.1% (2018: 11.4%); OEM (Torin-Sifan): 13.2% (2018: 12.3%); Nordics: 12.5% (2018: 12.5%); Central Europe: 14.0% 
(2018: 13.1%); and Australasia: 13.5% (2018: 13.5%).

The value in use headroom for each CGU has been set out above. We have tested the sensitivity of our headroom calculations in relation 
to the above key assumptions and in all cases an adverse movement of more than 10% would be required to cause the carrying value of 
the CGUs to materially exceed their recoverable value.

16. Business combinations

Accounting policy
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred, measured at fair value on the date of acquisition. There have been no non-controlling interests in the business 
combinations to date. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in exceptional items.

When the Group acquires a business it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation 
in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions at the acquisition date.

Contingent consideration resulting from business combinations is accounted for at fair value at the acquisition date as part of the 
business combination. When the contingent consideration meets the definition of a financial liability, it is subsequently re-measured 
to fair value at each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognised either in profit or loss or as a change in other comprehensive 
income (OCI). The determination of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The key assumptions used in determining the 
discounted cash flows take into consideration the probability of meeting each performance target and a discount factor.

Goodwill is initially recognised at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the net identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, 
goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) 
that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether assets or liabilities of the acquisition are assigned to those units.

126

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019Annual Report 2019

16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2019
Ventair Pty Limited

On 1 March 2019, Volution Group plc, through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Woomera Pty Limited, acquired the entire issued share 
capital of Ventair Pty Limited, a company based in Australia. The acquisition was on a debt-free basis, funded from the Group’s existing cash 
and banking facilities. The acquisition of Ventair is in line with the Group’s strategy to grow by selectively acquiring value-adding businesses 
in new and existing markets and geographies, across the residential ventilation market and, where appropriate, in the commercial ventilation 
market. The integration of Ventair into the Volution Group will provide an opportunity for further growth in the Australasian region and the 
combination of its product portfolio with that of Simx (New Zealand) will enable us to enhance our offer in both the Australian and 
New Zealand markets.

Total consideration for the transaction was AUD17,895,000 (£9,713,000), comprised of cash consideration of AUD16,138,000 (£8,761,000) 
and contingent consideration with a fair value of AUD1,757,000 (£952,000). The contingent consideration is based on the level of EBITDA 
achieved during the twelve months to 31 July 2020. There is a minimum level of EBITDA which must be achieved otherwise no contingent 
consideration is payable; the maximum amount of contingent consideration payable is AUD7,700,000. The contingent consideration has 
been recognised in line with management’s best estimate of the level of EBITDA expected to be achieved during the earn-out period. 
Whilst the level of EBITDA to be achieved is as yet unobservable, management’s estimate has been based on the 2020 budget. 
The contingent consideration has not been discounted as the impact is considered to be immaterial.

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition on the year ended 31 July 2019 were £173,000 and have been expensed.

The provisional fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

Book value
£000

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

Fair value
£000

Intangible assets 

Deferred tax asset

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables 

Bank debt

Deferred tax liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill on acquisition 

Discharged by:

Consideration satisfied in cash

Contingent consideration

Total consideration

161

—

543

3,077

2,649

(2,355)

(2,542)

—

930

2,463

4,823

218

—

(250)

—

(324)

—

(1,447)

—

3,020

4,984

218

543

2,827

2,649

(2,679)

(2,542)

(1,447)

930

5,483

4,230

9,713

8,761

952

9,713

Goodwill of £4,230,000 reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their nature. 
These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the experience and skill of the acquired workforce. 
The fair value of the acquired tradename and customer base was identified and included in intangible assets. 

The gross amount of trade and other receivables is £2,770,000. The amounts for trade and other receivables not expected to be collected 
are £121,000.

Ventair Pty Limited generated revenue of £4,043,000 and generated a profit after tax of £170,000 in the period from acquisition to 31 July 2019 
that is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for this reporting period.

If the combination had taken place at 1 August 2018, the Group’s revenue would have been £243,483,000 and the profit before tax from 
continuing operations would have been £23,891,000.

127

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2018
Simx Limited

On 19 March 2018, Volution Group plc, through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Chinook Limited, acquired the entire issued share 
capital of Simx Limited, a company based in New Zealand. The transaction was funded from the Group’s existing revolving credit facility. 
The acquisition of Simx is in line with the Group’s strategy to grow by selectively acquiring value-adding businesses in new and existing 
markets and geographies across the residential ventilation market and, where appropriate, in the commercial ventilation market.

Total consideration for the transaction was cash consideration of NZD54,508,000 (£28,651,000).

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the year ended 31 July 2018 were £332,000 and have been expensed.

The fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

Intangible assets 

Deferred tax asset

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables 

Bank debt

Deferred tax liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill on acquisition 

Discharged by:

Consideration satisfied in cash

Book value
£000

3,849

111

1,777

4,136

2,702

(2,443)

(9,806)

—

416

742

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

8,246

377

(63)

(282)

—

(456)

—

(3,370)

—

4,452

Fair value
£000

12,095

488

1,714

3,854

2,702

(2,899)

(9,806)

(3,370)

416

5,194

23,457

28,651

28,651

Goodwill of £23,457,000 reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their nature. 
These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the experience and skill of the acquired workforce. 
The fair value of the acquired tradename and customer base was identified and included in intangible assets.

The gross amount of trade and other receivables is £2,702,000. The amounts for trade and other receivables not expected to be collected 
are £nil.

Simx Limited generated revenue of £8,182,000 and generated a profit after tax of £1,384,000 in the period from acquisition to 31 July 2018 
that is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for this reporting period.

If the combination had taken place at 1 August 2017, the Group’s revenue would have been £216,339,000 and the profit before tax from 
continuing operations would have been £18,161,000.

128

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2018 continued 
AirFan B.V. 

On 1 May 2018, Volution Group plc, through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Ventilair Group Netherlands B.V., acquired the entire issued 
share capital of AirFan B.V. The transaction was funded from the Group’s cash reserves.

Total consideration for the transaction was cash consideration of €300,000 (£264,000).

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the year ended 31 July 2018 were £29,000 and have been expensed.

The fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables 

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill on acquisition

Discharged by:

Consideration satisfied in cash

Book value
£000

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

Fair value
£000

16

124

162

(305)

(3)

—

(22)

—

—

(22)

16

102

162

(305)

(25)

289

264

264

Goodwill of £289,000 reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their nature. 
These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the experience and skill of the acquired workforce. 

The gross amount of trade and other receivables is £162,000. The amounts for trade and other receivables not expected to be collected 
are £nil.

129

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2018 continued 
Oy Pamon Ab 

On 5 July 2018, Volution Group plc, through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Volution Holdings Sweden AB, acquired the entire issued 
share capital of Oy Pamon Ab. The transaction was funded from the Group’s existing revolving credit facility. The acquisition of Oy Pamon Ab 
is in line with the Group’s strategy to grow by selectively acquiring value-adding businesses in new and existing markets and geographies 
across the residential ventilation market and, where appropriate, in the commercial ventilation market.

Total consideration for the transaction was €12,908,000 (£11,429,000), comprised of consideration of €12,258,000 (£10,854,000) and 
contingent consideration with a fair value of €650,000 (£575,000). The contingent consideration is based on the level of EBITDA achieved 
during the two years to 30 November 2018 and 2019. There is a minimum level of EBITDA which must be achieved otherwise no contingent 
consideration is payable; the maximum amount of contingent consideration payable is €2,000,000. The contingent consideration has been 
recognised in line with management’s best estimate of the level of EBITDA expected to be achieved during the earn-out period. Whilst the 
level of EBITDA to be achieved is as yet unobservable, management’s estimate has been based on the 2018 budget and 2019 forecast. 
The contingent consideration has not been discounted as the impact is considered to be immaterial. Contingent consideration relating 
to the year ended 30 November 2018 was finalised and paid during FY2019 with further consideration yet to be determined relating to 
the year ended 30 November 2019.

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the year ended 31 July 2018 were £290,000 and have been expensed.

The fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

Intangible assets 

Deferred tax asset

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill on acquisition 

Discharged by:

Consideration satisfied in cash

Contingent consideration

Total consideration

Book value
£000

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

64

—

130

935

604

(1,209)

—

1,243

1,767

4,514

91

—

(307)

(107)

(44)

(903)

—

3,244

Fair value
£000

4,578

91

130

628

497

(1,253)

(903)

1,243

5,011

6,418

11,429

10,854

575

11,429

Goodwill of £6,418,000 reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their nature. 
These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the experience and skill of the acquired workforce. 
The fair value of the acquired tradename, customer base, technology and order book was identified and included in intangible assets.

The gross amount of trade and other receivables is £604,000. The amounts for trade and other receivables not expected to be collected 
are £107,000.

Oy Pamon Ab generated revenue of £703,000 and generated a profit after tax of £160,000 in the period from acquisition to 31 July 2018 
that is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for this reporting period.

If the combination had taken place at 1 August 2017, the Group’s revenue would have been £213,607,000 and the profit before tax from 
continuing operations would have been £17,613,000.

130

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2018 continued
Air Connection ApS 

On 16 July 2018, Volution Group plc, through one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Volution Holdings Sweden AB, acquired the entire issued 
share capital of Air Connection ApS. The transaction was funded from the Group’s existing revolving credit facility. The Group’s acquisition 
of Air Connection ApS is in line with the Group’s strategy to grow by selectively acquiring value-adding businesses in new and existing markets 
and geographies across the residential ventilation market and, where appropriate, in the commercial ventilation market.

Total consideration for the transaction was DKK30,000,000 (£3,572,000), comprised of cash consideration of DKK25,800,000 (£3,072,000) 
and contingent consideration with a fair value of DKK4,200,000 (£500,000). The contingent consideration is based on the level of EBITDA 
achieved during the twelve months to 31 July 2021. There is a minimum level of EBITDA which must be achieved otherwise no contingent 
consideration is payable; the maximum amount of contingent consideration payable is DKK4,200,000. The contingent consideration has 
been recognised in line with management’s best estimate of the level of EBITDA expected to be achieved during the earn-out period. 
Whilst the level of EBITDA to be achieved is as yet unobservable, management’s estimate has been based on the forecast for the year 
to 31 July 2021. The contingent consideration has not been discounted as the impact is considered to be immaterial. The contingent 
consideration is expected to be finalised and paid during FY2022.

Transaction costs associated with the acquisition in the year ended 31 July 2018 were £41,000 and have been expensed.

The fair value of the net assets acquired is set out below:

Book value
£000

Fair value
 adjustments
£000

Fair value
£000

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total identifiable net assets

Goodwill on acquisition 

Discharged by:

Consideration satisfied in cash

Contingent consideration

Total consideration

—

197

833

648

(868)

(18)

197

989

804

—

—

—

—

(177)

—

627

804

197

833

648

(868)

(195)

197

1,616

1,956

3,572

3,072

500

3,572

Goodwill of £1,956,000 reflects certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured due to their nature. 
These items include the value of expected synergies arising from the acquisition and the experience and skill of the acquired workforce. 
The fair value of the acquired customer base was identified and included in intangible assets.

The gross amount of trade and other receivables is £648,000. 

Air Connection ApS generated revenue of £94,000 and generated a profit after tax of £20,000 in the period from acquisition to 31 July 2018 
that is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for this reporting period.

If the combination had taken place at 1 August 2017, the Group’s revenue would have been £209,819,000 and the profit before tax from 
continuing operations would have been £17,040,000.

131

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. Business combinations continued
Acquisitions in the year ended 31 July 2018 continued
Air Connection ApS continued

Cash outflows arising from business combinations are as follows:

Ventair Pty Limited

Cash consideration

Less: cash acquired with the business

Simx Limited

Cash consideration

Less: cash acquired with the business

AirFan B.V.

Cash consideration

Less: cash acquired with the business

Oy Pamon Ab

Cash consideration

Less: cash acquired with the business

Air Connection ApS

Cash consideration

Less: cash acquired with the business

17. Inventories

Volution Group plc

2019
£000

8,761

(930)

—

—

—

—

586

—

—

—

2018
£000

—

—

28,651

(416)

264

—

10,854

(1,243)

3,072

(197)

8,417

40,985 

Accounting policy
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of raw materials is purchase cost on a first in, first out basis. 
The cost of work in progress and finished goods includes: cost of direct materials and labour and an appropriate portion of fixed and 
variable overhead expenses based on normal operating capacity, but excludes borrowing costs.

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs to sell.

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

2019
£000

13,524

1,784

20,277

35,585

2018
£000

13,860

1,371

14,905

30,136

During 2019, £638,000 (2018: £833,000) was recognised as cost of sales for inventories written off in the year.

Inventories are stated net of an allowance for excess, obsolete or slow-moving items which totalled £4,200,000 (2018: £4,083,000). 
This provision was split amongst the three categories: £1,650,000 (2018: £1,679,000) for raw materials and consumables; £178,000 
(2018: £238,000) for work in progress; and £2,372,000 (2018: £2,166,000) for finished goods and goods for resale.

132

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

18. Trade and other receivables 

Accounting policy
Trade and other receivables are recognised when it is probable that a future economic benefit will flow to the Group. Trade and other 
receivables are carried at original invoice or contract amount less any provisions for discounts and doubtful debts. Provisions are made 
where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.

Provisions for expected credit losses 

IFRS 9 replaces existing guidance in International Accounting Standard (IAS) 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement. It replaces the incurred loss model with the expected loss model for assessing impairment of trade receivables 
and other financial assets. 

Provisions for expected credit losses are measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL). For trade receivables 
the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Trade receivables have been grouped based on historical credit risk 
characteristics and the number of days from date of invoice. The expected loss rates are calculated using the provision matrix approach.

Trade receivables are categorised by common risk characteristics that are representative of the customers’ abilities to pay all amounts 
due in accordance with the contractual terms. The provision matrix is determined based on historical observed default rates over the 
expected life of the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates.

Rebates receivable

The Group has a number of supplier rebate agreements that are recognised as a reduction of cost of sales (collectively referred 
to as rebates). Rebates are based on an agreed percentage of purchases, which will increase with the level of purchases made. 
These agreements typically are not coterminous with the Group’s year end and some of the amounts payable are subject to 
confirmation after the reporting date.

Trade receivables 

Allowance for doubtful debts

Other debtors 

Prepayments 

Movement in the allowance for expected credit losses is set out below:

At the start of the year

Charge for the year

Amounts utilised

Foreign currency adjustment

At the end of the year

2019
£000

38,955

(606)

38,349

1,275

2,575

42,199

2019
£000

(544)

(355)

296

(3)

(606)

2018
£000

35,964

(1,204)

34,760

1,490

2,623

38,873

2018
£000

(967)

(398)

225

(64)

(1,204)

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 15 at 1 August 2018 the allowance for credit notes previously included within the allowance for doubtful 
debts is now included within refund liabilities (see note 1 for details).

133

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
18. Trade and other receivables continued
Gross trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Swedish Krona

New Zealand Dollar

Australian Dollar

Other

Net trade receivables are aged as follows:

Neither past due nor impaired

Past due but not impaired

Overdue 0–30 days

Overdue 31–60 days

Overdue 61–90 days

Overdue more than 90 days 

Volution Group plc

2019
£000

2018
£000

23,332

23,336

351

5,864

2,693

3,152

2,162

1,401

49

4,881

3,242

3,086

—

1,370

38,955

35,964

2019
£000

2018
£000

32,231

28,897

4,643

921

251

303

4,353

1,179

217

114

38,349

34,760

The credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired is assessed by reference to external credit ratings where available; 
otherwise, historical information relating to counterparty default rates is used. The Group continually assesses the recoverability of trade 
receivables and the level of provisioning required.

19. Other financial assets

Financial assets

Foreign exchange forward contracts

2019
Current
£000

907

907

2018
Current
£000

302

302

The foreign exchange forward contracts are carried at their fair value with the gain or loss being recognised in the Group’s consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. Refer to note 28 for the fair value hierarchy the Group uses to determine the fair value of financial instruments.

134

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

20. Cash and cash equivalents

Accounting policy
Cash and short-term deposits comprise cash at banks and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months 
or less.

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks. Cash and cash equivalents 
as shown in the statement of cash flows is equal to that in the statement of financial position as follows:

Cash and short-term deposits 

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling 

Euro

US Dollar

Swedish Krona

New Zealand Dollar

Australian Dollar

Other 

2019
£000

11,547

2019
£000

4,371

3,633

253

604

1,367

667

652

11,547

2018
£000

18,221

2018
£000

8,089

5,374

1,456

783

2,084

—

435

18,221

21. Trade and other payables

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Liabilities arising from retrospective volume rebates

The Group has a number of customer rebate agreements that are recognised as a reduction from sales (collectively referred to as rebates). 
Rebates are based on an agreed percentage of revenue, which increases with the level of revenue achieved. These agreements typically 
are not coterminous with the Group’s year end and some of the amounts payable are subject to confirmation after the reporting date. 

At the reporting date, the Directors make estimates of the amount of rebate that will become payable by the Group under these agreements, 
using a probability weighted average approach to arrive at an expected amount. Where the respective customer has been engaged 
with the Group for a number of years, historical settlement trends are also used to assist in ensuring an appropriate estimate is 
recorded at the reporting date and that appropriate internal approvals and reviews take place before rebates are recorded. 

Given that the rebate provision represents an estimate within the financial statements, there is a risk that the Directors’ estimate of the 
potential liability may be incorrect.

Trade payables

Social security and staff welfare costs

Accrued expenses

2019
£000

15,165

1,544

22,098

38,807

2018
£000

21,973

1,533

22,183

45,689

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 15 at 1 August 2018 liabilities arising from retrospective volume rebates are now shown within refund 
liabilities previously within trade payables (see note 1 for further details).

135

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
22. Other financial liabilities

Contingent consideration

At 1 August 2018

Consideration paid during the year

Further consideration recognised

Consideration recognised on acquisition

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Analysis

Current

Non-current

Contingent consideration

At 1 August 2017

Consideration released

Exchange contracts utilised

Consideration recognised on acquisition

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2018

Analysis

Current

Non-current

Volution Group plc

Oy Pamon Ab
£000

Air Connection
 ApS
£000

Ventair Pty
 Limited
£000

580

(586)

318

—

6

318

318

—

318

564

—

—

—

(52)

512

—

512

512

—

—

—

989

—

989

—

989

989

VoltAir 
System AB
£000

Oy Pamon Ab
£000

Air Connection
 ApS
£000

1,588

(1,502)

—

—

(86)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

580

—

580

—

580

580

—

—

—

564

—

564

—

564

564

Foreign
exchange
forward
contracts
£000

536

—

(536)

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£000

1,144

(586)

318

989

(46)

1,819

318

1,501

1,819

Total
£000

2,124

(1,502)

(536)

1,144

(86)

1,144

—

1,144

1,144

The contingent consideration payable in relation to Oy Pamon Ab is based on its anticipated EBITDA performance during the year to 
30 November 2019. Additional contingent consideration relating to Oy Pamon Ab has been recognised in the year as its performance 
for the year ending 30 November 2019 is now expected to exceed the previous estimate. 

The contingent consideration payable in relation to Air Connection ApS is based on its expected EBITDA performance achieved during 
the twelve months ending on 31 July 2021. See note 16 for further details.

Fair value changes of the contingent consideration are recognised either when future estimates of performance are changed or when 
consideration is paid. The increase in contingent consideration in the year of £318,000, payable to Oy Pamon Ab, has been recognised 
within exceptional costs in the year.

Changes to the value of contingent consideration resulting from movements in exchange rates are taken to other comprehensive income.

136

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019Annual Report 2019

23. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Accounting policy
Borrowings and other financial liabilities, including loans, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. 

Borrowings and other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over 
the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected 
life of the financial liability or, where appropriate, a shorter period. 

Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Unsecured – at amortised cost

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (maturing 2022)

Cost of arranging bank loan

2019

2018

Current
£000

Non-current
£000

Current
£000

Non-current
£000

—

—

— 

86,146

(755) 

85,391

— 

—

—

95,410

(805)

94,605

In December 2018, the Group exercised the option to extend its multicurrency revolving credit facility by a period of twelve months at a cost 
of £0.2 million; the maturity date is now 15 December 2022. 

Bank loans at 31 July 2019 comprised a revolving credit facility from Danske Bank A/S, HSBC and the Royal Bank of Scotland with HSBC 
acting as agent and are governed by a facilities agreement. The outstanding loans are set out in the table below. No security was provided 
under the facility.

Revolving credit facility – at 31 July 2019

Currency

GBP

Euro

Swedish Krona

Total

Revolving credit facility – at 31 July 2018

Currency

GBP

Euro

Swedish Krona

Total

Amount
outstanding
£000

Termination
date

Repayment
frequency

Rate %

21,500

15 December 2022

One payment

Libor + margin%

40,640

24,006

86,146

Amount
outstanding
£000

31,000

39,943

24,467

95,410

15 December 2022

One payment

Euribor + margin%

15 December 2022

One payment

Stibor + margin%

Termination
date

Repayment
frequency

Rate %

15 December 2021

One payment

Libor + margin%

15 December 2021

One payment

Euribor + margin%

15 December 2021

One payment

Stibor + margin%

The consolidated leverage level fell below 1.0:1 for the year ended 31 July 2017 and therefore the margin for the first half of the year ended 
31 July 2018 was 1.00%. On refinancing in December 2017, the margin was reduced to 0.9%, the consolidated leverage continued to be 
below 1.0:1 and therefore the margin continued to be 0.9% under the new facility. For the second half of the year ended 31 July 2018 the 
margin increased to 1.40% due to the acquisition of Simx Limited which increased leverage to 1.7:1; this rate has continued throughout 
the year ended 31 July 2019.

At 31 July 2019, the Group had £33,854,000 (2018: £24,590,000) of its multicurrency revolving credit facility unutilised.

137

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings continued
Reconciliation of movement in financial liabilities

At 1 August 

Additional loans

Loans acquired on acquisition

Repayment of loans

Interest charge

Interest paid

Foreign exchange

At 31 July

24. Provisions

Volution Group plc

2019
£000

95,410

17,500

2,542 

(29,609)

1,913

(1,913)

303

2018
£000

51,490

103,474

10,007

(67,869)

1,017

(1,017)

(1,692)

86,146

95,410

Accounting policy
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; it is probable that 
the Group will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions for the expected costs of maintenance guarantees are charged against profits when products have been invoiced.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation taking into 
account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. The timings of cash outflows are by their nature uncertain and are 
therefore best estimates. Provisions are not discounted as the time value of money is not considered material.

Provisions for warranties and property dilapidations

Provisions for warranties are made with reference to recent trading history and historical warranty claim information, and the view 
of management as to whether warranty claims are expected.

Warranty provisions are determined with consideration given to recent customer trading and management experience.

Dilapidation provisions relate to dilapidation charges relating to leasehold properties. The timing of cash flows associated with the 
dilapidation provision is dependent on the timing of the lease agreement termination.

Product 
warranties 
£000

Property 
dilapidations 
£000

1,004

1,304

(922)

12

1,398

1,398

—

1,398

384

—

— 

—

384

—

384

384

Total 
£000

1,388

1,304

(922)

12

1,782

1,398

384

1,782

2019

At 1 August 2018

Arising during the year

Utilised

Foreign currency adjustment

At 31 July 2019

Analysis

Current

Non-current

138

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

24. Provisions continued

2018

At 1 August 2017

Arising during the year

Utilised

Foreign currency adjustment

At 31 July 2018

Analysis

Current

Non-current

Product 
warranties 
£000

Property 
dilapidations 
£000

1,291

903

(1,201)

11

1,004

1,004

—

1,004

684

250

(550)

—

384

—

384

384

Total 
£000

1,975

1,153

(1,751)

11

1,388

1,004

384

1,388

Product warranties
A provision is recognised for warranty costs expected to be incurred in the following twelve months on products sold during the year and in 
prior years. Product warranties are typically one to two years; however, based on management’s knowledge of the products, claims in relation 
to warranties after more than twelve months are rare and highly immaterial.

Property dilapidations
A provision has been recognised for dilapidations relating to obligations under leases for leasehold buildings and will be payable at the end 
of the lease term.

25. Authorised and issued share capital and reserves

Accounting policy
Treasury shares 

Own equity instruments that are reacquired (treasury shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity. No gain or loss is 
recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. Any difference between 
the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in share premium. Share options exercised during the period are 
satisfied with treasury shares.

At 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019

Number of 
ordinary shares 

200,000,000

Ordinary
shares
£000

2,000

Share
premium
£000

11,527

At 31 July 2019, a total of 1,759,884 (2018: 1,129,865) ordinary shares in the Company were held by the Volution EBT, all of which were unallocated 
and available for transfer to participants of the Long Term Incentive Plan, Deferred Share Bonus Plan and Sharesave Plan on exercise. During the 
year 650,000 ordinary shares in the Company were purchased by the trustees (2018: nil), and 19,981 (2018: 37,013) were released by the 
trustees at £36,000 (2018: £65,000). The market value of the shares at 31 July 2019 was £3,202,989 (2018: £2,293,626).

The Volution EBT has agreed to waive its rights to dividends.

139

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

26. Deferred tax

Accounting policy
Deferred tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the financial statements, with the following exceptions: 

 > where the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 
a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

 > in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the 

temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the Directors consider it is probable that there will be taxable profits from 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
same taxable entity or different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a 
legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, the deferred taxes relate to the same taxation 
authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment. 

Deferred tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive income if it relates to items that are charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income. Similarly, deferred tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity. 

Management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based on the likely timing 
and level of future taxable profits together with an assessment of the effect of future tax planning strategies. Uncertainties exist with respect 
to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the wide 
range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences 
arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future 
adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded.

At 31 July 2019, the Group had not recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of gross tax losses of £5,195,000 (2018: £5,195,000) 
relating to management expenses, capital losses of £3,975,000 (2018: £3,975,000) arising in UK subsidiaries and gross tax losses 
of £407,000 (2018: £407,000) arising in overseas entities as there is insufficient evidence that the losses will be utilised. These losses 
are available to be carried indefinitely.

At 31 July 2019, the Group had no deferred tax liability (2018: £nil) to recognise for taxes that would be payable on the remittance of certain 
of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries’ unremitted earnings. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised as the Group has determined 
that there are no undistributed profits in overseas subsidiaries where an additional tax charge would arise on distribution.

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the 
same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

2019

Temporary differences

1 August
2018
£000

(Charged)/
credited
to income
£000

Credited
to equity
£000

Translation
difference
£000

On
acquisition
£000

Depreciation in advance of capital allowances

(798)

(245)

Fair value movements of derivative 
financial instruments

Customer base, trademark and patent

Losses

Untaxed reserves

Other temporary differences

(3)

(18,089)

285

507

598

(112)

3,094

— 

(13)

101

Deferred tax liability

(17,500)

2,825

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

57

57

140

31 July
2019
£000

(1,043)

(115)

— 

— 

— 

— 

(227)

(1,447)

(16,669)

— 

56

(1)

— 

218

— 

285

768

755

(172)

(1,229)

(16,019)

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

26. Deferred tax continued

2018

Temporary differences

1 August
2017
£000

(Charged)/
credited
to income
£000

Credited
to equity
£000

Translation
difference
£000

On
acquisition
£000

Depreciation in advance of capital allowances

(745)

(53)

Fair value movements of derivative 
financial instruments

Customer base, trademark and patent

Losses

Untaxed reserves

Other temporary differences

Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

27. Dividends paid and proposed

146

(16,673)

298

(447)

475

(16,946)

810

(17,756)

(16,946)

(149)

2,915

(12)

447

(37)

3,111

(810)

3,921

3,111

—

—

—

—

—

160

160

—

160

160

—

—

137

(1)

32

—

168

—

168

168

31 July
2018
£000

(798)

(3)

—

—

(4,468)

(18,089)

—

475

—

285

507

598

(3,993)

(17,500)

—

(3,993)

(3,993)

—

(17,500)

(17,500)

Accounting policy
Dividends are recognised when they meet the criteria for recognition as a liability. In relation to final dividends, this is when the dividend 
is approved by the Directors in the general meeting, and in relation to interim dividends, when paid.

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid

Interim dividend for 2019: 1.60 pence per share (2018: 1.46 pence)

Proposed dividends on ordinary shares

Final dividend for 2019: 3.30 pence per share (2018: 2.98 pence)

2019
£000 

2018
£000

3,172

2,903

6,541

5,926

The interim dividend payment of £3,172,000 is included in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

The proposed final dividend on ordinary shares is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting and is not recognised as a liability at 
31 July 2019.

28. Risk management

Accounting policy 
Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk. Instruments used are 
principally foreign exchange forward contracts. Further details of derivative financial instruments are included in note 19.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to 
their fair value at the reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is immediately recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. 
Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

The fair value of derivatives is classified as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the relationship is more 
than twelve months and as a current asset or a current liability if the remaining maturity of the relationship is less than twelve months. 

No derivative contracts have been designated as hedges for accounting purposes.

Hedge of net investments

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, including a hedge of a monetary item that is accounted for as part of the net investment, 
are accounted for as follows: gains or losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are recognised in 
OCI while any gains or losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in profit or loss. On disposal of the foreign operation, the 
cumulative value of any such gains or losses recorded in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

The Group uses borrowings in local currencies as a hedge of its exposure to foreign exchange risk on its investments in foreign operations.

141

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

28. Risk management continued
As a result of entering into financial instruments, the Group is exposed to market risk, credit risk, foreign exchange risk and liquidity risk. 
The Group’s principal financial instruments are: 

 > interest-bearing loans and borrowings;

 > trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, cash and short-term deposits; and

 > foreign exchange forward contracts. 

This note provides further detail on financial risk management and includes quantitative information on the specific risks the Group is 
exposed to.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses forward foreign currency contracts to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk. 

Forward foreign currency contracts
The Group’s purchases in foreign currencies, net of Group sales in those currencies, represent less than 8% (2018: less than 1%) of total 
material and component purchases. This has increased due to the diversification of the Group to more overseas regions. Each quarter the Group 
enters into forward exchange contracts for the purchase of the budgeted monthly net expenditure in US Dollars for the following rolling 12–15 
months. Hedge accounting is not applied for these derivatives.

The Group’s criteria for entering into a forward foreign currency contract would require that the instrument must:

 > be related to anticipated foreign currency commitment;

 > involve the same currency as the foreign currency commitment; and

 > reduce the risk of foreign currency exchange movements on the Group’s operations.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. 
Market risk comprises three types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risks, such as equity price risk and commodity risk. 

The Group’s exposure is primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Group enters 
into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to these risks when appropriate. 

At 31 July 2019, the Group had commitments under forward foreign exchange contracts with varying settlement dates to 2 July 2020 
(2018: 4 June 2019). See note 19 for fair values.

Sensitivity analysis 
The Group recognises that movements in certain risk variables (such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates) might affect the value of its 
derivatives and also the amounts recorded in its equity in the overseas entities and its statement of comprehensive income for the period. 
Therefore the Group has assessed:

 > what would be reasonably possible changes in the risk variables at the end of the reporting period; and

 > the effects on profit or loss and equity if such changes in the risk variables were to occur.

Interest rate risk
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on the Group’s floating rate loans and 
borrowings which at the relevant reporting dates are not hedged. With all other variables being constant the Group’s profit before tax is 
affected through the impact on floating rate borrowings as follows. There is only an immaterial impact on the Group’s equity.

31 July 2019

Sterling

Swedish Krona

Euro

31 July 2018

Sterling

Swedish Krona

Euro

142

Increase in
basis points

Effect on
profit
before tax
£000

+25

+25

+25

+25

+25

+25

(54)

(60)

(102)

(78)

(61)

(100)

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

28. Risk management continued
Interest rate risk continued
The assigned movement in basis points for interest rate sensitivity analysis is based upon the currently observable market environment.

The Group cash balances are held in bank current accounts and earn immaterial levels of interest. Management has concluded that any 
changes in the Libor and SEK Libor rates will have an immaterial impact on interest income earned on the Group cash balances. No interest 
rate sensitivity has been included in relation to the Group’s cash balances.

Foreign currency risk
The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily arises when revenue and expenses are denominated in a different currency from 
the Group’s presentational currency and translated into GBP for consolidation into the Group’s results. Foreign exchange risk also arises 
when the individual entities enter into transactions that are not denominated in their functional currency.

The following tables illustrate the impact of several changes to the spot GBP/USD, GBP/EUR, GBP/SEK, GBP/NZD and GBP/AUD 
exchange rates of +5% weakening of GBP. The tables below reflect the impact on profit before tax and equity if those changes were to 
occur. Only the impact of changes in the SEK, USD, Euro, NZD and Australian Dollar-denominated balances have been considered as 
these are the most significant non-GBP denominations used by the Group.

Swedish Krona 

US Dollar 

Euro 

New Zealand Dollar

Australian Dollar

Swedish Krona 

Euro

New Zealand Dollar

Australian Dollar

Change in
GBP vs USD/
SEK/EUR/NZD/
AUD
 rate 

5%

5%

5%

5%

5%

Change in 
GBP vs 
SEK/EUR/NZD/
AUD
 rate 

5%

5%

5%

5%

Effect on profit before tax

2019
£000

405

(87)

722

198

12

Effect on equity

2019
£000

(96)

249

60

(6)

2018
£000

446

(76)

353

106

—

2018
£000

91

(110)

22

—

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk for the Group arises from the management of working capital commitments and meeting its financial obligations as they fall 
due. The Group’s policy is to regularly review cash flow forecasts/projections as well as information regarding cash balances to ensure that 
it has significant cash to allow it to meet its liabilities when they become due. The Group reviews its long-term funding requirements in parallel 
with its long-term strategy, with an objective of aligning both in a timely manner. At the reporting date, forecasts indicate that the Group is 
expected to have sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations for at least the next three years.

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s significant undiscounted financial liabilities at 31 July 2019 and 2018.

At 31 July 2019

Financial liabilities

Less than 
one year
£000

Between one 
and five years
£000

More than 
five years
£000

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding interest)

— 

86,146

Forward foreign currency exchange outflow

Forward foreign currency exchange inflow

Contingent consideration – Oy Pamon Ab

Contingent consideration – Air Connection ApS

Contingent consideration – Ventair pty Limited

Trade payables and other accrued expenses

15,337

(16,245)

318 

— 

—

37,263

— 

— 

—

512

989

—

36,673

87,647

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£000

86,146

15,337

(16,245)

318

512

989

37,263

124,320

143

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
28. Risk management continued
Liquidity risk continued

At 31 July 2018

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding interest)

Forward foreign currency exchange outflow

Forward foreign currency exchange inflow

Contingent consideration – Oy Pamon Ab

Contingent consideration – Air Connection ApS

Trade payables and other accrued expenses 

Volution Group plc

Less than 
one year
£000

Between one 
and five years
£000

More than 
five years
£000

—

11,059

(11,361)

—

—

44,156

43,854

95,410

—

—

580

564

—

96,554

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total
£000

95,410

11,059

(11,361)

580

564

44,156

140,408

The multicurrency revolving credit facility which was signed on 15 December 2017 was for a term of four years; the option to extend the termination 
of the facility by a period of twelve months was taken on 15 December 2018. The facility is fully flexible, with the amount borrowed being reset 
within one to three months. No interest has been included in the above table. For further details see note 23.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities 
There are no material differences between the book values and fair values for any of the Group’s financial instruments carried at amortised 
cost. Derivative financial instruments have all been valued using other techniques, for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the 
recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations under a financial instrument 
or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade 
receivables – credit sales) and from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions and other financial instruments.

Trade receivables
Customer credit risk is managed by each business unit subject to the Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating to customer 
credit risk management. Credit quality of a customer is assessed based on an extensive credit rating scorecard and individual credit limits 
are defined in accordance with this assessment. Outstanding customer receivables and contract assets are regularly monitored and any 
shipments to major customers are generally covered by credit insurance obtained from reputable banks and other financial institutions.

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates 
are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e. by geographical region, product type, 
customer type and rating, and coverage by credit insurance). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money 
and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future 
economic conditions. Generally, trade receivables are written off if past due for more than one year and are not subject to enforcement activity. 
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial assets disclosed in note 18. The Group 
does not hold collateral as security. The credit insurance is considered an integral part of trade receivables and considered in the calculation 
of impairment. 

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s trade receivables and contract assets using a provision matrix:

31 July 2019

Expected credit loss rate

Estimated total gross carrying amount 
at default

Expected credit loss

Current
£000

0.1% 

32,341

18

Trade receivables

<30 days
£000

30-60 days
£000

61-90 days
£000

0.4% 

3.0% 

21.8%

>91 days
£000

69.0% 

Total
£000

4,660

18

950

28

321

70

683

472

38,955

606

144

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

28. Risk management continued
Financial instruments and cash deposits
Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions is managed in accordance with the Group’s policy. The Group deposits cash 
with reputable financial institutions, from which management believes the possibilities of loss to be remote. The Group’s maximum exposure 
to credit risk for the components of the statement of financial position at 31 July 2019 and 2018 is the carrying amount. The Group’s maximum 
exposure to derivative financial instruments is noted in either note 19 or in the liquidity table on the previous page.

Capital risk management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management policy is to ensure that it has the capital required to operate and grow the business 
at a reasonable cost of capital without incurring undue financial risks. The Board periodically reviews its capital structure to ensure it meets 
changing business needs. The Group defines its capital as its share capital (excluding treasury shares), share premium account, foreign 
currency translation reserves and retained earnings. In addition, the Directors consider the management of debt to be an important element 
in controlling the capital structure of the Group. The Group may carry significant levels of long-term structural and subordinated debt to fund 
investments and acquisitions and has arranged debt facilities to allow for fluctuations in working capital requirements. There have been no 
changes to the capital management policy in the current period. Management manages capital on an ongoing basis to ensure that covenant 
requirements on third party debt are met.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique: 

 > Level 1 – quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 

 > Level 2 – other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 

indirectly; and

 > Level 3 – techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Financial instruments carried at fair value comprise the derivative financial instruments in note 19 and the contingent consideration in notes 
16 and 22. For hierarchy purposes derivative financial instruments are deemed to be Level 2 as external valuers are involved in the valuation 
of these contracts. Their fair value is measured using valuation techniques including the DCF model. Inputs to this calculation include the 
expected cash flows in relation to these derivative contracts and relevant discount rates. Contingent consideration is deemed to be Level 3; 
see note 16 for details on the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value.

29. Related party transactions
Transactions between Volution Group plc and its subsidiaries, and transactions between subsidiaries, are eliminated on consolidation and are 
not disclosed in this note. A breakdown of transactions between the Group and its related parties is disclosed below. 

No related party loan note balances exist at 31 July 2019 or 31 July 2018.

There were no material transactions or balances between the Company and its key management personnel or members of their close 
family. At the end of the period, key management personnel did not owe the Company any amounts.

The Companies Act 2006 and the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2013 require certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration. 
The details of the Directors’ total remuneration are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (see pages 72 to 90).

Compensation of key management personnel

Short-term employee benefits

Share-based payment change (see note 32)

Total

2019
£000

2,816

834

3,650

2018
£000

2,806

461

3,267

Key management personnel is defined as the CEO, the CFO and the ten (2018: ten) individuals who report directly to the CEO.

145

Financial Statements 
Volution Group plc

30. Group structure details
At 31 July 2019, Volution Group plc held 100% of the voting shares of the following subsidiaries:

Principal activity

Country of
incorporation

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Non-trading

Intermediate holding company

Original equipment manufacturer

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Non-trading

HR services to Group

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Non-trading

Ventilation products

Intermediate holding company

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

England

Sweden 

Sweden

Sweden

Group company

Direct

Windmill Topco Limited1

Volution Holdings Limited1

Energy Technique Limited1

Indirect

Windmill Midco Limited1

Windmill Cleanco Limited1

Windmill Bidco Limited1

Manrose Manufacturing Limited1

Volution Ventilation Group Limited1

Torin-Sifan Limited1

Anda Products Limited1

Axia Fans Limited1

Roof Units Limited1

Torin Limited1

Vent-Axia Limited1

Vent-Axia Clean Air Systems Limited1

Vent-Axia Group Limited1

ET Environmental Limited1

Diffusion Environmental Systems Limited1

NVA Services Limited1

SW National Ventilation Limited1

Airtech Humidity Controls Limited1

Sens-Air Limited1

Breathing Buildings Limited1

Volution Ventilation UK Limited1

Volution Holdings Sweden AB2

Fresh AB2

Welair AB3

146

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

30. Group structure details continued

Group company

VoltAir System AB4

PAX AB5

Volution Norge AS (formerly Fresh Norge AS)6

Fresh Shanghai Limited7

inVENTer GmbH8

Volution Management Holdings GmbH8

Volution Deutschland Real Estate GmbH8

Brüggemann Energiekonzepte GmbH9

Ventilair Group International BVBA10

Ventilair Group Belgium BVBA10

Ventilair Group Netherlands B.V.11

Ventilair France SARL12

Volution Ventilation New Zealand Limited (formerly known as 
Chinook Limited)13

Simx Limited13

Vent-Axia B.V. (formerly known as AirFan B.V.)

Oy Pamon Ab14

Air Connection ApS15

Woomera Pty Limited16

Ventair Pty Limited16

Registered offices
1.  Fleming Way, Crawley, West Sussex RH10 9YX.

2.  Gransholmsvägen 136, 35599 Gemla, Sweden.

3.  Strandvägen 65, 87052 Nyland, Sweden.

4.  Box 7033, 12107 Stockholm-Globen, Sweden.

5.  Kattkärrsvägen 4, 64831 Hälleforsnäs, Sweden.

6.  Professor Birkelands vei 24B, 1081 Oslo, Norway.

7.  No. 272–3 Julu Road, Shanghai, China.

8.  Ortsstraße 4a 07751 Löberschütz, Germany.

9.  Uhlenhorst 149A, 21435 Stelle, Germany.

10.  Pieter Verhaeghestraat 8, 8520 Kuurne, Belgium.

11.  Kerver 16, 5521 DB Eersel, Netherlands.

12.  Boulevard de la Liberté 130, FR-59000 Lille, France.

13.  1 Haliday Place, East Tamaki, Auckland, 2013, New Zealand.

14.  Keskikankaantie 17, 15680 Hollola, Finland.

15.  Rude Havvej 17B, DK-8300 Odder, Denmark.

16.   4 Capital Pl, Carrum Downs VIC 3201, Australia.

Principal activity

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Intermediate holding company

Property holding company

Ventilation products

Intermediate holding company

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Intermediate holding company

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Ventilation products

Intermediate holding company

Ventilation products

Country of
incorporation

Sweden

Sweden

Norway

China

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Belgium

Belgium

Netherlands

France

New Zealand

New Zealand

Netherlands

Finland

Denmark

Australia

Australia

147

Financial StatementsVolution Group plc

31. Commitments and contingencies

Accounting policy
Leases

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to 
the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Payments under operating leases are charged to the statement of comprehensive income on a straight line basis over the term of the 
lease. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight line basis over the 
lease term.

Operating lease commitments
The Group has entered into commercial leases on certain items of land and building and others. These leases have an average life 
of between five and fifteen years with no renewal option included in the contracts. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group 
by entering into these contracts.

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Within one year

After one year but not more than five years

More than five years

Land and buildings 

Other

2019
£000

3,364

10,014

16,954

30,332

2018
£000

1,729

7,260

9,831

18,820

2019
£000

449

544

—

993

2018
£000

281

350

—

631

Commitments
Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment as of 31 July 2019 are £469,000 (2018: £158,000).

32. Share-based payments
The Company operates a share-based incentive scheme for Directors and key employees, known as the Volution Long Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP). Share options were granted in October 2016, March 2018 and October 2018; these nil-cost options normally vest after three years 
assuming continuing employment with the Company. The extent to which the options will vest is dependent upon the Company’s performance 
over a three-year period set at the date of grant. The vesting of the awards will be determined by the Company’s relative total shareholder 
return (TSR) performance and EPS growth. The TSR element of the options granted has been valued using the Group’s share price volatility, 
the correlation between the share price movements of TSR comparators and the relevant vesting schedule.

Outstanding at 1 August

Granted during the year

Dividend equivalent added on vesting

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year 

Outstanding at 31 July

2019
Number

2018
Number

2,010,811

1,624,828

937,026

15,461

(21,099)

745,479

19,894

(37,013)

(260,910)

(342,377)

2,681,289

2,010,811

The weighted average exercise price for all options is £nil.

Of the total number of options outstanding at 31 July 2019 612,783 had vested and were exercisable.

The weighted average fair value of each option granted during the year was £1.87 (2018: £2.01).

The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year under the LTIP:

148

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

32. Share-based payments continued

Option pricing model used

Weighted average share price at grant date (£)

Exercise price (£)

Expected life (years)

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

2019

Monte Carlo

1.87

Nil

3

33.3%

0.91%

The volatility assumption, measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns, is based on a statistical analysis of share 
prices over a period commensurate with the expected life of the option.

The share-based remuneration expense comprises:

Equity-settled schemes

2019
£000

895

895

2018
£000

475

475

The Group did not enter into any share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the current or previous periods.

33. Events after the reporting period
There have been no material events between 31 July 2019 and the date of authorisation of the consolidated financial statements that would 
require adjustments of the consolidated financial statements or disclosure.

149

Financial Statements 
 
 
Volution Group plc

34. Glossary of terms
Adjusted basic and diluted EPS: calculated by dividing the adjusted profit/(loss) for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders 
of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the adjusted net profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that 
would be issued on conversion of any dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares. There are 551,467 dilutive potential ordinary shares 
at 31 July 2019 (2018: 413,555).

Adjusted EBITDA: adjusted operating profit before depreciation and amortisation.

Adjusted finance costs: finance costs before net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value and the exceptional write off 
of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinancing.

Adjusted operating cash flow: adjusted EBITDA plus or minus movements in operating working capital, less net investments in property, 
plant and equipment and intangible assets.

Adjusted operating profit: operating profit before exceptional operating costs, release of contingent consideration and amortisation 
of assets acquired through business combinations.

Adjusted profit after tax: profit after tax before exceptional operating costs, release of contingent consideration, exceptional write off 
of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinancing, net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value, amortisation of assets acquired 
through business combinations and the tax effect on these items.

Adjusted profit before tax: profit before tax before exceptional operating costs, release of contingent consideration, exceptional write off 
of unamortised loan issue costs upon refinancing, net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value and amortisation of assets acquired 
through business combinations. 

Adjusted tax charge: the reported tax charge less the tax effect on the adjusted items.

CAGR: compound annual growth rate.

Cash conversion: is calculated by dividing adjusted operating cash flow by adjusted EBITA.

Constant currency: to determine values expressed as being at constant currency we have converted the income statement of our foreign 
operating companies for the year ended 31 July 2019 at the average exchange rate for the period ended 31 July 2018. In addition, we have 
converted the UK operating companies’ sale and purchase transactions in the year ended 31 July 2019, which were denominated in foreign 
currencies, at the average exchange rates for the year ended 31 July 2018. 

EBITDA: profit before net finance costs, tax, depreciation and amortisation.

Net debt: bank borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.

Operating cash flow: EBITDA plus or minus movements in operating working capital, less share-based payment expense, less net 
investments in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

150

Financial StatementsNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019Annual Report 2019

Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
At 31 July 2019

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Other receivables and prepayments

Other current financial assets

Cash and short-term deposits

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets 

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Treasury shares

Share-based payment reserve

Capital reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Notes

2019
£000

2018 
£000

4

5

6

7

8

157

199,322

598

174

199,322

542

200,077

200,038

94,165

93,349

907

39

297

603

95,111

94,249

295,188

294,287

9

(19,943)

(19,943)

(19,699)

(19,699)

10

(85,391)

(94,605)

(85,391)

(94,605)

(105,334)

(114,304)

189,854

179,983

11

2,000

11,527

(2,030)

1,599

(273)

177,031

189,854

2,000

11,527

(1,962)

1,690

(273)

167,001

179,983

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s income statement has not been included in these financial statements.

The Company’s profit for the year ended 31 July 2019 was £19.2 million (2018: £7.9 million).

The financial statements of Volution Group plc (registered number: 09041571) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for 
issue on 9 October 2019.

On behalf of the Board

Ronnie George 
Chief Executive Officer 

Andy O’Brien
Chief Financial Officer 

151

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Volution Group plc

At 1 August 2017

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payment

Dividends paid

Waiver of inter-group loan payable

At 1 August 2018

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payment

Purchase of own shares

Vesting of shares

Dividends paid

At 31 July 2019

Share
capital
£000

2,000

—

—

—

—

—

Share
premium
£000

Treasury
shares
£000

Share-based
payment
reserve
£000

Capital
reserve
£000

Retained
earnings
£000

Total
£000

11,527

(2,027)

1,289

(273)

165,673

178,189

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

65

—

—

—

—

401

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7,904

7,904

—

(8,471)

1,895

7,904

7,904

466

(8,471)

1,895

2,000

11,527

(1,962)

1,690

(273)

167,001

179,983

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

(1,199)

1,131

—

—

— 

952

—

(1,043)

— 

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

19,202 

19,202

19,202 

19,202

— 

—

(88)

952

(1,199)

—

(9,084)

(9,084)

2,000

11,527

(2,030)

1,599

(273)

177,031

189,854

Treasury shares 
The treasury shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Volution Group plc purchased in the market and held by the Volution Employee 
Benefit Trust to satisfy obligations under the Group’s share option schemes. 

Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to key management 
personnel, as part of their remuneration. Refer to note 32 of the Group financial statements for further details.

Capital reserve
The capital reserve is the difference in share capital and reserves arising from the use of the pooling of interest method for preparation 
of the financial statements in 2014. This is a non-distributable reserve.

Retained earnings
£82,335,000 of the retained earnings balance at 31 July 2019 is available for distribution (2018: £72,214,000). 

152

Financial Statements 
Annual Report 2019

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Operating activities

Profit for the year after tax

Adjustments to reconcile profit for the year to net cash flow 
from operating activities:

Income tax for the year

Exceptional costs

Cash flows relating to exceptional costs

Finance revenue

Finance costs

Share-based payment expense

Effect of exchange rates on foreign-denominated loans

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Working capital adjustments:

Increase in other receivables and prepayments

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

Net cash flow generated from/(used in) operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Interest received

Net cash flow generated from/(used in) investing activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Proceeds from new borrowings

Issue costs of new borrowings

Dividend paid to equity holders

Purchase of own shares

Net cash flow (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

2019
£000

2018 
£000

19,202

7,904

 4

4

(745)

490

(490)

(753)

2,243

895

303

26

(73)

247

21,345

(9)

143

134

(2,013)

(27,067)

17,500

(180)

(9,084)

(1,199)

(796)

557

(684)

(891)

1,284

239

(779)

18

(40,907)

(572)

(34,627)

(128)

63

(65)

(1,049)

(57,862)

103,474

(954)

(8,471)

—

(22,043)

35,138

(564)

603

39

446

157

603

153

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
For the year ended 31 July 2019

Volution Group plc

1. General information
These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors of Volution Group plc (the Company) on 
9 October 2019.

The Company is a public limited company and is incorporated and domiciled in the UK (registered number: 09041571). The share capital of 
the Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange. The address of its registered office is Fleming Way, Crawley, West Sussex RH10 9YX.

2. Basis of preparation
The financial statements of Volution Group plc (the Company) are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as adopted by the European Union.

The financial statements are presented in Sterling (£), rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) unless otherwise stated. They have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention. 

The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under Section 408 of the Companies Act and not presented an income statement 
or a statement of comprehensive income for the Company. The profit for the year is disclosed in the statement of changes in equity.

The policies applied by the Company are consistent with those set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The following 
additional policies are also relevant to the Company financial statements.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are valued at cost, being the fair value of the consideration given and including directly attributable 
transaction costs. The carrying value is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not 
be recoverable.

Dividends received 
Revenue is recognised when the Company’s right to receive the payment is established, which is generally when the shareholders approve 
the dividend. 

Financial instruments
For detailed disclosures of financial instruments refer to note 28 of the Group financial statements.

New standards and interpretations 
The following standards and interpretations are new or amended and have been effective for the first time in 2019.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments was issued in July 2014 and replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

The Company applied IFRS 9 prospectively, with an initial application date of 1 August 2018. The Company has not restated the 
comparative information, which continues to be reported under IAS 39. Differences arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 were not material 
therefore no adjustment has been made to opening retained earnings or other components of equity. 

IFRS 9 has introduced changes to the accounting for impairment of financial assets, which has resulted in the Company moving away from 
an incurred loss model to an expected credit loss (ECL) model. The revised standard has impacted the way in which the Company 
calculates the ECL, however the impact is not material. 

IFRS 9 has also impacted the classification of the Company’s Other receivables. Other receivables classified as loans and receivables as at 
31 July 2018 are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows representing solely payments of principal and interest. 
These are classified and measured as debt instruments at amortised cost beginning 1 August 2018. 

The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

IFRS 16 Leases

IFRS 16 Leases was issued in January 2017 to replace IAS 17 Leases. The standard is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019 and will be adopted by the Company on 1 August 2019. 

The Directors do not consider IFRS 16 to have a significant impact on the Company.

Other new standards or interpretations in issue, but not yet effective, are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s net 
assets or results.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of the Company financial statements requires the use of certain judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical 
experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the 
actual results. The estimates and assumptions relevant to the financial statements are embedded with the relevant notes to the consolidated 
financial statements.

154

Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2019

2. Basis of preparation continued
Carrying value of investments
The key source of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that has a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the parent company 
financial statements is the recoverability of the investments set out in note 5. 

The recoverability is estimated based on the expected performance and value of the investments, factoring in potential expected future net 
cash flow to be generated from the investments. The Company based its estimation on information available when these financial statements 
were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments may change due to market changes or circumstances 
arising beyond the control of the Company. Such changes are reflected when they occur.

3. Staff costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payment charge

Other pension costs

2019
£000

2,957

209

895

29

2018 
£000

2,407

90

239

30

4,090

2,766

Other pension costs relate to the Company’s contribution to defined contribution pension plans. Total contributions payable in the next financial 
year are expected to be at rates broadly similar to those in 2018/19 but based on actual salary levels in 2019/20.

Average monthly number of employees in the year

Administration

Directors’ remuneration

Amounts paid in respect of qualifying services

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration

Aggregate Directors’ pension scheme contributions

In respect of the highest paid Director

Aggregate Director’s remuneration

Aggregate Director’s pension scheme contributions

2019
Number

13

2018
Number

13

2019
£000

1,561

91

939

54

2018
£000

1,423

87

845

52

The number of Directors accruing benefits under Company money purchase pension arrangements was nil (2018: nil).

The Company also incurred fees and expenses of £359,000 (2018: £336,000) in respect of Peter Hill, Tony Reading, Paul Hollingworth, 
Claire Tiney and Amanda Mellor for their services as Non-Executive Directors.

155

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. Property, plant and equipment

2019

Cost

At 1 August 2018

Additions

At 31 July 2019

Depreciation

At 1 August 2018

Charge for the year

At 31 July 2019

Net book value

At 31 July 2019

2018

Cost

At 1 August 2017

Additions

At 31 July 2018

Depreciation

At 1 August 2017

Charge for the year

At 31 July 2018

Net book value

At 31 July 2018

5. Investments

Cost

At 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019

Volution Group plc

Fixtures,
fittings, tools,
equipment
and vehicles
£000

198

9

207

24

26

50

Total
£000

198

9

207

24

26

50

157

157

Fixtures,
fittings, tools,
equipment
and vehicles
£000

70

128

198

6

18

24

174

Total
£000

70

128

198

6

18

24

174

 £000

199,322

For a list of the subsidiaries in which Volution Group plc held 100% of the voting shares as at 31 July 2019, see note 30 of the Group 
financial statements.

156

Financial StatementsNotes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

6. Deferred tax balances
Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from the following:

Deferred tax asset

Temporary differences

7. Other receivables and prepayments

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

8. Other financial assets

Financial assets

Foreign exchange forward contracts

1 August
2018
£000

Charged 
to income
£000

Charged 
to equity
£000

31 July
2019
£000

542

(1) 

57

598

2019
£000

93,775

390

94,165

2019
Current
£000

907

907

2018
£000

92,845

504

93,349

2018
Current
£000

297

297

The foreign exchange forward contracts are carried at their fair value with the gain or loss being recognised in the Company’s consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. Refer to note 28 within the Group’s financial statements for the fair value hierarchy the Group uses to 
determine the fair value of financial instruments.

9. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

10. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Unsecured – at amortised cost

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (maturing 2022)

Cost of arranging bank loan

2019
£000

123

1,834

17,986

19,943

2018 
£000

311

1,223

18,165

19,699

2019

2018

Current
£000

Non-current
£000

Current
£000

Non-current
£000

— 

— 

— 

86,146

(755)

85,391

— 

—

—

95,410

(805)

94,605

In December 2018, the Group exercised the option to extend its multicurrency revolving credit facility by a period of twelve months at a cost 
of £0.2 million; the maturity date is now 15 December 2022. 

Bank loans at 31 July 2019 comprised a revolving credit facility from Danske Bank A/S, HSBC and the Royal Bank of Scotland with HSBC 
acting as agent and are governed by a facilities agreement. The outstanding loans are set out in the table below. No security was provided 
under the facility.

157

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volution Group plc

10. Interest-bearing loans and borrowings continued
Revolving credit facility – at 31 July 2019

Currency

GBP

Euro

Swedish Krona

Total

Revolving credit facility – at 31 July 2018

Currency

GBP

Euro

Swedish Krona

Total

Amount
outstanding
£000

Termination
date

Repayment
frequency

Rate %

21,500

15 December 2022

One payment

Libor + margin%

40,640

24,006

86,146

Amount
outstanding
£000

31,000

39,943

24,467

95,410

15 December 2022

One payment

Euribor + margin%

15 December 2022

One payment

Stibor + margin%

Termination
date

Repayment
frequency

Rate %

15 December 2021

One payment

Libor + margin%

15 December 2021

One payment

Euribor + margin%

15 December 2021

One payment

Stibor + margin%

The consolidated leverage level fell below 1.0:1 for the year ended 31 July 2017 and therefore the margin for the first half of the year ended 
31 July 2018 was 1.00%. On refinancing the margin was reduced to 0.9%. At the half year, the consolidated leverage was below 1.0:1 and 
therefore the margin continued to be 0.9% under the new facility. For the second half of the year ended 31 July 2018 the margin increased to 
1.40% due to the acquisition of Simx Limited which increased leverage to 1.7:1; this rate has continued throughout the year ended 31 July 2019.

At 31 July 2019, the Group had £33,854,000 (2018: £24,590,000) of its multicurrency revolving credit facility unutilised.

Reconciliation of movement in financial liabilities

Reconciliation of movement of financial liabilities

At 1 August 

Additional loans

Repayment of loans

Interest charge

Interest paid

Foreign exchange

At 31 July

11. Share capital and share premium
The movement in called-up share capital and share premium accounts is set out below:

At 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2019

12. Dividends paid and proposed

Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid

Interim dividend for 2019: 1.60 pence per share (2018: 1.46 pence)

Proposed dividends on ordinary shares

Final dividend for 2019: 3.30 pence per share (2018: 2.98 pence)

2019
£000

95,410

17,500

(27,067)

1,913

(1,913)

303

2018
£000

51,490

103,474

(57,862)

1,017

(1,017)

(1,692)

86,146

95,410

Number of
 ordinary shares

200,000,000

Share
capital
£000

2,000

Share
premium 
£000 

11,527

2019
£000 

2018
£000

3,172

2,903

6,541

5,926

The interim dividend payment of £3,172,000 is included in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

The proposed dividend on ordinary shares is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting and is not recognised as a liability at 31 July 2019.

158

Financial StatementsNotes to the Parent Company Financial Statements continuedFor the year ended 31 July 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report 2019

13. Related party transactions
The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with subsidiary undertakings for the relevant 
financial period.

Related parties

Volution Ventilation Group Limited

Volution Holdings Limited

2019 

2018

Amounts 
owed by 
related parties
£000

Amounts
owed to
related parties
£000

Amounts
owed by
related parties
£000

Amounts
owed to
related parties
£000

93,030

17,986

745

—

93,775

17,986

91,943

902

92,845

18,165

—

18,165

In considering each possible related party relationship, attention is directed to the substance of the relationship, not merely the legal form.

Compensation of key management personnel
The Executive and Non-Executive Directors are deemed to be key management personnel of Volution Group plc. It is the Board that 
has responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Please refer to note 3 for details of the Executive 
and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration.

There were no material transactions or balances between the Company and its key management personnel or members of their close 
family. At the end of the year, key management personnel did not owe the Company any amounts.

14. Share-based payments
For detailed disclosures of share-based payments granted to employees refer to note 32 of the Group financial statements.

159

Financial StatementsAll text to be supplied 
Glossary of Technical Terms

Volution Group plc

Alternating current or AC

the flow of electric current which reverses direction periodically, typically at 50Hz 
in the UK and Europe. This is the standard type of electricity supply to domestic 
and commercial properties

AC blowers

AC motor 

AHU

Decentralised heat recovery

a low-pressure fan with an AC motor

an alternating current motor

air handling unit: a ventilation device which usually integrates air, heating and filtration into 
one combined unit. May also include cooling and heat recovery

a system of ventilation that collects heat from exhaust air that would otherwise be lost 
and reuses such heat by transferring it to the incoming fresh air. Decentralised heat 
recovery consists of multiple units supplying and extracting from around the home

EC/DC 

electronically commutated direct current

Electronically commutated or EC 

Fan coil

HVAC

Hybrid ventilation

a type of motor which historically used a mechanical means of reversing the current 
flow but which now uses an electronic device to do the same, which is more reliable 
and more efficient

a device used to heat or cool a space which includes a water coil and fan for connection 
to the wider HVAC package within a building

heating, ventilation and air conditioning

a method that combines both passive and mechanical means to form a mixed mode 
ventilation system

IAQ

indoor air quality

Lo-Carbon products 

a trademark used to represent our low-energy range of products

MEV 

Mechanical Extract Ventilation: a system of ventilation operated by a power-driven 
mechanism which extracts air from a room and discharges it only to the external air

Motorised impellers 

a motor that is supplied complete with an impeller attached to it

MVHR 

NVHR

OEM 

PIV

RMI 

Mechanical Ventilation with Heat Recovery: a centralised system of ventilation that collects 
heat from exhaust air that would otherwise be lost and reuses such heat by transferring it to 
the incoming fresh air

Natural Ventilation with Heat Recycling

original equipment manufacturer

Positive Input Ventilation: this is an energy-efficient method of pushing out and replacing 
stale, unhealthy air by gently pressurising the home with fresh, filtered air to increase the 
overall circulation of air in the dwelling

repair, maintenance and improvement

Rotary heat exchanger

Plate heat exchanger

a type of heat exchanger consisting of a circular honeycomb matrix which rotates in the 
air stream of a heat recovery device

a type of heat exchanger consisting of a series of plates which transfer the heat from one 
airstream to another

Specifiers 

persons who may specify certain characteristics of products

160

Additional InformationShareholder Information

Shareholder services
For any enquiries concerning your shareholding please contact 
our registrar:

Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex BN99 6DA 
United Kingdom

Equiniti has a shareholder portal offering access to services and 
information to help manage your shareholdings and inform your 
important investment decisions. Please visit www.shareview.co.uk.

Shareholder helpline: 0371 384 2030* from the UK  
or +44 (0) 121 415 7047 from overseas.

* 

 Lines are open 8.30 am to 5.30 pm, Monday to Friday 
(excluding public holidays in England and Wales).

You can access our Annual Report and Accounts and 
other shareholder communications through our website,  
www.volutiongroupplc.com.

Company advisers
External independent auditor
Ernst & Young LLP

Joint corporate brokers
Liberum Capital Limited 
Canaccord Genuity Limited

Legal adviser
Norton Rose Fulbright LLP

Financial PR adviser
Tulchan Communications LLP

Company Secretary and registered office
Michael Anscombe FCIS 
Volution Group plc
Fleming Way 
Crawley 
West Sussex RH10 9YX 
United Kingdom

Registered in England and Wales
Company number: 09041571

LSE ticker code: FAN

Legal Entity Identifier: 213800EPT84EQCDHO768

Tel: +44 (0) 1293 441 662 
Shareholder enquiries: investors@volutiongroupplc.com 
General enquiries: info@volutiongroupplc.com 
Website: www.volutiongroupplc.com

Forward-looking statements
The Annual Report and Accounts contains certain statements, statistics 
and projections that are or may be forward looking. The accuracy and 
completeness of all such statements including, without limitation, statements 
regarding the future financial position, strategy, projected costs, plans and 
objectives for the management of future operations of Volution Group plc 
and its subsidiaries is not warranted or guaranteed. These statements typically 
contain words such as “intends”, “expects”, “anticipates” and “estimates” and 
words of similar import. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve 
risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances 
that will occur in the future. Although Volution Group plc believes that the 
expectations reflected in such statements are reasonable, no assurance can 
be given that such expectations will prove to be correct. There are a number 
of factors, which may be beyond the control of Volution Group plc, that could 
cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed 
or implied by such forward-looking statements. Other than as required by 
applicable law or the applicable rules of any exchange on which our securities 
may be listed, Volution Group plc has no intention or obligation to update 
forward-looking statements contained herein.

Volution Group’s commitment to 
environmental issues is reflected in this 
Annual Report which has been printed on 
Arcoprint, an FSC® mix certified paper, 
which ensures that all virgin pulp is derived 
from well-managed forests and other 
responsible sources. 

V

o

l

u

t

i

o

n

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

9

Volution Group plc
Fleming Way 
Crawley 
West Sussex RH10 9YX 
United Kingdom

www.volutiongroupplc.com